Step 5 Programming Package For The Communications Processors CP 524 and CP 525 (S5-DOS)

SIEMENS
-.,,
SIMATIC S5
COM 525
Programming Package for the Communications Processors
CP 524 and CP 525 (S5-DOS)
Manual
Volume 1/2
..,:,.
Order No. 6ES5998-1DB21

Release 08
wolwodNctud Ulewmmm Ofalll rmrlualbr~rounml wilh 0,0 lho qmddon, lrmsnb8brr O, w d Uris dwwnwII Wbmn.
h8Jdw8m md 8dlwme daclbd. 8inw dwWons camot bo pm Wtsbnd@rrriitcdvAlroul
dudd mlkcty, w and @uarwo Ml qrwrwnr. Hwovu, m
UkndorI will b. M Wzw%?ig%wln ri$hll
dnuh~ rmudworovkwd rqdartyandmy
ueaerJIwMmI@antorm @mabn dauliSyrn@dar 4 n, are
~s.h @wquml ddarw. ~6mI-x%=
fof
~-.
TwMcdd#awbjoratox
&py@ht@ShrmsAG
1SS1 AJlri@mraawd
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
PfhodlnllratWud~d Gummy
.;. ,=
Warning
--..,
Risks involved in the use of so-called SlMA17GcompatiMe modules of

non-Siemens manufacture
The manufacturer of a product (SIMATIC in this case) is under the general
obligation to give warning of possibie risks attached to his product. This obligation
has been extended in recent court rulings to include parts supplied by other
vendors. Accordingly, the manufacturer is obliged to observe and recognize such
hazards as may arise when a product is combined with products of other
manufacture.
For this reason, we feef obliged to warn our customers who use SIMATIC
products not to install so-called SIMATIC-compatible modules of other
manufacture in the form of replacement or add-on modules in SIMATIC
systems.
Our products undergo a strict quality assurance procedure. We have no knowledge
as to whether outside manufacture of so-called SIMATfC-comPatiMe modules
have any quality assurance at afl or one that is nearly equivalent to ours. These socalled SIMATIC- compatible modufes are not marketed in agreement with Siemens:
we have never recommended the use of so-called SIMATIC-compatible modules of
other manufacture. The advertising of these othef manufactmm for So-cafled
SIMATIC-compatible modules wrongly creates the impression that the subject
advertised in periodical, catalogues or at exhibdicms had been agreed wti us.
Where so-cafled SIMATICampatWe modules of non-siernens manufacture are
combined with our SIMATIC ~ systems. we have a case of our product
s. Secause of the variety of applimons of
being used contrary to recommendatm
our SIMATIC automation systems and the large number of these products marketed
woridwide, we cannot give a concrete description specifically analyzing the hazards
created by these so-called SIMATICampatibk modules.
.
.....,
G90w-onse3--ol
lzm
It is beyond the manufacturers capabilities to have ail these so-called SIMATICcompatibie modules checked for !helr effect on our SIMATIC products. If the use of
so-called SIMATIC-compatible modules leads to defects in a SIMATIC automation
system, no warranty for such systems will be given by Siemens.
.-.,
In the event of product liability damages due to the use of so-died SIMATICcompatible modules. Siemens are not liable since we took timely action m warmng
users of the potential hazards involved in so-called SIMATIC-compatible modules.
C79000-08S63-C70251
12189
. ,.:,
Guidelines for Handling

Electrostatically Sensitive Devices (ESD)
.,
,. . .
1
What is ESD?
VSLI chips (MOS technology) are used in practically all SIMATIC S5 and
TELEPERM M modules. These VLSI components are, by their nature, very
sensitive to overvoltage and thus to electrostatic discharge:
lhey are therefore defined as
Electrostatically sensitive Qevices
ESD is the abbreviation used internationally.
The following warning label on the cabinets. subracks and packing indicates
that electrostatically sensitive components have been used and that the
modules concerned are susceptible to touch:
.,
ESDS can be destroyed by voltage and energy levels which are far below the
level perceptible to human beings. Such voltages afready occur when a
component or a module is touched by a person who has not been
electrostabcally discharged. timponents which have been subjected to such
overvoltages cannot. in most cases, be immediately detected as faulty; me
fault occurs only after a long period in operation.
An electrostatic discharge
- of 3500 V can be felt
of 4500 V can be heard
must take place at a minimum of 5000 V to be seen.
.. . ,
But just a fraction of this voltage can already damage or destroy an

electronic component.
ESD Gudehnes
The ~pical data of a component can suffer due to damage. overStreSSing or

weakening caused by electrostatic discharge; this can result in temporary
fault behavior, e.g. in the case of
..=-+
- temperature variations,
mechanical shocks,
vibrations,
change of load.
Only the consequent use of protective equipment and careful observance of
the precautions for handling such components can effectively prevent
functional disturbances and failures of ESD modules.
2 When is a Static Charge Formed?

One can never be sure that the human body or the material and tools which
one is using are not electrostatically charged.
Small charges of 100 V are very common; these can, however. very quickly
rise up to 35000 V.
Examples of static charge:
Walking on a carpet
.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
up to 35000
v
v
Walking on a PVC flooring
up to 12000
Sitting on a cushioned chair
Up
to 18000 V
Plastic resoldering unit
Ufl
to 8000 V
Plastic coffee cup
up to 5000
Plastic bags
up to 5000
Books, etc. with a pfastic binding
Up to
8000
v
v
V
Important Protective Measures against Static Charge
Most plastic materials are highly susceptible to static charge and must
therefore be kept as far away as possible from ESDS.
Personnel who handle ESDS, the work table and the packing must afi be
carefully grounded.
e.
5unolIs A(3 c7mDmn%x3901
ESK) Gudelmes
4 Handling of ESC) Modules
One basic rule to be observed is that electronic modules should be

touched by hand only if this is necessary for any work to be done
on them. Do not touch the component pins or the conductors.
Touch components only if

the person is grounded at all times by means of a wrist strap
or
the person is wearing special anti-static shoes or shoes with a

grounding strip.
Before touching an electronic module. the person concerned must

ensure that (s)he is not carrying any static charge. The simplest
way is to touch a conductive, grounded item of equipment (e.g. a
blank metallic cabinet part, water pipe, etc. ) before touching the
module.
Modules should not be brought into contact with insulating

materials or materials which take up a static charge, e.g. plastic
foil. insulating table tops, synthetic clothing, etc.
Modules should only be placed on conductive surfaces (table with

anti-static table top, conductive foam material, anti-static plastic
bag,. anti-static transport container).
Modules should not be placed in the vicinity of monitors, TV sets
(minimum distance from screen > 10 cm).
The diagram on the next page shows the required protective measures
against electrostatic discharge.
S Measurements and Modification to ESD Modules

. Measurements on modules may only be camied out under the following
conditions:
. . . . ....
the measuring equipment is grounded (e.g. via the PE conductor of

the power supply system) or
- *when electrically isolated measuring equipment is used, the probe
must be discharged (e.g. by touching the metallic casing of the
equipment) before beginning measurements.
. Only grounded sold&ing irons maybe used.
ESD Guidelines
,-..
/d
/d
b
L
f
+
f
+
Sitting position
Standing position
f
&
a
b
c
d
e
f
Conducbve flooring
Antmabc table
Anb-stabc shoes
Atm-srabc coal
Groundq wrist smp

Grounding connecbon of
the cabinets
Standing/sitting position
6 Shipping of ESD Modules

Anti-static packing material must aiways be used for modules and
components, e.g. metaiized plastic boxes. metal boxes, etc. for storing and
dispatch of modules and components.
if the container itself is not conductive, the modules must be wrapped in a
conductive material such as conductive foam, anti-static plastic bag,
aluminium foil or paper. Normal plastic bags or foils should not be used under
any circumstances.
For modules with built-in batteries ensure that the conductive packing does
not touch or short-circuit the battery connections: if necessary cover the
connections with insulating tape or material.
4
~ siOnwns A(3 c7mD&17e.c33sQl
~ ,% .>
.,
Contents
--.,
Warning
Information
$WJ9@~co*i~s
C79000-R8576-C499
volume 1
1
12
How to Use the Manual
C79000-D8576-C499-03
CP 525-2
Communications Processor
Instnmtions
C79000-B8576-C537-07
CP 524
Communications Processor
Instructions
C79000-B8576-C536-06
3
4
t5
6
Computer Link with RK 512
Users Guide
Event Output and Listing
with the PT86/PT89 Printer
Usefs Guide
C79000-B8576-C539-08
7
8
C79000-B8576-C541 -05
I 10
Volume 2
SIEMENS
SIMATIC S5
How to Use the Manual
C79000-D8576-CtIW-03
D8576499-01
Page
anNxaws
1 Things to Remember
2 Where Do I Find This in the Mawal?
3 Abbreviations
4 OrderingD ata
12
14
..
Further Relevant Documentation
D8576499-01
1 Things to Remember
This manual is intended to help you use the CP 525-2 and CP 524
.,
.\
communications processors as follows:
- for the Computer link with RK 512 and

- for Event output and logging with the PT88/PT89 printer
It is also intended to help you program the associated CP 525
user program with the pr~ package QM 525.
The manual is divided into tm parts.
CP 525-2
The CP 525-2 is often abbreviated to CP 525.
CP 524
The CP 524 can be used just as the CP 525 when you wish to
commicate with cmly m partner.
The CP 524 has only cae serial device interface; it has m K
~. Therefore tiy EPROM subwdules that have been progransned on the PC can be used on the CP 524.
The serial device interface of the CP 524 corresponds to the
device interface IF 1 on the CP 525. An EPROM mlmodule programmed for IF 1 can be used both on the CP 525 and CP 524.
......
....
The CP 524 is not referred to in the parts of this manual;

howaver, almost all tie informatim referring to IP 1 on the CP
525 also applies to the CP 524, except the CP 525 functicms
available when you are using the PC online (e, g. stxmx, stop,
transfer) .
D8576499-01
You should first develop your user program using a CP 525. You
can then ccmnect the PG online and transfer your CP 525 user
V- directly to a RAM mbmodule plugged into the CP 525. Then
you can auryout the start-up. Any Corrections whichmybe
needed can then be carried out quickly. Once you have completed
these corrections, you can then program the EPROM for use with
the CP 524.
!InuEmRr!
The CP 525 and CP 524 camwtbe used inassociationwith the

programmable controller s5-13su@~ (CPU 921).
We wish pu every success with your communications processor !
.#-%
D8576499 -02
2 Where Do I Find This in the l%nual?
This manual
COM 525
program@ package for the comun ications

processors CP 524 and CP 525 (S5-lXE)
.2
.
is divided into m parts. Both parts contain a table of ccmtents

of the whole manual .
Part 1
Section 1
This Sectim is - Uaed
Section 2
!mis Sectim is - used
Section 3
~ m IMIlg * W#xmal
These are general instmctions that you should
bear in mind; this section also includes
- abbreviations and their explanations
- ordering data
- ~r relevant documentation
Section 4
.a
~
F====
Instmctions
5=-2
This is an introduc tory description; it contains
important informaticm about installing and nmning

the module.
......
... -
D8576499-01
This is an introductory description; it contains

important information about installing and rmning
the mdule.
Section6
!JMssecticm ismxused
section 7
~ link Wilh RK 51Z

Userfs guide
This guide provides the following:
- bsic facts
- important, general information about programming
- help in correcting errors in the computer link
~=t
Section 8
B5tcntqxtmd Ulgg@EJ uith~

R88/m?9 plmlter
user s guide
This guide p*&s you with the following:
- basic facts
- important, general information about programming
- help in correcting errors in the logging printer
D8576499-01
Part 2
Section 1
.-..
~ link with BK m
Example of application
This is sn introduction. When you have worked
q this _le you will have generated a CP

525 user program in which all the hqxmtant functions of the computer link are implemented. This
section concerns progr smming the STEP 5 user program for the CPU.
section 2
Ibeslt aatpatandloggiqg Withh

Rs8~9 ~
Example of application
is an illtroduc tion. When you have worked

_ * _le P will have generated a CP
525 user program in tiich all the impmten t functims of the logging printer are implemented. Ihis
. . the STEP 5 user
section also concerns prog
W- for the CPU.
This
section 3
EkJms m * opere~ SysteBs PCF-86 aud S5-D06

users guide
This is im.formation you should be familiar with
before ym install the (XM 525 p~ package.
Sectitm 4
...4/
~ me CCM 525
users glride
This is an introduc tory guide for the pr~
p-e m 525 as follm:
- cmtains all the screen masks output by CX)M 525
- includes instructions about the entries to be
made in the fields of the screen masks.
,;.
.,
D8576499-01
Section 5
aRf 525 ~es
Reference nnnual
This is a description of the error messages which
are displayed cm the screen of your programmer by
the C(M 525 pr~ package.
Section 6
ruCM 525
users gdde
This is an introduction to programing EPROMs as
follows :
- includes all the screen wsks output by PROM 525
- contains information about the entries to be made
in the f iel& of the screen masks.
This reference manual prtides an overview of the
functicms provided by the handling blocks, with

particular emphasis on the computer link or the
logging printer.
,.,
D8576499-01
3
Abbreviations
AS 512C
Job number
Gmdition codeword
Ihterface mdule 51.2C
B
BI&R
Field length
A-NR
c
CF
CL
CL
COM 525
CP
CR
D%
Bell
Ccmdensed print
Coordination flag
Chained log
computer link
Current message log
~ package COM 525 for the
cmmmications processors CP 525 snd CP 524
Commmicatlons processor
Central processing unit
Carriage return
DBNR
DL
m
Dw
Ix
Dam block
Data block nmber
I.aft-hsnd data byte in a data word
Right-band data byte in a data word
Data word
-d data block
FB
Function block
FD
Disk drive
First in f ixst out buffer
Flag word
~ me
lw
Fx
Group inhibit bit

, .,. .-. %
H
Heavy print
EDB
(data) Handling block
IF
Device interface
JB
Jtnuper block
D8576499 -01
IAUFPT88
Procedure IAUFFT88
(logging printer PT88/PT89 function)
I!EP adapter
Module -lXIWM-pmgramming adapter
OB
~mti~ block
Condition code byte for parameter assignment

errors
P8
Rogrsm block
PC
R~ble controller
m
Rogramer
PSEUDO R/W function PSti READ/WRITE function
PSL
Recess stares log
P188/PT89
PT88/PT89 printer
QVZ
Start address of source

Source length = number of pieces of source
data
~~ * = type of data source
Timeout
IW422-A
RS485
R/w function
Reply telegrsm
EIA stsndard RS422-A
EIA standard RS485
READ/wKm function
QLU
S-DOS
S5 program
SYSID
Operating system
STEP 5 program
Sequential message log
Interface number
Identification area SYSID
Error message area of the SYSTAT
current loop signals (20 la)
Underlined
UPMTESML
Update sequential message log
-----
D8576499-01
V.24
.
-,
Start ad&ess of destination

Destination length = number of pieces of
destination data
Destination type = type of data destination
Character timeout
......
11
.,, . {.
, ,;
,.,.,
,4
,.
,,
,:;
D8576499-03
4 Ordering
Data
-~ for the CP 52.5-2 SIB3 CP 524:

.4-----
KHuufsak)ass
Order number
16 Kuords
32 Kwrds
64 Kumds
6ES5 373-).AA41
62S5 373-JAA61
6ES5 373-lAA81
Ik=my mbnkibs for CP 525-2:
mu Sakxhiles
Order numbsr
16
32
64
64
6ES5
6ES5
6ES5
6ES5
Kwords
Kwcmis
Kwords
Kwords, 377
SAM
subnmiule, buffered
377-0AB21
377-0AB31
377-0AB41
377-0BB41
hterf=e m&bs for ths @ 524:

V.24
TN (20 M)
2S422-A/485
Insauatima
62S5 752-0AA22
6ES5 752-0AAI,2
6ES5 752-0AA42
guwaims
far SIMA!mc UqasCt ~:

C79000-B8576-C252
s~ Iimctims
for !xalMkrd
~S:
6ES5 848-7WE01 (7uMS-DOS)

6ES5 848-8wE01 (8=PCP@l)
-t ~ --:
-e OCiH
6ES5 848-7WA01 (7=MS-DOS)

6ES5 842-8WA01 (8=PCP/M)
6ES5 895-4sF21 (9=5.25)

6ES5 835-4SF21 (3=3.5)
PIE:
12
D8576499-03
..
~b~
Order number
S5-135U/Rpessor
6ES5 842-xC8XO(-YY)
S5-150U
6ES5 844-xCAxO{-YY)
S5-155U
6ES5 846-xCAO1
Please enquire at your nearest SIEMENS branch or the nearest

technical office about the numbers or letters msrkedx or (-yy).
Order mmber
Stam&rdcsble ~
CP525
6ES5 726-OX%XO
- PG 61a (TTY)
CP 525/524 - CP 525/524 (TTY)
6ES5 726-lxxxO
CP 525/524 - PROMEAll (m)
6ES5 725-8xxx0
CP 525/524 - AS512C(TIX)
6ES5 726-2xxx0
CP 525/524 - PROMEAR (TTY)
6ES5 726-3xxx0
CP 525/524 - PT88/PT89(TJ!Yfl.24)
6ES5 726-5xxx0
CP 525/524 - l!odem NIO (v.24)
6ES5 726-7xxx0
CP 525/524 - CP 525/524 (V.24)
6ES5 726-8xxx0
CP 525/524 - PRoMEAR (v.24)
6ES5726-4XXX0
cP524
6ES5 725-7Juu0
- CP 524 (V.11/SS422-@
6ES5 734-5xxx0
CP 525 IP2 - PG 7XX

.,.
(xxx=SIMATIC len8th~Y)
13
D8576499-01
5 Further Relevant Documentation
/1/
See the ordering data for the handling blocks
/2/
PT88/PT89 printer - description
,.--%.:
Wehavochccksd Ihocontenlsol Ihlsmommlhx

$gmementwl!h Ihehiwdware and sollwafedesc~ibed.
SIncadeviallons oennot be pmcludaden!irely, wecen.
not OUatanleR full greamenl. HowOver. Ihs data in Ihis
monual are reviewed regularly and ony necessary coo
racliona included In subsequent editions. .%ggestlona
Ior improvement are welcomed.
Technicel dale subject 10 chonge.
The reproduction. trensmlsslon or use of Ihls docu.

menlorilsconlenls Is nolpennills dwilhoul xpress
wriltenoulhmily.
Offenders will be Iinble lor demsges. All riohts. In.
cludino rights created by potent grant or ragislratlon
01 a utility model or deaign. are reasrvetj.
C79000.08576.C4SS
Copyrighl ~ Slemens AG 1989 All RlghIs Reserved
Gertilewark Kedawhe
Printed in the Federol Republic 01 Germany
.,
SIEMENS
-. . .
SIMATIC S5
Communiostions Processor CP 525-2
Instructions
C79000-BS576-C537-07
contents
.
.
Page
T~ -~
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
Applicatim
24ecbenfml Design
Serial Device Interface
Duel-port RAM, Iimerface to the CPU
- ~~es
Hardware Clock
Technical. Data
4
5
6
12
14
15
JiMtdlatiKm
16
2.1
2.2
2.3
Slots in the Rograsmable Controller

Plugging in and Iteum@ the CP 525-2
Installation Guidelines
16
17
17
Operati.al
18
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
(kmitroh and DiS@S)R3

Operating Modes
Status Displays
Jumper Settings
Module Address/Interface Number
Bnabling/Disabling IPC Flags
Settings of the Device Interfaces
Permanent Jumper Settings
18
19
19
20
21
23
26
28
Settisg up the Eerduam
29
Pin Asaigmantxl
30
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
Backplane Connector 1
Backplane Crmnector 2
30
31
Memo-iy
Submodule Interface
Device Interface 1 (IF 1)

32
33
34
Stasxkd
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
connection cP525
- PC 6XX (TTY)
camection CP 525/524 - CP 525/524 (TTY)
camectioncP 525/524 - PlwMEAlf(lTY)
Camect5.0n CP 525/524 - AS 512C (~
Camection CP 525/524 - PROMEAR (TTY)
Camection CP 525/524 - PT88~89 (TIY/V.24)
Connection CP 525/524 -Hodem~O (V.24)
Connection CP 525/524 - CP 525/524 (V.24)
Connectim CP 525/524 - PRDMEAR (V.24)
connecticm cP525,1P2 -PG7XX(TTY)
Ceble Ctamecturs
ii
35
35
36
36
37
38
:
40
41
42
B8576537-04
1
1.1
----
Technical
mmlmln ications Processor CP 525-2

Description
Application
The ~ pmcesam CP 525-2 can be used in the programmable controllers of the SIMATIC 5 Urange (S5-115U, S5-135U,
S5-150U and S5-155U). Mote ti * CP 525-2 cammtbeusedti
caljumctimatlltbes5-135u/spmceSor.
Usingthecaurmmications processor CP 525-2 and the accompanying

pmgrambgpackage COM525 youcanaccanplish the following:
By coxmecting the printer PT88/PT89, you can log ~ocess states

and messages. The cmmni-tions processor CP 525-2 initiates the
canpilaticm of message texts and their output on the printer.
~ the ~le COII=O1l= (~) fi P- of = =mtion
network, it can exchange datxa with one or more pmgrmmable
controllers or with a central process caquter (ccmputer link).
These tasks are also carried out in~tly by the CP 525-2.
The data exchange between the CP 525-2 and the central processor
(CPU) of the programsble controller is restricted to a minimm.
Only the variable data (current process values) is exchanged
bemmen the CPU and the CP 525-2. The CP 525-2 hSS its mm memory
for invariable data, which you program using the progmming
package CC&l 525.
.... .
,...
..
,,
B8576537-04
Coiniinm ications Processor CP 525-2
CP 525-2:
- listing process statuses and messages originating in the process
- linking programmable controllers with each other or with computers
STEP5BASICPACKAGE
forPG
Progfemmingpsckage
COM525
o
II
o
0
Programmer
e.g.PG635
PGw5
%%
~
STEP5
userprogrem
i%ogrmmsblecontrolk
cLg. s5-l15u
S5-1S5U
S5-150U
S5-155U
4
....
........................
,.. ..,
,.,. . . .,.
&=m2
*,*,
*,*,
The Comnnxni cations processor CP 525-2 can be plugged into the S5
progr~ble controllers of the U range. By using a programmer

(PG) and the progmming package COM 525, you can write your uaer
program for the CP 525-2 (e.g. message texts to be output m the
PT88/PT89 printer). Once written, this user progrsm is stored
either in an EPROM s&module or in a RAM submdule.
If you decide to store it in the RAM sukmodul e, connect the PC
to detice interface 2 of the CP 525-2 and transfer the user
program for the CP 525-2 to the RAM submdule. This submdule
must already be plugged into the memory submdule receptacle of
the CP 525-2.
. . ..
E8576537-04
c omunicaticms Processor CP 525-2
You also pmgrsm your STEP 5 user progr~ for the CPU on the PG
using the STEP 5 BASIC PACKAGE.
... .
. ,.
The following devices @m be connected directly to the CP 525-2:

other programmable controllers
central ccmputer
- the PT88/PT89 printer
Note:
With the CP 524 and with special drivers you can connect other
msnufactmrers equipnent to ymr pr ogrsmable controller (e.g.
computers, printers or intelligent subsystems). For more
information about special drivers contact your nearest Siemens
branch or technical office.
. . . . ..
3857653 i - c 3
Cozm?li.ca:i a= .Prwessor C? 525-2
1.2 Mechanical Design
CP 525-2
(v-iifromfront)
8-%
Receptacle for
memory submowe:
RAM: 16,32 or64 Kwords
EPROM: 16,32 or64 ) KWOdS
RUN
STOf
Mode SQ&@X
PGR
Cl
LED display fordedce mterhcel

Device Slwfacel
(IFl )
TIY orV.24
LEDdiifordeujw interface 2
Device interface 2 (IF 2 )
llY orV,24
TTY hterface for pmgmming
the CP 52s with the pG
*): when programing the
64 Kword memory submodul e m the PG you

need an a&pter (MEP adapter), since a different pr ~voltage is required for EPROMS of the type 27256.
.. . .. .-.
3~375537.03
Commnicatiom F-rmessoz C? 525-2
its frm-it panel, the wmmm ications processor has tvo 25-pin
female Carmm connectors with serial device interfaces for
connecting devices (printer PT88/PT89, other progr amable controllers or central computers). Instead of these detices, device
interface 2 (IF 2) can also be used to ccmnect the programmer
(PG).
On
Each of the device titerfaces has an IA) display.

Using the mode selector che following operating mcdes can be
selected:
-RUN
- STOP == PGR (no jobs will be processed)
The function of the switch setting STOP is identical with that of
PGR.
mmemorymkmodule fortheuserprogramis pluggedintothe
submodule receptacle. You csnuse either EPMK~or M
~.
The cmnectim to the S5 bus in the PC frame is established via
two 48-pin backplane connectors.
1.3 Serial Device Interfaces

hansmission via both device interfaces is serial and asynchronous. Both loop current (TTY) and V.24 signals am available on
the two device interfaces.
The loop mrrent (201YIA) canbe auppliedby both the CP 525-2 and
fromtiepartnertice. Only the endwhichprovides the current
isnon-fl.eating. ihe@s%@iesthe~ent (20mA)viajumpers
in the connector of the device interface. The 24 7 reqdred for
generathg loop current is takan frcm the PC bus. With a closed
circuit, a current of 20 UA must flow ( logical 1) if the line
current cimuit is functioning correctly. When the current is
interrupted, logical O results.
2$576537-03
cOmIu.n ications Prccessor CP 525-2
The CCIiT recommendations V,24/V.28 apply for the V.24 signals. A

logical zero is a voltagt greater than +3 V; a logical 1 avultage less than -3 V.
The foregoing technical details are irrelevant if you use the
.
.,
standard cable connectors to connect the PT88/PT89 printer, other

programmable controllers or certain computers. These connectors
are designed for V.24 or TTY signals (see Section 6).
When you write the user program with the COM 535 programing
package you decide the following:
...
- which partner is to be linked on which interface
- which settings are required for the transmi ssion parameters

(transmission rate, frme format)
For further details refer to the users guide for the COM 525
programming package.
1.4
Dual-portlUUIII, InterfacetotheCPU
The data ~change between the CP 525-2 and the CPU is restricted
toaminimum. onlythevsriabledata (currentprocessvalues) is
exchanged between the CPU and the CP. The CP 525-2 has its own
user memory for invariable data, e.g., message texts.
Data is exchanged between the CPUand the CP 525-2 using a comm
memoryarea: *eH-pmtB4M.
The dual-port RAM is m +& CP 525-2 and is similar toamailbox.
The CP 525-2 and CPU can leave messages (data, requests, etc.) for
each other in this mailbox.
., ,
E4576537-03
,,
.,
,,:.
, .- . ,
Commr.icaciom Processor CP 525-2
The CPU of the PC always acts as master for data exchange. The
CP 525-2 must wait to be asked by the CPU whether it wants to
transfer dati. This polling function is carried out by stan&rd
function blocks (Wmd13ng blacks=) in the CPU. These are the
same handling blocks that are used by other c Cmmlmicathls
processors.
The actual exchange of &ta between the CPU and CP 525-2 is also
managed by handling blocks. For more details, refer to the &.
scripticm Using the handling blocks in this manual.
< ------------
CPU
----------- > < -------- CP 525-2 ---------- >
S5
I
Handling
port
<==9
(Standard
flulcticm
bloc~)
.
DewLce
interface
1
Dual-
blocks
Data
User
memory
<>
Device
interface
2
,> .%. . .
1
,
B8576537-03
c OEmlunica.tions Processor CP 525-2
The daal-prt RAM of the CP 525-2 is structured as follows:
tiea:
Addresses
I&al-pom RAM
comment
D e c . Hm.
61952 F200
FYo
- FY 31
F220
FY 32
- FY 63
F240
FY 64
- FY 95
F260
FY 96
- FY 127
F280
FY 128
- FY 159
F2A0
FY 160
- FY 191
F2C0
FY 192
- FY 223
62176 F2E0
62207 F2FF
FY 224
- FY 255
f-;
. . ..... .,..-
(1) m flag area
(2048 flags)
--Rs
62464 F400
(2) page
area
(3) page
RI area
RI area
for IF 1
for IF 2
F7FF
Ihterface area for

job data
- - - - - ---
65279 FEFF
(4) VectOr
I (5). ~
interface
interface
number
----
Systemdata area for

controlling/xmitoring
thedataexchange
---me page is available
for each device
interface
----
A vector register is
assigned to each page
-1----
This diagram
--
is explained on the following page.
.:
38576537-03
C Ozmunications Processor CP 525-2

cmmmicatim (IFc)flag/Irea:
IPC flags are &fined as follows:

,.-..<
- IPC flags are part of the flag area of a CPU

or
- if they are specified as IPC output bytes (in terms of the
computer link) they are part of the dual-port RAM of the
CP 525-2. These IPC flags are also called coordination flags.
IPC flags are required because they are used as follows:
- for the cyclic exchange of data between CPCJS in bytes
- for the data exchange between CPUS and the CP 525-2. The IPC
flag area in the dual-port RAM of the CP 525-2 is responsible
for this fition.
The IPC flag area in tie CP 525-2 covers 256 IPC flag bytes
(2048 IPC flags).
. . . . . .=.
With the computer link and RK 512 the IPC flags (coordination
flags) can be used m inhibit and mable tlmd?lta ~ ~tweem * (XJ A @. By inhibiting tiis me, you can prevent
data that has not yet been evaluated fran being ovanvritten.
These IPC flags must be deseted as output flag bytes. For
further details see the users guide for the computer link with
RK 512.
When you are using the pcinter PT88/PT89, you do mt need the IPC
f lags.
The IPC flags are transferred once per STEP 5 program cycle
between the flag area of the CPU and the IPC flag area of the
CP 525-2 (similar to the process image for dfgital. inputs and
outputs) .
,- .,
....
To prevent multiple addressing when using several CPS or CPs and

a coordinator in one PC, you must ditide the IPC flags into
-s (j=w se=iw see 3.4.2). This also applies if there is
more b one CPU in a PC.
,!,
c ommunicaticms Processor CP 525-2
B8576537-04
Note:
S5-IL5U:
S5-135U:
S5-155U:
S5-150U:
the IPC flags must be listed in DB1 as IX output

flags.
the IPC flags must be entered as IPC output flags in

the DB1 of each CPU. This is also the case when only
one CPU is being used along with a CP 525-2.
since the IPC flags are in a different address area,
the fiction block PB llUNSFER handles the cyclic
-e of IPC flags between the CPU and CP. The IPC
flags must be specified when the block is called. The
block call must be at the end of the cycle of your STEP
5 progrsm.
(2)(3) X&ta tmmafer ~ (l?%@

Each detice interface of the CP 525-2 has its own page assigned
to tt . This means that each CP 525-2 used in a programmable
controller has m pages.
The me
is
the ares within the dual-port B&4
in
which data
is
~med be-en the CP 525-2 and the CPU. his &@ may, e.g.,
numerical values, to be logged on the printer. In additim,
the programmable controller can also transfer system messages to the CP 525-2 via the page.
(4)(5) vector re@ster - ~ IEmber
The pages of all the CPs in a PC are in the same address area. To
ensure that only the required page is addressed when data are
_ed, es* page can only be addressed by its ~
nmbar. lhis is between O and 255 end is set on the CP by means
of juqers.
Each page has a ~ ragkter allocated to it. The vector
registers of all the CPs have the ssme address.
10
.,,
.,
If one of the two pages of a particular CP is to be addressed by

the CPU (e.g., to trans fer data to the CP 525-2), the CPU writes
the interface number of the required page in all the ~
registers available. Each CP compares the contents of the vector
register with its own two interface numbers. If the CP re~izes
that the number retches an interface number, the required page is
enabled for &ta transfer. This function is carried out autcmaticallybyhandling blocks.
Since the interface numbers of the CP 525-2 can only be set in
pairs, you set the even interface number of IF 1 on the CP 525-2.
The interface number of IF 2 is automatically set with the next
higher number (for more details see 3.4.1 Module ad&ess/interface number).
. . . . . .
first CP 525-2
second CP 525-2
Exalqle with 2 CPs

. . - - -
Page 1
Page 2
Page 1
Page 2
all pages are in

the same ad&ess
area
4
- - -
4
- - -
i
- - -
4
- - -
Inter-
Inter-
Tnter-
Intar-
face
number
e. g 4W
face
number
face
face
mmber
number
e.g. 2W e.g. 3
-- - - Vector
Vector
register registex
-----
numbers between O
and 255 set with
j=pe=s on the Cp
e.g. 5W
- - - -.:ector
Vector
all vector registers
register register are in the same
addre-= area
- - - - -
. . . .. .. . .
. . .. .
11
.,!
.,.
,.,,
5357~537-f33
1.5
Memory
Cw_zwiczzi3ns ETocessor C? 525-2

Submodules
Thememorysubmodule of the CP 525-2 contains your CP 525 user

program. The user program includes the foilOwGg:
the specific programs for the device interfaces (Interpreters
and procedures). These programs decide which function (computer link or printer) is carried out via which interface on the
CP
the actual user program, i.e., the message texts for the
logging printer and/or the telegram parameters for the computer
link
The interpreters and procedures of the two interfaces require a
total of 8 K~ds (2 x 4 Kwords) in the memory submdule, regardless of whether me or both interfaces are being used. The
CP 525-2 also stores a user data manager for each interface in
the ~ sukmdule. This manager is dynamic, i.e., it grows
with the number of items of user data; per interface it can be a
maxim3mof 4Kwordslong.
Comwter linkwithRK 512: per interface amsximum IKwwrd is requiredfor the telegram parameters. A16MsEsmrysubmiWe
is adequate for one ccmrputer link per CP 525-2 interface
hinter PT88/Pl89: the available memory space depends on the capacityof the memory subnodule andonwhether one or two interfaces are being used.
You can use either J3PMM~ orRAH dmlodules. when it is
plugged in, the RAM is battery-backed ~ the backplane bus of
the programmable controller.
!IHRXlwT! : if the BAM ~ is unplugged frmn the CP 525-2
or the CP is disconne ctel from the PC, the user program stored in
the RAM is lost! ! !
..+,,.,
B8576537-07
Caimum.fcstions Rocessor CP525-2
1.6 Hardware Clock
In cmtrast to the CP 524 (software clock) the CP 525 has a

battery-backed hardware clock to display the date end the.
Leep years and changes of year are automatically taken into ccount by tie software of the CP. Even if the CP 525 is switched
off (for up to 1 year), with date supported only by the battery
back-up, changes of year and leap years are taken into account
when it is switched cm again.
As soon as the CP 525-2 module has been plugged into the progrsunmble ccmtroller, the clock starts mnning with the settings:
January 1st, 0.00 hours. The year is set at random
Further details about the hardware clock can be frond in the
users guide Wmputer link with K 512 or in the users gufde
CP 525: signelling end listing with the PT88/PT89 printer*
(CP 525: reading and writing the date and time).
The hardware clock is accurate to +/- 50 ppm,
%.e. +/- 4.3 seconds per day.
,,
28576537-07
Ccsmmmicaticms Processor CP 525-2
1.7 Technical Data

,.
-.
Degree of protecticm accordfng

to DIN 40050 and IEC 144
IPOO
Perm. *ient tamparatmre

during operation
during transport and storage
Oc to Ssc
-40c to +700C
Hmldiq ChlSS DIN 40040
code letter
Operating altitie
up to 3,500 m above sea level
Power supply
Current input 24 V
5 V +/- 5%; 24 V for currsmt

sources
2.1 A max; 1.8 A measured
statically
60 m4
Back-up vol-ge
ndn. 2.7 V
Back-up current (at 60C

end without RAM aubmdule)
140 * msx.
current input 5 v
.,
Transmission procedure
Transmission rate
Transmission cable
Transmission link
~SSiOIl link V24

,. .-.
asynchronous, procedures can be

loaded vie PG
110 to 19200 bpS
with TTY msx. 9600 bpS
shielded 4-w5.re cable with
braided shield and mtel
connector: earthing required
both ends
max. 1 km at 9600 bps
max. 20 m
Design
dimensions (W X H X D)
backplane connector
(peckAging system)
Weight
20.32 m X 160 = X 233.4 nm

ES 902 / row 2, 48-pin
approx. 0.4 kg
15
Ccmmllm ications Processor CP 525-2
B8576537-04
2 Installation
2.1 Slots in the Progranable Controller

The CP 525-2 can be plugged into the following programnsble
controllers (fan required):
S5-115W with subrack CR 700-2
Slot number
I I
I I I
S5-U5U with aubrack SR 701-3
I I
The interface modules 304 and 314are required
I I
S5-lMU with subrack CR 700-3:
I I
I I
The interface modules 304 and 314are required
Fanraquixed
S5-135U
I I
With the CP 525-2, no coordination processor is required if only

one CPU is used.
Ss-lsal
107
Furtherdetails about yourprogranmable controller canbefound

in the appropriate rnsnual.
16
c omrmmications Processor CP 525-2
B8576537-06
S5-155U
11111111111
75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147
19
,.. . . .
...--.
The CP 525-2 canbe plugged into the following expansion unit

(fan requixed):
mJ185u
19
27
35
43
51
59
67
75
83
91
The interface modules 304 and 314 are required.
2.2 Plugging
in
and Removing the CP 525-2
lblmt~ or@.qtitheCP525-2wben&po,erison!l!bis
....
abOapplieawhmyouaxaraplaciqthemamurgsdmo@.e?
2.3
Installation
Guidelines
The connecting cable between the CP 525-2 and a partner device

mtha-bletitiatiieldtiedatkti-mdtitimti
connectors. The standard cable connectors listed in the catalog
and in Section 6 meet these rquirments.
......
.-
The shield must make large area contact with the casing of the
metal connector (not on pin 7). If the partner device does not
have a metal connector, the cable shield must make large area
contact with ground. If there is a large difference in ground
potential between the CP 525-2 and the partner device, a potential equalizing cable should be included. The cable should be
kept away from thyristor drives and power cables carqdng more
* 500 V. Further information about installation can be found
in the Installation guidelines for SIMA1IC canpact devices (see
ordering data).
17
i
.+/
,,.,,
,,
2s576537-(23
con?Lunicatims ?rocessm Cl? 525-2
Operation
3.1 Controls and Displays

F-%,
CP525-2
RUN
STOF
PGR
(Viewfromfront)
Mode selector
LEDdiifordeviceinterfacel
LED dispkyfordevice interface 2
,. . ,
18
gg7-L~ ~: .~,~
--/ ,
3.2 Operating Modes

Mode selector
RUN
The processor nms in the nmmal operating

mode, the user functions which have been
programed are processed. The LEDs are not
lit (L.f LEDs are lit, see 3.3)
STOP = PGR
No jobs are processed. The function of the

switch position STOP is identical with that
of WGRW. lhe IEDs are lit.
3.3 Stabs Displays

Each interface has a red LED display. If the IED display of a
device interface is lit, one of the following has occurred:
device driver and procedure for the interface not loaded
mode selector switched to SlUP/PGR
following the loading of the user program, drive and procedure,
no CP 525-2 cold resta?.~ was carried out
CP 525-2 still in start-up phase following a power failure
(takes max. 10 s)
serious error recognised during start-up (e. g., wrong
memory submdule; submodde type not permitted).
. .
The diagram below shows the position of the jumper blocks on the
module. Adjummnts need to be made only on JB 16 / JB 25 / .J3 51.
The jumpers on the remaining jumper blocks are set in the factory
and should not be changed.
,--..,
P
Memory submodultj
EPROM or RAM
JB34
B
P
IF 1
JB51
V24contrOl
signals
JB23
AMrasshg
mode
Iiiiml
IF... = Device interface . . .
16
000
c
o
000
n
JB25
lPCilag area
1
6
&
JB . . . = jumperbkxk ,.,
B2576537-93
Cozm,miczcions Pzocessor CP 525-2
3.4.1 Mldd.e Mdress / Interface Nlmuber
-..
As described in 1.4, the data is transferred via the page area of

the dual-port RAM. Each of the two device interfaces of the
CP 525-2 has its own page and is allocated its cm interface
nmber(vakesfromO to255).
You specify the interface numbers by setting the ~e address
of the CP 525-2 at JB 16. For _le, if you select the mdule
address O, (no jumpers inserted), then device interface 1 (IF
1) has the interface number O w. Detice interface 2 (IF 2) is
automatically assigned the next higher number - interface mnnber
...
?1 1.
n
IPl
IF2
Page 1
Page2
Module
address
>
Interface number
e.g. On
Imerfacenumber
plus
1=
e.g.
lw
(mlyevennumbers allowed)
!~!~j_sett~fib@.Mym~c~
be selected for IF 1; IF 2 is then automatically assigned the
nexthigheroddnmber.
luote:to enaure that the CPU addresses the CP correctly, you must
specify the same interface number (PSrameter SSNR) when assigning
parameters to the handling blocks as that set on the CP.
.....
38576537-03
Jq=bl=k no- 16:
16 15 14 13 12 11 MI 9
~
~~e.t~
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Jumper open: O x 2 = O
n
Jumper inserted: 1 x 2
6-11
22
5-12
23
4-13
16
24
3-14
32
25
2-15
64
26
1-16
128
16 15 1413 12 11 10 9
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
I I
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
12decimal=
Jmpers 6-11 and 5-12 are inserted; the other jumpers remain
open.
-1
The upper device interface (i.e. IF 1) now has interface number
12andthelower device interface therefore autcmtically has

address 13.
22
3.4.2 Euablin@isabli143~_
described in 1.4 and in the =ers wide _ter lfi W*
K 512 you can enable or inhibit the data transfer between the
CPU and CP 525-2 by using the x= flags. ~@s@ ~C flags -t be
specified as output flags; in tjmis simation the term tcoordinaticm flag can be used instead of the term IPC flag.
AS
7.
.,. ,
The printer ~88/PT89 does not rewire *Y mc fl~:gs.

A total of 256 IPC flag bytes are available in the progr ammable
controller (2048 IPC flags).
In multiprocessor operat:km, IPC flags are a means of exchanging
data bemeen the processors. If several CP 525-2s or several
CPUS (in the S5-135U) are installed in the Pmgr-ble controller the IPC flags must be di~ded UP _ the ~$ ~d tie ~dfitor (see ~SO i.nstructi.cms for the S5-135~. me ~G fiaw
must then be enabled on the modules by means of jumpers. On the
CP 525-2 there are eight jUW=S ==~ble at jw= block 25
With the appropriate jumper setting on *ti bl~) ~ ~tiIPC flag bytes can be enabled or disabled.
..;
.-,...-
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.,
Em=T :=
I
6-11
5-12
4-13
3-14
2-15
1-16
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
IPC
flag byte
--
0
31
32 ::: 63
64 . . . 95
96 . . 127
128 . . 159
160 . . 191
192 . . 223
224 . . 255
Jumper inserted: the corresponding IPC flag bytes are enabled.

!~!: the corresponding IPC flag bytes must alsobe
entered in tie DBIs of the CPUS in the S5-135U and l15U! These
can then be addressed as flags in the STEP 5 program.
n
, ,. ,
24
The following is an example of the distribution of IPC flags

between two CP 525-2s and one coordinator with the S5-135U:
Cmrdinator
firstcPu
secondCPU
first
CP 525-2
second
CP 525-2
64..255
DB1
8, 12
IPC
output
flag
bytes
64
output
flag
DB1
32,35,61
IPC
output
flag
bytes
0..31
32..63
64
IPC
input
flag
byte
his example specifies that the first WUWcoordi.natesW the data

exchange with the fixst CP 525-2 * me (or several) bits of the
IPC flag bytes 8 and 1.2. Therefore the area O to 31 is enabled m
the first CP 525-2. (k area of 32 contiguous IPc flags Iuust
always be enabled or disabled). Jumper 8-9 is inserted on jmper
block 25. In DB1 of the iirst CPU, you mat enter bytes 8 and 12
as IPC output flag bytes.
h the same way the secund CPU coordinates the da= exchange with
the second CP 525-2 * IPC flags 32, 35, 61. On &e second
CP 525-2 the area 32 to 63 mat therefore be enabled (jumper 7-10
inserted). You mst then enter the bytes 32, 35 and 61 as IPC
output flags in DB1 of the second CPU.
Since the IPC flag area Asts mly once in each PC, only the IPC
. . . . . ..
flags 64 to 255 can be used for other purposes. In this example

we selected the IPG flag 64 for CPU - CPU communication (IPC
-t fkg in DB1 of the f ixst CPU - IPC input flag ti DB1 of
the second CPU). The area which contains byte 64 must therefore
also be enabled in the coordinator.
3~57~53
7.(33
Co7niI-.L22EiaRS I&ccessor C? 525-
3.4.3 Settings of the tice Interfaces

Each detice interface has both 20 ti current loop signals and
V. 24 signals. According to CCITT, control signals are required
for V. 24. The evaluation of the control signals depends on the
device procedure installed, The jumpers are set at the factory so
that the signals are not evaluated by the procedure software.
This setting means that all devices intended for connection to
the CP 525-2 can be oper: ted.
The control signals are as follows:
Pin
6
5
Data set ready DSR

Clear to send CTS
On each device interface me of these signals can be used (as

required).
factory setting of the jumpers is as follows:
.--y
,. . .
16 15 1413 12 1110 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
b-
. . .-+
.,
:3576537 -05
/-~oz!zm.i.catior.s %bxssor G? 525-2
The significance of the :umpers is as follows:

Device interface 1:
8- 9
7-10
6-11
6-U
inserted and 7-10 open = DSR (pin 6) selected

inserted and 8- 9 open = m (pin 5) selected
= CTS/DSRinputnotused
inserted
. the signal selected with jumpers 8open
9 and 7-10 can be evaluated by the
sofixare
5-12 open
5-12 inserted
. the signal isinvertedfor

evaluation
. the signal is evaluated directly
Device interface 2:
4-13
3-14
2-15
2-15
inserted and 3-14 open= DSR (pin 6) selected

inserted and 4-13 qen= CT8 (pin 5) selected
= CTS/DSRinputnotused
inserted
= the signal selected with jumpers 4open
13 and 3-14 csnbe evaluated by the
software
= the signal is inverted for
1-16 opem
evaluation
= the signal is evaluated directly
1-16 inserted
..
BS576537-03
Conmnicaticm,s ?rc,cessor C? 525-2
3.4.4 Pelmanent - Setti.ugs

The following
jumpers arc set in the factory and ust not be
changed:
---.,,
16 15 14 13 12 1110 9
I
II
0 0 0
Ill
0 0
0
0
0
Ill
0 0
0
0
0
I
0
I
Jumper block no. 17
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
16 15 1413 12 11 10 9
Jumper block no. 23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
Jumper block no. 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
,>.
28
BS576537-03
Cozrur.%cacions Processor Cl? 525-2
4 Setting up the Hardware

When installing the CP 525-2 module, follow the checklist below:
. .
.W,
,
., ..-.
1. Check the jumper setting on the module according to 3.4.
2. Insert a memory submodule in the CP submodul e receptacle.

3. Plug the CP 525-2 module into one of the permitted slots in
your device, The power supply must be switched off (see 2.1).
4. Connect the partner device (e.g. PT88/PT89) and the CP 525-2
(see Secticm 6).
5. Check the position of the mode selector a the CP 525-2. It
must be switched to RUN, to allow data exchange with the
partner device.
6. Make the correct settings at the partner device. These
settings can be found in the users guide Wcmputer link with
RK 512W and Rinter Pl!88/PT89w in the sectim describing
installation.
Make sure thattheparameters required fortransmzssion (data
rate, pariq, stop bit, character length) are the same in both
the partner de~ce an~~e Cp 525-2.
7. %itbm~e~r~lyto~cp.~th~~sp~fim
the frmt of the CP 5?5-2 light up. The operating system
carries out a self-test. The LED of the device interface being
started goes out if n.> error has been detected and you have
done one of the following:
- plugged a programed EPROM into the CP (detice driver and
transmission procedure must be programmed for each device
interface)
-transferred your user program from the PG to the RAM plugged
into the CP 525-2 and have then carried out a cold restart.
....
29
28576537-93
5 Pin
5.1
Ccnmz.aicaci.ini
Assignments
Backplane Connector 1
..
I
I
Ground
ADB O
I /cPKL
~B
1-
ADB 2
1-
ADB 3
I /RDY
ADB 5
UBAT
ADB12
ADB13
10
ADB14
12
ADB15
+5V
14
16
DB 1
18
ADB 6
DB 2
20
ADB 7
DB 3
22
ADB 8
DB 4
24
ADB 9
DB 5
26
ADB 10
DB 6
ADB 11
DB 7
28
/DSI
30
BASP
32
Ground
?TGC?SSGZ CP 525-2
Grtnmd
+5V
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
@oLnA
22
TxD
/Dl#FA
/SiWPA
24
26
28
30
32
GROUND 24V
Ground
+ 24 V
31
.,
Cmm.ziicarions
5.3
Memory
Submodule
TRocessor C? 525-2
Interface
a
/--%,
ADB 12
Ground
+5V
ADB O
ADB 1
ADB 2
ADB 3
ADB 4
ADB 5
ADB 6
ADB 7
ADB 8
ADB 9
ADB 10
ADB 11
ADB 13
ADB 14
DB O
DB 1
DB 2
DB 3
DB 4
DB 5
DB 6
DB 7
10
DB O
DB 1
DB 2
DB 3
DB 4
DB 5
12
DB 6
DB 7
K1
13
/cs
/(x
K2
14
\cs
/(x
K3
15
UCMOS
Psw
K4
16
+5V
Ground
KS
32
,;.
.
5.4
Pin
.,.
1-
235678910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 -
. .. . . . ~
. . .. . . . .

Designation
grind (G=)
trs.nsmitter TXDV24 IFl
receiver RXD V24 IFl
clear to send CTS V24 IF1
data set ready DSR V24 IFl; receiver must be converted
from CTS to DSR with jumper.
Tl!LOv
not used
not used
transmi tter (+) TTY IF
not used
current source (+) 20 mA
receiver (+) TTY IFl
receiver (-) TTY IFl
not used
current source u(+) 20 mA
not used
not used
transmitter (-) TrY IF1.
not used
current source ( ) 20 IIA
not used
not used
current source (-) 20 mA
not used
35576537-93
5.5
Pin
. ., ,.
1-
235678910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 -
Cmmmications Pr(jcessor CP 525-2

Designation
ground (G=)
transmitter TXD V24 IF2
receiver MD V24 IF2
clear to send CTS V24 IF2
data set ready DSR V24 IF2; receiver must be conve rted
fromCTStoDSRwithajumper.
TTLOv
not used
receiver (+) PG TTY
transmitter (+) TTY IF2
not used
current source (+)20mA
receiver (+) TTY IF2
receiver (-) TTY XF2
not used
current source (+) 20 mA
not used
receiver (-) PG TTY
transmitter (-) TTY IF2
not used
current source(-)20 mA
not used
transmitter (+) PG TTY
current source (-) 20 mA
trbtter (-) PG ~
,/.-%+
34
.:,
i,.
33576537-07
.,
Communications Processor CP 525-2
Standard Cable Connectors
For the most Casmn camections between devices there are stendard cable connectors available (see ordering dims).
6.1
Connection
(!P
525 - FG 6=
(TTY)
The cable can only be connected at the lower jack of the CP 525.
I
I
I
I
CP525
--
+ 12
?I
!i ~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
/
I cesktg(3ex ~
I +
J
In
17
K1
IQ
,..
i
I
Y!&!.j+4~
~
I@
13
,,.
!2
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
~Transmission I
rate setting 1
I
.
35
B8576537-04
c ommunications Processor
CP 525-2
6.2 Connection CP 525/524 - CP 525/524 (TTY)

cP525/524
-- .. ------- -... . . . .
CP525/524
)----------------------------
13]
Fieceiver
1 /
141 j
+24 V-
21 I
12p1
i
loj
-TxD ~,
,--j
19
-RxD
+T)d)
-20mA
u 12 & +24 V
+20MA
21
+TxD
~e{91 ,
Casillgmx
.,+RxD
/.T,~
1[ 14
+~
-.3---.------su5P__--..--f
-t-
L-.... -..:-. ------ .-... J,
-------- .. --- J
n
(.
,.., ,,, ,. .,,,
.,
6.3 Connection Cp 525/524 - PROMEA M (9XI!Y)

cP525/524
.---. --.. -----------
PROMEAM
/ .- --.-- ----------------+ 5V
1
13} /) +RxD
t
\
-RxD
14
r
10
+TxD
+s
ni
1
- s
1
I
II
-1 2V
+E
+ 5V
19
~qx ~--,---. -------------- !
-TxD
-E
Receiver s z~
\/1
Weld
-1 2V
--------------------------&--i----- .
, J_ casing
i1---------------------------
\\
\\
\i
\\
\\
....
,.
\
\
\
\
\
\\
\\
\\
\
,,*
S8576537-G3
6 . 5
Connection CP 525/524 - PROMEA R (TTY)
CP525/524
~ --------- -----i
.-
PROMEA R
16j
+ 24 V~ v
Receiver
14
I
T i
1~
241:.
T
1!
-1-
Casing Gex
,R%
,i +20mA
1
\/ \-w
-------
+TxD
I
~
..-20mA
------
[14
.;
,
;..
115
J_--p------y~-f*------~-y~
I
,
;--------------J
,-%,
,..!..
-
JI
,. . . ,*{
38
Comnmications P r o c e s s o r C? 5 2 5 - 2
6.6
,,.
.-.
Connection
CP
525/524 - PT88/PT89 (TTY/T7.24)
PT88/89
CP 525/524
---------------I
t3i
1
r---------------,
RxD
,. +
+20mA ..
.
+ 24 V
I
I
+ 24 V
Ii
i
I -.-. -.-. -.-. -.---. -.-. -.----J; j
/I
- 0 . . . 0
51 j
7.
,!
~!
~ CTS
;:
~i
1 I
&
-.-. - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ------
25
/
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
II
I
I
I
1
I
I
.1
I
I
J-=?-A ---------------A - ?---J-Casing
; Casing GIW
,---------------
______
i
I
Note: The cable is des@ned for both TTY and V.24 SigMb. It can
therefore be used regardless of the ~ of interface used
in the printer.
With the CP 524, mke sure that you use the same interface
@De
-. as in the .urinter.
,. .,.
39
B8576537-05
6.7
Connection
G omunications
Processor CP 525-2
525/524 - Modem N1O (V. 24)
CP525/524
.--. ---------- 1
Modem NIO
.-t -- -------- ---------,I
,
a
Transmitter i
Receiver ~
,
,
,
,
I
~---+A--------------------+-l
.-.----- ----.
,Rls j
4
/
CasingGex
:
t
@-E-
1
0
L-- _----;
6.8
Connection
- CP 5 2 5 / 5 2 4
CP525/524
..--.
( V . 24)
CP525/524
,.--
1
i
I,
Trmitter
!
40
.,
c onununications Processor CP 525-2
B8576537-03
6.9
.
C o n n e c t i o n CP 525/524 - PROMEA
R (V.24)
-.
CP525/524
r ------ ------- I
I
Receiver
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
:
~
PROMEAR
r- - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1
I
I!
Transmitter
. .
Transtnitter
~~
21!
\
:TxD
Shield
7! y-----.--------
Cash)gmx
~--t
I-------------- J
. .. . .. . .
.
41
I
!
I
I
I
iI
L -------------- I
B8576S37-07
Ccsmnunicetions Rocessor CP 525-2
6.10 Connection CP 525, IF2 - m 7XX (Tl!Y)
..WZW?..,
.-P07XX
.
:2i
--%
- - - - -
.$,
,,$
.
.
1:
. . . . .(king
. . . . 1:-..
:--=w
- ---------------
42
. .,
..4...+11M8
. . . . . . . . . . .
,..
SIEMENS
----
SIMATIC S5
Communications Processor CP 524
Instructions
-, .,,
C79000-B6576-C536-06
Contents
-.
Page
~=Pf
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Application
Mechanical Design
Serial Daxdce Interface
V.24 Module
TTY Wdule
R2422-A/485 kdule
Dual-port MM: Interface to the CPU
Memory Subwdules
Technical Data
20
IiIstdhtikn
22
2.1
2*2
2.3
Slot6 in the Rograannable Controller

Plu@.ng in end Remmdng the CP 524
Znetellaticm Guidelines
22
24
24
w=t-
25
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
3.4.5
Controls and Displays

Operating hales
Statue Displays
Jumper Settings
Module Address/Interface Number
Mebling/DisabMng IPC Flags
Jumpara on the V.24 Module
Juqers on the TTY module
Juqers on the RS422-A/485 Module
25
26
26
27
31
32
35
36
37
setting Up
40
the BardMare
1
1
3
4
5
8
10
13
19
..-.. .,
41
44
6
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
Comecticm CP 524/525 - CP 524/525 (2TY)

Connectim CP 524/525 - PR014R4 M (m?)
Connection CP 524/525 - AS 512C (TTY)
CZmnection CP 524/525 - HLOMEA R (lTY)
Ctnmection CP 524/525 - Xodem NIO (v.24)
Connection CP 524/525 - CP 524/525 (V.24)
connection cP 524/525 - ~R(V.24)
Camection CP 524/525 - PT88/PT89 (TTY/V.24)
Connection CP 524 - CP524 (RS422-Aor V.11)
44
45
46
47
47
4$
48
49
50
!38576538/4
Technical
1.1
Coznnnicacians Processor CP 524
Description
Application
The ~tims processor CP 524 can be used in the programmable ccmtrollers of the SIMATIC 5 U range (S5-115U, S5-135U,
S5-150U and S5 155U). 190te that it ~ beuaed incomjmction
withthes5135u/spmceSSa.
Usingthecommni cations processor CP 524 and the accompanying

programming package CCM525 you canperformthe following
functions:
In association with the PT 88/89 printer

- Process Stames and messages can be logged. he conmnmicetions
processor CP 524 hitiates the preparation of messages to be

-t ~ the printer.
If the progxamable controller (PC) is part of an autaoation
network, it can
exchange data with me or more programa ble ccmtrollers or with
a mpervisory process computer (computer link). The CP 524

performs these tasks independently.
..
.....
The data exchange between the CP 524 and the central processor
(CPU) of the programsble cmkroller is restricted to a minimum.
Only the mriable data (current process values) are exchanged
between the CPU and the CP 524. The CP 524 has its own memry for
invariable data, which you program using the software package
COM 525.
38576532/4
Cmrmnica:ions Processor
CP 524
Note:
With the CP 524 and with special drivers you can connect other
manufacturers equipmnt to your programsble ccmtroller (e.g.
computers, printers or intelligent subsystems). For more
information about special drivers cmtactyournearest Siemens
branch or technical office.
,,
.,,,
%
B857653S/k
1.2
.....
Comur.Tcazior.s Processor CP 524
Mechanical Des@n
CP524
(vlIfromftwt)
I
~f~
mernorysubmodule
EPROM: 16, = or64 ) KwOrdS
Modeselecmr
Emisplays
Deviceitltetface
*): when progmming the 64 Kmrd memory submdule cm the pm.

grimmer, you need an a&pter (MEP aapt=), since a different
programming voltage is required for _ of the type 27256.
..-.,
., ..
The CP 524 has me detice interface; the interface module is

plugged into the lower receptacle of the CP 524. You can select
a V.24P TTY or Rs422-A/485 interface.
EE57E536/4
Comm-,icacior.s Processor CP 524
The mode selector is used to select the operating mode RUN or

STOP ,
. .
.,
More detailed informaticm on the two LED displays can be fomd in

3.1 Controls and displays.
The memory submodul e containing your CP 524 user program is
plugged into the upper receptacle of the CP 524. In the CP 524,
only KPBQM ~es can be used. Ihese must first be programed
with the programmer using the programming package COM 525.
The connection to the S5 bus in the PC frame is established via

two 48-pin backplane connectors.
1.3 Serial Device Interface

The serial &vice interface is plugged into the CP 524 and secured by means of two screvs. lhe follm interface ~ es are
available:
TrYxdlile
V.24 molxla
RS422-A/485 mdtile
Connecting the CP 524 to the partner &vice is made easier by
using standard cable connectors (see also Section 6). If you do
not wish to use these s tandard cables, note the pin assignment of
the interface module in 1.3.1, 1.3.2 or 1.3.3.
.,=+.
..
,bomxxnicatior.s Processor c? 524
E857653s/&
The following s~d tile connecters are available:
in CP 524:
CP 524 connected
to:
Module
CP 524
CP 525
AS 512C
PROMEA M
PROMEA R
Modem Nlo
CP 524
PROMEA R
PT 88/89
PT 88/89
CP 524
- module
TrY- module
.-
- module
- module
- module
V.24 - module
V.24 - module
V.24 - module
TTY module
V.24 module
RS422/A-485 module
Interconnection in
CP 524:
transmitter, receiver
active,
active,
passive,
passive,
active,
passive
passive
passive
passive
active
passive, passive
The order numbers can be found in the ordering date secticn of

this manual.
Whenyouwrite yourCP524user programusing the programming

package COM 525 ontheprogrammer, you set the transmissicm
parameters (transmi ssion speed, frame format).
1.3.1 V.24HDdnle
TheV.24interfacemodulenot onlyhas linas for transmitting and
receiv3ng but also has a series of cmtrol snd signal lines in
accordance witi the CCITT reccmmendations V.24/V.28. For the
computer link with RK 51.2 and the PT 88/89 printer these control
signals are, however, not required and do not need to be
connected. H you want to prepare your own cable connectors,
remember that unused inputs may have to be connected to open
circuit potential on other devices. For more in.formatti refer to
the appropriate manuals and the CCIIT reccmunendations V.24 or
V.28.
5357653 S/&
Corzxr.ic.a.:iom Processor CP 524
The following diagram shows the basic interconnection of V.24
interfaces. In the example only the transmit and receive lines

are connected. With V.24 signals, logical O is a voltage greater
than +3 V; logical 1 is less than -3 V.
Device 1
GND
Device 2
GND
Shield
.-.,:
~ ~~ Lcatiom
5657 : 53 S/&
Processor CP 524
The following figure shows the pin assignment of the 25-pin

female CannmI connector on the front panel of the V.24 nodule:
25-pin female connector

Pin no.
--,.,
102 / GND
{;
.
104 / RxD <3

103 / TxD +2
105 / RTS *4
106 / CTS - - c - 5
108.2/ DTR > 20
107 /DSR +6
111
+ 23
125 /RI
4 22
109 /DCD 48
141/ PS3 + 18
142 /PKL + 25
113
h 24
n4/TxC + 15
u5/RxC + 17
102 Shield
mlyforsynchronous
data transfer
(not available with
standard jumper
settings)
1
(<>lkmwshowsdixectionofsignal)
Signal numbering is according to CCITT reconmndaticm V.24, signal designation is according to internatitmally accepted abbreviaticms (M 232 C).
E85765:8/4
Commications Processor CP 524
The position end signtiicsnce of the jumpers on the V.24 module

can be found in 3.4 in these instructions.
.
When pu program your CP 524 user progrsm using the programming

package COM 525, you specify the setting of the transmission
parameters (transmission rate, frsme format).
,,-
1.3.2 TTY Modale

The TTY module is equipped with a trensmitter and receiver for
20 mA current loop signals, The current loop itself can be supplied both by the CP 524 and the partner tice. Only the end
which supplies the current is mm-floating. The CP supplies the
current (20 IIIA) via jumpers in the frmt connector. The 24 V
required for generating the current loop are taken from the PC
bus. With a closed circuit, a current of 20 mA must flow
(logical 1) if the line current cimuit is functioning correctly.
When the current is interrupted logical O. results.
n
..
:2
The following diagram shows the interconnection of current loop

signals .
Device 2
Device 1
+1
~-
TRANSMITTER
I
GROUND (CHASSIS)
24v-F?1
J
enact-wedevice
arrows show direction of flow
8
.
,.
E8576536/4
Comnnicacions Processor CP 524
The following
figure shows the pin assignment of the 25-pin

female Cannon connector on the front panel of the TTY module:
,
25-pinfemaleconnector
pin no.
----
+
4 13
Receiver
+ 14
+
4 10
Transmitter
+ 19
+
Current source
Receiver
--
16
(20 IDA)
21
current source
Ihnsmitter
(20 HA)
Ground
24 V
-* 12
-e. 24
24 V
Current generation
show direction of
. .
flow)
B8576538/4
c ommunications Processor CP 524
The position and significance of the jumpers on the TTY module

can be fcnmd in 3.4 in these instructions.
You set the parameters for the dam transmission (data rate,
parity, stop bits) using the progmming psclcage CX)H 525 on the
PG. A maximum data rate of 9600 bps is possible with the ITY
module.
. .. . .
1.3.3 xs422-A/485 Mmklle

The RS422-A/485 module can be used in the ~ Idnk to
transfer data in full or in half duplex. !Ihe jumper settings wn
be found in Sectirm 3.4. In half duplex operation, you cannot use
the standard procedures 3964 and 3964R. In this case, you must
use special drivars.
The RS422-A/485 module can also be used with the _ printxx
P188/R89, there are, hmrever, no standard cable connectors
available.
The RS422-A/485 module electrically isolates the interface
signals from the power supply. The electrical characteristics of
the RS422-A/485 module are as follows:
-
in full
- in half
duplex mode: according to the HA s tandsrd RS422-A

(CCI!tT recamnen dsti.on V.11)
duplex mode: according to the EIA s tandard RS485.
The difference between the two standards is that only one
transmitter may be available with the EIA s tandard RS422-A,

whereas smeral transmitters and receivers are permitted with the
EIA standard RS485. In half duplex nude, the dam exchange can
m.ly take place via the two-wire line R,
W from the transmit and receive lines, the RS422-A/485 module
is equipped with a series of control and monitoring lines
according to the CCI!lT recomnen dation X.24 snd IS(I 8481. For the
computer link and the logging printer PT88/PT89, these control
and monitoring signals are not required and do not need to be
connected.
.-.,
B8576538/6
Cammmications Rocessor CP 5 2 4
In the following examples, only tranmit and receive lines are

cannected. The following applies to signels according to the EIA
standerd RS422-A (V.11) end HAstendardRB485:
-.,
VA . greater than +3 v
-logic O(ON)correspmds toV >VB
l@c 1 (()~) c~e~ds to $A < VB VB = ~ller * 3 v.
Basic wiring of the interface in W dapk XI&
R(A)
T(A)
R(B)
T(B)
T(A)
T(B)
R(A)
R(B)
Shield
1
Bhield
1
(<> signal direction)
Bekic wiring of the interface in half duplex 6:
E=--l
/\
/.
R(A)
R(B)
Bhield
F=R(A)
R(B)
Shield
(<> signal direction)

not ctmnect the shield with the GND. Othemd.ee the
electrical isolation is disabled.
CaIIHM: Do
11
Camnun ications Processor CP 524
B8576538/4
The fola diagram shows the pill d.#ment of the i$pin

Cannon connector h the front panel of the BS422-A/485 module:
15-pin female
Pin number
R(A)
R(B)
1)
T(A)
T(B)
C(A)
C(B)
I(A)
I(B)
B(A)
B(B)
2)
S(A)
S(B)
X(B)
3)
I
(<> signel directim)
Signal desi~tion according to CCIIT recmmumdation X.24

1) If ytnt operate the interface in full duplex, dnta can only be
received on thie 2-wire line. M half duplax, ~ta can be
received and tranemitteid.
B8576538/4
c cmmnmications Processor CP 524
2) This signal can be connected either as an input or output (see

j=per settings).
.:?
3) This signal can cmly be used when signal B is used as an

output. In this case, the line X(A) is connected to the frame
snd mt to the interface.
The position and use of the jumpers on the RS422-~485 module can
be found in Section 3.4.
When progmming your CP 524 user program using the CCH 525
P-- wc~ge, YOU select the required transmission
parameters (transmission speed, character f~).
1.4 Dual-port RAM: Interface to the CPU

Data is exchanged between the CPU and the CP 524 via a comon
memory area: the &s.1-pact BAII. The dual-port MM is m the CP
524 end Is Sillli&r to a mailbox. lhe CP 524 end CPU can leave
massages (data, requests etc. ) for each other in this mailbox.
The CPU of the PC always acts as master for data exchsnge. The
CP 524 mat wait to be asked by the CPU whether it wants to

transfer data. This polling function is carried out by standard
function blocks (%andhg blocks) in the CPU. These are the
same handling blocks that are used by other comunications
processors.
-...
-.
conmnmications Processor CP 524
B8576538/4
The actual exchange of &ta between the CPU and CP 524 is also
managed by handling blocks. For more details, refer to the descripticm Using the handling blocks in this mmual.
,, . . .
< ------------
-----------> <-------- CP 524 ---------->
I
S5 bus
User
I
Hand15ng
blocks
Data
(Standard
function
blocks)
Dual-
pom
~ RAM
Device
interface
...4, ,
BS576536/4
Communications ?rocessor GE 524
The &ml-port W of the CP 524 is structured as follows:
Addresses
..
,,
...
Dec. H=.
61952 F200
Acea:
Dual-pelt RAM
FY o - FY
c alunent
31
F220
FY 32
- FY 63
F240
FY 64 - FY 95
F260
FY 96
- FY127
F280
FY 1.28
- FY159
F2A0
FY 160
- ln191
F2C0
FY 192
- FY223
62176 F2E0
62207 F2FF
FY 224
- FY255
(1) lrcflisg~
(2048 flags)
--- ---system data area for
M - area
62464 F400
(2) plge
65279 FEFF
control.MIlg/monitoring
the data exchange
- - - - - one page is available
for the detice
interface
RI area for &vice

interface
Interface area for

job data
- - - --- -
(3) Vector regiater
- - - --- Avactor register is

assigned to each page
interface number
.....
.
- - - --This diagram is explained on the following page.
B8576538/4
Coawnicatkms .%ocessor C? 524
(1) nltfqmcesscm Coimumicatti (rPC) flag area
IPC flags are defined as me of the followhg:

.,,
- IPC flags may be part of the flag area of a CPU,

- If they are specified as IPC output bytes (in terms of the
computer link), they are part of the dual-port RAM of the
CP 524. These IPC flags are also called coordination flags.
IPC flags are needed because of the following:
- IPC flags are used for the cyclic exchange of &ta between
CPUS in bytes.
- They can also be used for the data exchange between CPUS end
the CP 524. The IPC flag area in the dual-port RAM of the
CP 524 is responsible for this functicm.
The IPC flag area in the CP 524 covers2561PCflagbytes (2048
IPC flags).
With the computer linlcandBK512, the IPC flags (coordination
fl.ags)canbeusedtoiddbitand enablethedata ~ebetwemtheCPWamlCP.Byinhibitingthisexchange,youcan
prevant data that has not yet been evaluated frcm being overwritten. These IPC flags must be designated as output flag bytes.
For further details, see the users guide for the computer link
with RK 512.
.~
The IPC flags are not used, if you are working with the PT88/PT89
logging printer.
The IPC flags are transferred once per STEP 5 program cycle
between the flag area of the CPU and the IPC flag area of the
CP 524 (similar to the process image for digital inputs and
outputs) .
To prevent multiple addressing when you are using several CPS or
CPS and a coordinator in one PC, you must divide the IPC flags
into groups (jumper settings see 3.4. 2). This also applies if
there is more than me CPU in a PC.
,. :;,
:,
B8576532/4
Conmurrications Processor CP 524
Note:
S5-U5U:
.,,:. . . . . .2,
.-,
the IPC flags must be listed in DB1 as IPC output

flags .
S5-135U: the IPC flags must be entered as IPC output flags in
the DB1 of each CPU. This also applies when only one
CPU is being used along with a CP 524.
S5-150U: since the IPC flags are in a different address area,
the function block FB TRANSPER handles the cyclic exchange of IPC flags between the CPU and CP. The IPC
flags mat be specified when the block is called. The
block call xwst be at the end of the cycle of your STEP
5 program.
S5 155U: the IPC flags must be entered in DB1 of the CPU as
output flags. This is also the case when only one CPU
and one CP 524 are being used.
(2) Data transfer area @slw)
The device interface of the CP 524 has a page assigned to it. The
page is the area within the dual-port RAM in tih the data are
_ed between the CP 524 and CPU.
(3)
vectcJr E@ster - harface Tstdlar
The pages of all the CPs in a PC are in the same address area.
To ensure that only the required page is addressed when data is

exchanged, each page can mly be addressed by using its ~
mmber. TMs is between O and 255 and is set on the CP by means
of jumpers.
The page has a vactor ~tXX allocated to it. 13M vector registers of all the CPs have the same address.
..
If the page of a particular CP is to be addressed by the CPU

(e.g. , to transfer data to the CP 524) the CPU writes the
interface number of the required page in all the vector ragisttxs
available. Each CP compares the crmtents of the vector register
17
Ccmmnications .Processor CP 524
E8576538/4
with its own interface number. If the CP recognizes tint the

number which has been entered matches its interface number the
required page is enabled for data transfer. This function is
carried out automatically by &ta handling blocks.
first CP 524
second CP 524
Page
Page
.------
Interface
number
e.g. 12
.------
.-----Interface
nuniber
e.g. 13
-------
Vector
register
Vector
register
-hWith two CPS

-------
all pages are in

the same ad&ess
area
---------numbersbatweenO
and 255 set with
WWer$mthecp
---------allvector registers
have thesameaddress
,-....
----------
....,,
communications Processor CP 524
B8576538/4
1.5
.--%
Memory
Subniodules
The memory aubmodule of the CP 524 contains your CP 524 user

program, which includes the following:
the specific programs for the device interface (Interpreter

and procedure). These programs determine which functton
(computer link or printer) is performed.
the actual user program, i.e., the messages for the prfnter
and/or telegram parameters for the computer link.
The interpreter and procedure require a total of 8 Kwords in the
memory module. The CP also sets up a manager for the user data ti
the module. TMsmenager is dynamic, i.e. it grows with the number of user data. It can occupy amaximum of 4Kwords.
For the computer link with RK 512 a maximum of 1 Kword is
required.
To operate a computer linka 16 Kxmd EPROM module is required.
For the PT 88/PT 89, the required memory space depends on the
size of youruaerprogam.
onlyKPBilM dsmxlules cenbeused in the CP 524, since (in contrast to the CP 525) there fs no interface to the programmer
required to load the softwere in the RAM.
The following memory aubmodules are available for the CP 524:
EP2CUaakxhiles
16 Words
32 Kwords
64 Kwords
. . .. .
When progranmd.ng this submodule on the

PGyou must use an adapter (MEP adapter), since a differant programing
voltage is required for EPROMs of the
type 27256.
..,.,
The order numbers for these submodules cenbefoundinthe

ordering dew section of this manual.
19
.,:
B8576538/6
Cuumunicacfons Rocessor CP 524
1.6 Technical
Data
Degree of protection according

to DIN 40050 and IEC 144
IPOO
Perm. ambient temperate

during operatim
during transport and storage
Oc to Ssc
-4(PC to +70c
Humidity
code letter F
CbSS
(DIN 40040)
Operating altitude
up to 3,500 m above sea level
Power supply
5 v +/- 5%;
24 V +25X/-l5X
Current input 5 V
524
1lY module
V.24 wdule
2S422-A/485 module
1.5 A mexo
0.8 A, measured statically
0.1 A, measured statically
0.2 A, WSU?X!d statically
0.5 A, measured sQMcally
Current input 24 V
TTY tie
60 M
CP
lrenemissicm procedure
lranemission rate
asynchrcsums, exchangeable
procedures
110 to 19200 @$
with TTY mx. 9600 bp$
Transmissicm cable
shielded 4-wire cable with

braided shield and metal
connector: earthing required
both ends
Tranemissfon link TrY
mex. 1 km at 9600
hUISUli.SSfOll
link V24
kSIMlliiSSi(m link RS422/A-485
max. 20 m
mex. 1200 m
@$
Comnications Processor CP 524
.....,,
Design
dimensims (W x H x D)
backplane connector
(packaging system)
20.32 m X 160 nun X 233.4 m

ES 902 / row 2, 48-pin
Weight
approx. 0.4 kg
Es 57652 6,)4
Installation
2.1 Slots in the Progr ammable Controller
..
The CP 524 can be plugged into the following programable controllers (fan required):
&-%.5
S5-1151J with subrack CR 700-2

Slot number
5
I
S5-115U with subrack EEL 701-3

Slot number
2
4
I
The interface modules 304 and 314 are required

S5-115U with subrack CR 700-3
Slot number
I I I
*\
,..
The interface modules 304 and 314 are required
S5-135U
Slot number
19
27
35
With the CP 524, no coordination processor is required if only

one CPU is used.
S5-15(KI
Slot number
.-. .
38575538/4
MmIru.n
icaiions Processor C? 524
S5-155U
Slot number
.:-,
19
27
35
123
131
139
Further details about your programa ble controller can be found

in the appropriate manual.
The CT 524 can be plugged into the following expansion unit (fan
required):
m 185U
Slot number
The interface modules 304 and 314 are required.
2.2 Plugging in and Removing the CP 524
..
23
38576538/4
2.3
Installation
Corcx.nications Processor CP 524
Guidelines
The cmnecting cable between the CP 524 and a partner device must
be a cable with a shield earthed at both ends and with me-l
connectors. The standard cable connectors listed in the catalog
and in Section 6 meet these requirements.
,,-
The shield must make large area contact with the casing of the
metal connector (not on pin 7). If the partner device does not
have a metal connector, the cable shield must make large area
ccmtact with ground. If there is a large difference in ground
potential between the CP 524 and the partner device, a potential
equalizing cable should be included. The cable should be kept
away from interfering a.c. power controller cables, thyristor
drives and power cables carrying more than 500 V.
Further information about installation can be found in the Installation guidelines for SIMATIC compact devices (see ordering
data) .
.-%,
..,
B8576538/4
(hmmunications
3 Operation
3.1 COntrds and Displays
CP524
:., :.; :., ::

PI
00
RUN
Srol
IF1 IF2
.-.....,,
Modeselecm
LEDdisp@s
Processor CP 524
B8576538/4
3.2
,,
Ccxlmnm ications
Operating
Processor CP 524
Modes
Mode selector
The processor
runs in the normal operating

mode, the user functions which have been
programed are processed. The IEDs are not
lit (if IEDs are lit, see 3.3)
smP
3.3 Status
No jobs are processed. The LED IFl is lit.
Displays
If the LED IPl is lit, one of the following has occurred:

- device driver and procedure not ka&d
- mode selector switched to STOP

- CP 524 still in start-up phase following a pover failure (takes
msx. 10 s)
- serious error recognised during start-up (e.g. , incorrect
meumry suhmdule - suhmdule type not permitted).
If the IED IP2 is lit, one of the following has occurred:
- serious error recognised during start-up (e.g. , incorrect
memory suhodule - sulxnodule gpe not permitted)

- CP 524 still in start-up phase following a power failure (takes
max. 10 s)
,.-%
.;.
B8576538/4
3.4
,.
co nmunications Processor CP 524
Jumper settings
The jumpers on the interface modules (V.24, TTY d RS422/A-435)

and on the W 524 are preset in the factory. You cen use this
setting to operate the CP 524 and the interface modules imm-
..
ediately (if only one communications processor is used in the PC).

The interface number is then O. All the IPC flags are enabled.
To chsnge the interface number (module address) on the CP 524 or

enable/inhibit IPC flags, mske the appropriate jumper settings.
For more information refer to 3.4.1 snd 3.4.2.
V24 Module:
Jumpersettingsassupplied
-..
FRONTCONNECTOR, 25- PIN
Backplaneconnector
...
27
communications Processor CP 524
B8576538/4
ITY-Module:
Jumpersettingsassupphed
, . . . . ,., - ,. . . .- ,,. .
FRONT CONNECTOR, 25- PIN
,..
.6.
Baokpianeconnector
,--%,
...,
cuiumxnlcatia Processor CP 524
88576538/6
RS422-A14e~MOdul@:
Jumpers8mw$=-
0 0
Ill
2
03
Backpbe oonnector
,.
-.
29
B8576538/4
Cmmn.micationa Processor CP 524
CP 524: factory
settings
.....
,,
(;.
...
1
Memory submodule
~le
o
N
N
JB 54
:
T
10
JU8 :Iil
10
Ju9
R
1
:8
JB 53 ~
.0-0%8
Testjumpews s
m
o Ju5 (1,23)
u
c
o
Jul (3,21)
~#J
.->!.,
4
N
N
E
= Ju2 (1,2,3)
c
T
IF
R
2
IF = interface
Juo.. = jumper . . .
JB ... = jumperbio
...
30
,.,
B8576538/4
coIluIIun ications Processor CP 524
3.4.1 I!b&la ~~~

As described in 1.4 the data is transferred via the pages of the
-.
dual-port RAM. The ~ge is assigned an interface number =w%

from O to 255. With the CP 524, the interface number is identical
with the nwdule address.
The module address (interface number) is set in binary on the CP
524 at jumper block JB53.
EJota: to ensure that the CPU addresses the CP cozzectly, you must
specify the same interface number ( parameter SIR) when assigning
parameters to the handling blocks that is set on the CP.
16 15 141312 U 10 9
1
a:
.;
6-n
22
5-J2
23
4-13
16
24
3-14
32
25
128
27
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
x open: o x 2n = o
2-I.5
Jumper inserted: 1 x F
1-16
,. . .
B8576538/4
CamIlun ications Processor CP 524
Raqle: selected interface number equals 12.
m
16 15 1413 12 11 10 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
12 decimal == ox2%0x21+lx22+lA.0x2LOx25w6e
Jmpers 6-11 and 5-12 are inserted, the other jumpers remain
F.
As described in 1.4 and in the users guide Computer link with

M 512W you can enable or inhibit the data transfer between the
CPU and CP 524 bg using the IPC flags. These IPC flags must be
designated as output flag bytes. ~ this simation, the term
coordination flag can also be used instead of IPC flag.
A total of 256 IPC flag bytes are available (2048 IPc flags).
No IPC flags are used with the PI 88/89 printex.
In xmltiprocessor operation, IPC flags allow the exchange of
data between the processors. If several CP 524s or sevaral CPUs
(in the S5-3.35U) are installed in the progr-ble controller,
the IPC flags must be divided up among the CPs snd the coordinator (see also instzwctions for the S5-135U). The IPC flags
must then be enabled cm the modules by means of jmpers. On the
CP 524 there are eight jumpers available at location J852. By
appropriate junper setting at this location, 32 ccmtiguous IPC
flag bytes can be enabled or disabled.
B8576538/4
CaImnm ications
Processor CP 524
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Jumper
..<
8- 9
7-1o
6-11
5-12
4-13
3-14
2-I-5
1-16
E
9 10 11 12 13 1415 16
IPC flag byte
o
32 ;;;
64 . . .
96 . .
128 . .
160 . .
192 . .
224 . .
31
63
95
127
159
191
223
255
Jmperinserted: thecoxzesponding IPCflag bytesareenabled.

!~!:tiemem~mfl~~esmtdmb
entered in the DBIs of tie CPUs in the S5-135U snd 115U! These
csnthenbeaddressedasflags intheSTEI?5program.
. .. . . . .
.,.,.
33
B8576538/4
Commun ications Processor CP 524
The following example shows the distribution of IPC flags between
two CP 524s and on& coordinator with the S5-135U:

coordinator
64..255
first m
DB1
8, 12
IPC
output
flag
bytes
64
-t
flag
byte
second CPU
DB1
32,35,61
IPC
output
flag
bytes
first
CP 524
second
CP 524
,.m,
0..31
32..63
64
input
flag
byte
me M* the first CP 524 via one (or several) bits of the

IPC flag bytes 8 and 12. Therefore the area O to 31 is enabled cm
the first CP 524. (AQ area of 32 cont@uous ~ flags must dWSJW
be enabled or disabled!). Jumper 8-9 is inserted on JB 52. In DB1
of the first CPU, you must enter bytes 8 and 12 as IPC output
flag bytes.
m
, ., , :.
In the same way the second CPU coordinates the data exchange with
the second CP 524 via IPC flags 32, 35, 61. On the second CP 524,
area 32 to 63 must timrefcme be enabled (jumper 7-10 inserted).
You must then enter bytes 32, 35 and 61 as IPC output flags in
DB1 of the second CPU.
Since the IPC flag area exists only once in each PC, only IPC
flags 64 to 255 can be used for other purposes. This example uses
IPC flag 64 for CPU - CPU ccmmmi=tion (IPC output flag in DB1
of the first CPU - IPC ixpt flag in DB1 of the second CPU). The
area which contains byte 64 must therefore also be enabled in the
coordinator.
. .
34
,. .,
\
B8576538/4
Gcmmnm icatiom Processor CP 524
3.4.3 -P= m * v.24
.-,
MOC--
Jumpers Jul snd Ju2 d~termine whether the intexnal clock pike of
the CP 524 is used as the transmi t and receive clock pulse on the
CP 524 or whether the pulse is supplied by the line
1
o
3
o Receive clock pulse internal
~ Receive clock pulse from line
o Receive clock pulse = transmit pulse

~ Receive clock pulse depends on Jul
o Transmit clock pulse internal

~ Transmit clock pulse from line
Jul
Ju8
Ju2
Ju4
0
o lhnsmit clock pulse of CP 524

ccnmected to l~e 113 (pin 24)
~ ~ansmit clock pulse not supplied by
CP 524
With j-$ Jd and Ju5, the polarity of the transmitted and

received data can be revarsed as follows:
1
o
3
0 Transmitted data with normal polarity
~ Transmitted data negated
o Received data with normal polarity

~ Received data negated
Ju3
with jumper
3s6, all V.24 receivers can be connected so that all

the signals are in the positive voltxge range as follows:
1
3
0 AU received signals must hew the
V. 24 signal level.
0---o All received signals can be in the
positive volmge range
B8576538/4
commmications Processor CP 524
With jumper Ju9, CTS can be permanently at open cixcuit potential

or switched through from the frunt plug as follow:
1
3
o CTS at open circuit potential
~ CTS at pin 5
Ju9
o
3=4.4 ~ - * = ~
With jumpers Jal and Ja2, the polariq of the transmi tted or
received data can be reversed as follows:
1
o
3
o Transmitted data negated
~ Transmitted data with nonml polariq
o Received data with normal polarity

~ Received data negated
Jul
With jumper J@, the 24 V source voltage for generating the

current loop can be reconnected as follows:
24 V supplied by pin 9 of the
front connector
24 V supplied by backplane
Camector (internally)
Receive clock pulse from transmit
pulse
Receive clock pulse supplied by CP
524.
B8576538/4
3.4.5 Jimpers cm the BS4Z2-A/4S5 mdule

The jumper ~ is used to switch over the data direction on the
two-wire line R .
. . .: .,. . . .
x3
x3
1 2 3
~o
Setting for full duplex mode. Data

can only be received on the two-wire
line R.
o~ Setting for half duplex mode. With
the signal /RTS, da- can either be
transmitted or received on tie mowire line R.
@rS = 0 --> transmit
/RIs = 1 --> receive
Using the ~ & you can apply either the signal /PS3 or the
internal transmit clock pulse (!IMX.nt) to the two-wire line B,
providing that the txo-wire output B is set as an input by
j~rs is anti Xg.
x4
x4
~o
Signal /PS3 can be transmitted on the

tin-wire line B.
o~ The internal transmit clock pulse
Mint can be sent on the tw-wixe
line B.
with jmper x5 you
can use a clock pulse transmitted on the twowire line S as the receive clock pulse.
Xs
x5
.. . . .. . .
Clock pulse at input S is not used as

receive clock pulse.
Clock pulse at input S is used as the
B8576538/4
Comlmm ications
Processor CP 524
select the transmit and receive

clock pulse.
The internal transmt clock pulse
(lMint) is used as transmit-and
X6
x7

X6
x7
The internal trsnsmit clock pulse

(Mint) is used as the transmit
clock pulse and is used as the
X6
x7
The clock pulse transmitted via the

two-wire line S is used as the
transmit clock pulse and the internal
receive clock pulse used as the
receim clock pulse.
X6
x7
The clock pulse transndtted via the

two-wire line S is used as the
trsnamit clock pulse, the internal
receive clock pulse (RxCint) is used
as the receive clock pulse.
The ~ X4, X5. X6 and X7 can be used for synchromus

transmissim with clock pulse control according to the DIN draft
1S0 8481. The m-wire line B (designation X according to ISO
8481) must be set as en outpt by jumpers X8 and X9.
x4
x5
X6
x7
1 2 3
o~
~o
0 0 0
o~
The internal transmit clock pulse
(hCint) is used as the transmit

clock pulse. The internal clock
pulse is simultaneously transmtted
on the bin-wire line B.
*-
*
%9
SMPb -
.
,. ,.,
., ,. , . - .,----,..
... -
B8576538/4
4 Setting
CCmImun ications Processor CP 524
up the Hardware
When setting up the CP 524 mxhle follow the checklist below:

1. Check the jumper setting on the nodule according to 3,4.
2. InsertaprogramedEPROM mbmodule in the receptacle.
3. Insert an interface xmdule in the receptacle. Check the jumper
setting according to 3.4. The interface mdule must be secured
by the tw) screws.
4. Plug the CP 524mdule into one of the permitted slots in your

device (see 2.1). The power supply must be svitched off.
5. Connect the partner device to the CP 524 (see Section 6).
6. Check the position of the mde selector on the CP 524. It mst
be switched to ~, to data exchange with the partner deVLce.
7. Make the correct settings at the partner device. These
settings can be found in the users guide Womputer lti with
RK 512 and Event output and logging with the PT 88/PT 89
printarw in the sections describing installatim. Make sure
that the parameters requixed for trammissicm (data rate,
pari~, stop bit, character length) are the ssm in both the
partner device and the CP 524.
(??3
. . ,. . . f
8. Swit& on the power supply to your PC. Both MD displaya on

the fmmt of the CP 524 light up. The operating system carries
out a self-test. The LEDs go out if no error has been datected
and if the device driver and transmission procedure for the
serial &mice interface are present in the EPRCH.
......
i.
B8576538/4
Backplane came Ctmr 2
Beck@ane cunnectorl
Processor CP 524
PinAssi 9-=ts
5
...
Cammm ications
Ov
+5V
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
Ov
+5V
ADB C
ADB 1
ADB 2
ADB 3
ADB 4
ADB 5
ADB 6
ADB 7
ADB 8
ADB 9
ADB1O
ADBll
E
DBO
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
Ov
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
.....,,
41
TOPPA
H 24 V M 24 W
Ov
+ 24 T
Cclnmnm ications
B8576538/4
Processor CP 524
Memory Submdul e connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
SADB
SADB
SADB
SADB
SADB
SADB
12
O
3
6
9
13
SDB 10
SDB 13
SDB O
SDB 3
SDB 6
Csl
CS2
Ucms +5 v
+5V
If
+5V
SADB 2
SADB 5
SADB 8
SADB 11
GE
SDB 9
SDB 12
SDB 15
SDB 2
SDB 5
SADB 1
SADB 4
SADB 7
SADB 10
SADB 14
SDB 8
SDB 11
SDB 14
SDB 1
SDB 4
SDB 7
CS3
a
M
K1
K2
K3
K4
K5
.,,... .,
B8576538/4
CQmuxun
ications Processor CP 524
Interface module connector

.
1
2
3
4
.>.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
, , -...
M
+5V
SsKl
M
+5V
M
+5V
SSK2
SSK3
m l
in
iiiii
lIf24 V
+ 24 V
RxD
1! 24 V
+ 24 V
FiE
iii!ii
xii
E
G
E
!hc Int.
he Int.
+ 24 V
B8576538/4
Coznunm ications Processor CP 524
6 Standard
Cable
Connectors
For the nmst ccamKRI connections between devices there are slxndard cable connectors available (see ordering data).
.4---
6.1 Connection C!p 524/525 - Cl? 524/525 (!LTY)
CP525/524
CP525/524
13; .-, +~
1
,41 I
-RxD
r I
1
211
-20mA
T
$szRecehmr ,
I
i
I
I
121 !
+24 V-CO-:
:
~~
i
!
!
I
+20mA
-TxD
,.-, 119
+TxD
+TxD
I
~
-TxD
+FtKD
&LS!!?-
f??
... ,. .;,
!13 Receiver z s~ ~
\ / !
+ I 1
- - - f- ~
\
-
44
.,
,,
. ,:
B8576538/4
COnnnunications Processor CP 524
6.2 Connection Cl? 524/525 - PROMEAH (Try)
CP525/524
.. -1
PROMEAM
.---- ----- .
-.i
-----!
comnmications Processor CP 524
B8576538/4
6.3
Connection
CP 524/525 - AS
CP525/524
.-. -----------------. +RxD
-TxD
, .,,,,
,,
AS512
;---. ---- -- -------------,
i 14
,
.....
mix+
I
o
i
X*
1! .
~--y---------_____-A_+___
~ J_ Casing
.- -------..--------1 t
23
-t
11
~ 24
f 12
,2s
q 13
.--
a current loop the AS 512 nmst be supplied with

24 V wi.a the AMP connectors on the front panel.
Note: to generate
(-?
,. . , ..2
B8576538/5
munications Processor CP 524
COIL
6.4 C o n n e c t i o n CP 5 2 4 / 5 2 5 - PROMEA
CP525/524
.,. -
PROMEAR
6.5
:,
Connection
CP 524/525 -MdemNIO (V.24)

Modem NIO
CP525/524
.--,
.....
.,
R (TTY)
.--3
----1
,
:
Shield
::
!:
Receiver
,., ,., ,
-1_
* I 1
bmmunications
B8576538/4
Processor CP 524
6.6 Connection CP 524/525 - CP 524/525 (V-24)

CP525/524
, ---------------------------- .
1
Receiver
~
.-
CP525/524
Transmitter
31 :-.,, FM)
T
! ;
TxD
Transmitter !~
M
R@
, , , .
- ---~
!:-------------~n9Gex
~-~
..-------:
1.
Shield
i-----
6.7 Connecti.on CP
0
,
PROMEAR
,---------- ------------,
Transmitter ~
TxD ,<.,, / 3
: :
3! f-, FfKD
r : ,
:,, i \:
, ;
7 ~ ~:
I
,
Transmitter ~ ~ i
2i\
------
524/525 - PROMEA R (V.24)
CP525/524
-- ----------.
Receiver
v:
------------------------..4--+--{
~casinmex
~~
: TxD
o
i
Shield
;
- r ~ - - L-- ---------
,
L---------. -----!
B8576538/4
6.8 Connection
CP 524/525 - PT 88/PT 89 (TTVV.24)
PT88/89
CP 525/524
,. ..-. .---------- ---,

13;
,
/
~.----- ------ .----------,

p, +RxD
+24 V
\
I
4
I
I
I
,
:
I
,
I
,
:- ------.-- .---------,
L---.-------.
---->
Note: The cable is designed for both Tl!Y and V. 24 signals. It can
therefore be used regardless of the type of interface used
in the printer.
With the CP 524, make sure that you use the same interface
qpe as in the winter.
B8576538/4
Ca xmzunications
6.9 Connection
CP524
,..---------------_-_--,
Processor CP 524
CP 524 - CP 524 (RS422-A or V.11)
CP 524
.- -----_----------------a
4
,
I
1
i
8A
\/
/18
\;
I
1
/s
$
t
!!
C=fw-
I
1
9!
weld
~_ --1~-~ --------------------------&--+J---l
8
LCesingfk
- \
I
- _- -- --- J
! --------- ---------- _!
,.
....
-.
. . . .
siemens Alaengesellschaft TW WUMiW,
tranamiaeion
o r ~ of this
document or its contents is not permitted
without express written authority.
Offandesa will be liable for damages. All
rights. incfuding rights ccaated by patent
grant or registration of a utility model or
deaicin, are resewed.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . @ siefnen6
AG
order No.: c?9000-e8576-c538.05

Oder from: Geratewark Kadaruhe
Rimed in the Federal Republis of Germany
AG
0 6 8 9 0 . 5 AB 54 E n
19SS
.,*,C,*>*..<W+. $.T::..:.:::::. .,...,<,::. >, .,..::,...:?:,,
SIEMENS
.,
.
.,
,,,
L.,.
,.:.
.. ..,.
SIMATIC S5
Users Guide
C79000-B6576-C5W-(M
Page
contents
. . .. .. . .
lmlctime
1.1 Transmitting Data (SBND Job)

1.2 Fetching Data (FEIVH Job)
5
7
ml.
&me Rmctims
2.1 User Memryofthe CP 525

2.1.1 Memory Requirements of the Job Block
2.2 Aesignfng Parameters to the Job Block forthe CP 525
2.3 Assigning Parameters to the Interpreter and Procedure
2.4 Parameters for the Handling Blocks
2.5 Example ofa Complete Parameter Set
2.6 Job Tables
12
12
13
17
18
21
26
3s
Settiqp8nd
--q
3.1 Settings ontheCP 525

3.1.1 Jumper Sett5ngs
3.1.2 Setting Interpreters and Procedures
3.2 Settings on the Partner
3.3 Start-upRoutine
3.3.1 Routine Following Pwer-up
3.3.2 SYNCSRONJob frau the CPU
3.3.3 Hode Selector Settings RUN/STQP/PGR
3.3.4 Transferring from the PG
38
38
38
38
39
39
3
41
42
44
Emxslkmllkansferred?
4.1 Telegram Level

4.1.1 Sending Data
4.1.2 Fetching Data
4.2 Quasi Full Duplex Operation
45
48
51
54
5Pmcaame
55
5.1 Procedure 3%4

5.1.1 Procedure Data
5.1.2 lkanemitting with the 3964 Procedure
5.1.3 Rsceiving with the 3964 Procedure
5.1.4 Initialization (kmflict
5.1.5 Procedure Errors
5.2 3964R Procedure
5.2.1 Procedure Data
5.2.2 Transmitting with the 3964R Procedure
5.2.3 Receiving with the 3964R Rocedure
5.2.4 MM.al.isation Conflict
5.2.5 Procedure Errors
55
55
57
59
60
61
63
63
65
67
68
69
=~- @-t*
71
-J-
72
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
PSEUDO READ/uRITE Punction

Reading the Error Message Area of che SYSTAT
Resetting (Clearing) the Error Message Area
Resoling the SYSID
CP 525: Reading and Writing the Date and TinB
72
81
85
85
87
90
=~
94
8.1
Error Messages for SYSTM, ANZU and REPTEL Arranged

According to the Numbers for ANZU
Error Messages for SYSTAT, NW and REPTEL Arranged
According to the Numbers for SYSTAT
Error Messages for SYSTAT end REPTEL Arranged
According to the Numbers for REPTEL
Can58doatbytbamu
Reading the Whole SYSWI
8.2
8.3
Tine ~ta - Pmcasaing a DIBIMX Job
100
124
162
176
B8576539-04
Computer Link with NC 512
Functions
In automation engineering data must often be ~
The dats achsnge can be impl emented using the Connamications

processor CP 525 with its interpreter M 512 and the procedures
3964 or 3964R.
This IQeans that you csn link the following programsble controllers:
- the programable controllers of the SIM4TIC S5 U range (l15U,
135U, 150U, 155U) with each other

- the pmgramable controllers S5-11OS, s5-13CKJ, s5-150A/K,
S5-150S (if they are equipped with sn AS 512C mdule) with the
MS, S5-l~U, S5-~5U, S5-150U snd S5 155U
laotedaattluscP52s ~ be used with * S5-lml pmcawor.
...
.h.-
B8576539-03
The NC 512 interpreter uses the same message format as the

interface module AS 512C in SIMATIC S5,
The data is exchanged via a point-to-point link as sham in the
following diagram.
CPU
CP 525
Pcl
L
CPU
CP 525
PC2
The excbamge of data can be carried out in two ways as follows:
~ammable controller PC 1 can ~ date on its own

initiative to programmable ctmtroller PC 2. In this case CPU
1 must call a ~ jdbw cm its own CP 525.
PC
1 can fetdt data m its own initiative frcm PC 2. In this

case CPU 1 mst call a VEKC3 j* ~ its own Cp 525.
In the same way, PC 2 can also trammut data to or fetch dam

from Pc 1.
Remember that per CP interface a mximunl of 10 jbbfs @EE) ad
- jobs) can be processed simulmouslyw. A new job can be
started only ~en cme of the 10 jobs has been terminated with or
without errors.
{$
,
,.. .
B8576539-04
Computer Iink with RK 512
The interaction during dam exchange between progpsnmalhle controller 1 and 2 is shown in the following diagram.
>
,..
.:. .
.,..
..:,
PC1
PC2
STEP 5
user
progrsm
CP 525
user
Prw=l
CP 525
user
program
STEPS
user
pro-=
CPU
C? 525
CP 525
CPU
vIi
s5-
nan-
II
dling
blocks
Inter-
preter
preter <
II
Job
block
II
Eandlirlg
blocks
II
s5-
lmer-
Data
vH
Job
block
vH
Data
Data ~ blocks (EDBS) in the STEP 5 user program on the CPU

transfer the data from the CPU to the CP 525 and &e-versa. HDBs
also initiate the jobs to be axecuted - a m job (smd da=) or
a FETCE job (fetch data). The HDB is assigned a jdb ~ under
which the correspmding job is stored in the job block on the CP
525. All the jobs together are lmown as the job block.
B8576539-C3
Ccmputer Link with RK 512
The jd block on the CP J25 contains all specifications regarding
the destination or source of the data in the other PC.
in the cPU contains all the specifications regarding the source or destinatim of the data in ita
- PC.
The Ckta badlbg block
.,
To make use of the computer link, you require two programs for
each programmable controller as follows:

- the SIYIl? 5 user program in the CPU
including the HDBs with parameters assigned according to their
jobs
and
- the CP 525 user program in the CP 525
including the jobs in the job block and the procedure and
interpreter
Interpreter: msnages the data exchange
Procedure: implements the transfer
The programing package (%X4 525 supports you when you are
generating the CP 525 user program.
.,
*
B8576539-03
Computer Link with RX 512
!rransmi tting Data (SEND Job)
1.1
The CPU of PC 1 is to send data on its own initiative to the CPU

. . . . .
...
of PC 2 (SEND job).
Pcl
CPU
CP 525
1
l- ~
DIRECT
n
I
N
Procedure
Procedure
1:
I
IA
T
I
SR?D
Au
I I
vII
II
II
Dsta
source
vII
1 II
Inter-
limer-
preter
preter =
RECEIVE
AIL
vII
II
Job
block
Dsta
destination
n = job number
. . . ...
.,.,. .
5s57652 9-03
512
First the HDB - DIREXX n (n = job number) is called in
.,
the CPU of PC 1. II&s initiates the call-up of the data from the
data source in the CPU of PC 1 by * interpreter of the CP
(PC 1). The SEND DIRECT requires the following parameters to be
specified:
- interface number of the CP 525 in PC 1
- the nmber of the correspcmding SEND job on the CP 525 (PC 1)
- details of the data source (where the data to be sent is
stored in the CPU of PC 1)
The data transfer from the CPU to the CP 525 in PC 1 is handled
by the HDB SH!lD ALL.
The following parameters are assigned to the SEND job in the job
block on the CP 525 of PC 1:
- the mmber of the correspmding SEND DIRECT in the CPU
- details of the data destination: i.e. , where the data is to be
stored in the receiver (PC 2)
This information is sent to the receiver PC 2 along with the
data.
No job block is necessary on the CP 525 in PC 2. Ik the CPU of PC
2, the handling block ~ AU is called cyclically. This
handling block transfers the data received by the CP 525 to the
CPU. The RMEIVE AIL is assigned the interface number of the
CP 525 plugged into PC 2. (To set the interface number, see the
instmctions for the CP 525 in this lnamlal) .
,-.
%576539-03
Conputer Link with RX 512
1.2 Fetching Data (FETCH Job)
.,.
PC 1 is to fetch data cm its own initiative from the CPU of PC 2

(FETCH job).
..
-.
job
Pcl
Pc 2
CPU
1
l-[
DIRECT
n
I
N
I
Roce-
l
11dure I
==(1) > Roce-
=(2)
vII
RECEIVE
ALL
4
vII
Data
destinatim
n = job number
Interpretax
Job
block
II
nmer-
preter <
AIL
1-1
II
Data
source
38576539-03
Conputer Lid: with ELK 512
The HDB F?lWi DIRECT n (n = job number) is called in the CPU of
PC 1. It must have the following parameters specified:

- interface nmber of the CP 525 in PC 1
- number of the corresponding PETCH job on CP 525 (PC 1)
- information about the data destktion (where the data fetched
from PC 2 is to be stored in the CPU of PC 1)
The FETCH job in the job block on the CP 525 of PC 1 contains

in.fomation about the location of the data to be fetched from the
CPU of Pc 2. This infomation is sent to PC 2 in a request telegr= (u.
No job block is required on the CP 525 of PC 2. The handling

block SEUl ALL is called cyclically in the CPU of PC 2. This HDB
transfers the requested &ta from the CPU to the CP 525 of PC 2.
It is assigned the interface number of the CP 525 in PC 2.
Once the requested data (2) is received in the CP 525 of PC 1 it
is transferred to the CPU of PC 1. This is performed by the
handling block EIXZIVE ALL. RECEIVE AIL is only assigned the
interface number of this @ 525 and is called up cyclically h
the user program. (To set the interface number, see the instructions for the CP 525 in this ~).
EJE576539-03
Corputer Link v-ith F(K 512
Programming the Functions
To use the computer link,

follows :
must install ~ pr~ as
e>
- the SIZP 5 user program for the CPU (with handling blocks)
- the CP 525 user ~ for the CP 525
You generate the CP 525 user program using the mogramI@
package COM 525. A detailed desc=iptim o; the =ctims of
COM 525 can be found in the users guide Programming package
COM 525 in this manual.
The STEP 5 user program for the CPU contains the handling block
calls. More detailed information corm erning the handling blocks
in conjmction with the contputer link can be found in the descriptim Using the handling blocks in this manual.
The next pages provide an cmrview of the following:
- the parameters requixed during progmming
- where these parameters are to be specified (STEP 5 or CPU 525
user program)
- the significance of the parameters in a wider context
In addition, Section 2.6 contains the job tables that list the
-ssible c~b~tions of P=mters. Use these tables to check
whether the transfer you requ.ixe can be implemented.
.....
........
,.:(
.,
38576539-03
Conputer L. Ik with RX 512
When generating the user programs you should proceed as follows:

1. First ask the following questions:
,;
,
.
#-
- with which partners is da= to be exchanged?

- which device interfaces are the partner devices to be connected
to?
- which data is to be exchanged?

- which jobs are required and which handling blocksareneeded?
2. Generate the CP 525 user program as follows:
assign prameters to the jobs (Section 2.2)

assign parameters to the interpreter and procedure
(Section 203)
load the job block, interpreter and procedure in the user
memory of the CP 525 (RAM or EPMM sdmodul .
ml,
assign pa~ters to the jobs

assign parameters to the interpreter and procedure
load these in the user meunry of the CT 525:

either in an EPROM auhwdule
or in a RAM submdule (serial transmission)
B8576539-03
3.
.. ,
......
Computer Link with RX 512
Generate the STEP 5 user program for the CPU

(Section 2.4) as follows:
PG
..
. . .
STL
CSF
F
D
0
F
D
1
assign parameters to the haldling blocks
load them in the memory suhnodul.e of the CPU:

either in anEPRCM mbmodule
orinaRAMsubmodul e (serial transmis sion)
B8576539-03
Computer L: nk with RK 512
2.1 User Memory 02: the CP 525

You insert either a RAM or an EPROH submodule (see ordering data)
in the memory s&module receptacle of the CP 525. The user memry
of the CP 525 is ditided into two areas:
- one area for the interpreter and procedures of the two device
interfaces
- one area for the actual user data and their manager
O
Kwords
Interpreter and procedure
for device interface 1
4 Kwords
Interpreter and procedure
for dewice interface 2
8 Kwrds
available for ~ data
(job block)
and their manager
= .
2.1.1 Melwxy ~ of tk Job Black

If yuu operate the cmputer link cm a device interface of the CP,
the required job block occupies 1 lhmrd in the menmry module,
regardless of how many jobs have been programmed. If the CP is
used @y for the computer link, a 16 = memory submdule is
adequate.
. .a>, \
B8576539-06
2.2
.
Assigning Parameters to the Job Block for the

CP 525
using
the software package cXM 525 you nust assign parama tars to
a job block if your CP 525 is to transmi t daG3 to a partner, or
fetch data from a partner on its an ~ .
A CP is active when it transmits cm its own initiative. A CP is
passive when it cannot operate on its mm initiative; i.e., data
can only be sent to it or fetched from it. If a CP is only

required to be passive then it needs only an interpreter and
procedure (no job block!) in * CP 525 user program.
It is assumed throughout this description that a CP is active and
its partner passive .
The jobs in the job block contain infonnatim about the data
~tbl OC data ~ ~ * l==== A msximum of ~ job$
=beww in an active CP 525.
when assigning parameters to the job you must specify the
follold.ng:
(1) - job Inaer - nalst match the Mmtber specified in the HDB
(SEND DIRECT or PETQi DIBECT). The job numbar cml Ilmm values
between 1 and 189.
(2) JObtgpe - SEND or FETCH

(3) Tgpe Of data tobe~ - a SEND job can send &a to
the following types of destinatim:
..... \
,-, . . .
data blocks
system data
absolute addresses
extended date blocks
B8576539-06
Canputer Link with RK 512
a FETcH job can fetch data from the following types of source:
data block
flag bytes
input bytes
output bytes
1/0 bytes
timer locations
counter locaticms
system data
absolute addresses
extended data blocks
exten&d 1/0s
(4) Deatinatial addraas for SEND or aaxrce addrasa for FETCH limit values depend on the data type.
(5) CPU mmber - if a particular CPU is to be addressed by this

job, then the range of values is 1 to 4. No specification is
made if the partner only has one CPu.
(6) DB ~ - assignad if dam blockw or wextended data block

was specified as the typ. With a SEND job this is the
destination data block, with a FEl!CH job it is the source
data block.
(7) ~ ~ (@ - specified if w s-e ~

destination is a data block or an extended data block
Notes on
a- flags:
In conjunction with the compter link, the term IPC flagw can be
replaced by coordinatim flagw.
Using coordination flags you can enable or inhibit the data exchsnge between the CPU and CP.
14
,:1
58576539-03
>. .. .
Cmnu:er U lk with M 512
In the SEND or FETCH tekgram the byte and bit number of the
coordination flag are transferred to the partner, which then
evaluates them. This prevents as yet unprocessed data from being
overwritten or read. The partner Mce then sends a reply
message with an error number to the active CP 525.
You can write the STEP 5 user program in the CPU of the active CP
so that it evaluates the received error number ana repeats the
SEND or FEI!CH message later.
For more information cm coordination flags refer to the section
in the instructions for the CP 525 (Whabling/ disabling IPC
flags). The coordinaticm flags must first be enabled by means of
@W=s on the -e. In some PCs the Coordination flags must be
defined as output IPC flags in DB 1.
~ flags Vitil tin? link CP 525 ---> As 512C

If the CP 525 sends a telegram that cmtains not only data but
also the byte and bit number of a coordination flag, the AS 512C
(as passive partner) sets the corresponding flag to Im when this
message is received. The data is accepted or read.
If the CP 525 sen& another telegram with the same byte and bit
nwnber for a coordination flag to the AS 512C, the latter recognisas that the flag is already set. The data transfer/reception
is disabled. The AS 512C sends a reply telegram with an error
number to the active CP. In the active PC an error number is
indicated in the condition codeword. If the the HDB is called
again @END DIRECT or FETCH DIRECT) the telegram is sent again.
In the passive PC (with the AS 512C) the coordinaticm flag must
be reset by the STEP 5 program after the first teLegram has been
processed or when new data is ready to be fetched. The exchange
of data is then once again enabled.
...
B8576539-03
ChpXer Link with ~ 512
The range of values of the coordination flags is :s follows:

byte number
bit number
O to 223
7 or
no specification
o to
f, ..
CoordiMtion flags Vith * link CP 525 ---> CP 525

If the CP receives a telegram with the byte and bit number of the
coordination flag, it ch~.cks whether the Coordbaticm f leg with
this number is set. If it is, the CP rejects the exchange of data
with the active CP by means of a reply telegram with an error
number. The data that has been sent is not tranfexzed to the CPU
or is ignored by the CPU. If the coordinaticm flag has already
been reset when the telegram is received the data exchange takes
place.
With the last data transfer between the CPU and CP 525, the byte
nmber of the coordination flag is indicated in the condition
codeword of the SEND ALL or RECEIVE ALL. (The number of date
transfers depends on the nmber of items of data transferred
and
the field length for the data transfer - see parameter (field
length BxGR for the SYNCEWW llDB). This byte xnmber can be
evaluated by the STEP 5 progrsm end theappropriate coordination
flag is then set.
To allow the coordination flag to be evaluated by the passive CP,
the byte number must be -in the range between 1 and 223.
j?
..,.:
B8576539-04
2.3 Assigning
Parameters to We Interpreter end
Procedure
,,. ., . .
.-, .
Each CP interface being used requires an interpreter and proce-
dure in the CP 525 user memory. For the cmputer link these are
as follows:
The interpreter requires no parameters. You must specify the
following for the procedure:

Data
19200
9600
4800
2400
1200
600
300
150
xate
bps (*)
bps
bps
bps
bps
bps
bps
bps
110 bps
(*) 19200 bps are only allowed if you use the V.24 interface with
the CP 525/CP 524 or the RS422-@W5 interface with the CP
524. In this case you can only load and operate m interface
vith the CP 525.
If both devices want to place a telegram m the transmis sion line
simultaneously, me device must back off. The CP with the higher

....
.. . . . .
prioriq tr ansmits its telegram first and the partner with lower
prioriq, transmits its telegram seccmd. You can select the

following:
17
B8576539-03
Conputer L::}: with RK 512
The following parameters are fixed for the 3964 and 3964R
procedures:
character length in bits:
8
- parity:
~
- number of stop bits in bits: 1
2.4 Parameters for the Handling Blocks

Tostart aSENDjob,youmust call the SEl!lDDIRECLHDBin the
STEP 5 user program. For a FETCH job you call the FElYZDlRE71!
HDB.
The following parameters must be specified:
(1) Mxzface Ixmbe!r (Ssm)
Every CP (or IP) in the PC is allocated one or more interface

numbers. The SSNR is set by means of jumpers m the module. The
CP 525 has two interface ~s. The even number addresses
device interface 1; the next higher odd number ad&esses device
interface 2.
Range of values: O to 255

More details can be found in the instructions for the CP 525 in
this manual.
(2) Job mmbar (A-NR)

Every job (SEND DIRECT@TCH DIRMT) is assigned a number that
must match the number of the corresponding job in the user ~m
of the CP 525.
Range of values: 1 to 189
18
,-.,
B8576539-06
(3) ~ W (W) with SEND DIRECT or

Dest. qpe (ZTYP) with FETCH DIRECT
The following source ws can be sent with SHWD DIRECT:
data blocks
flag bytes
input bytes
output bytes
1/0 bytes
timer locations
Ccnlnter locations
system data
absolute addresses
extended data blocks
extended 1/0s
DB
n!
:
PB
TB
CB
M
As
DX
OB
The following destination types are possible when receiving

(FETCH DIRECT) :
data blocks
DB
system dzml
Rs
absolute addresses AS
extended data blocks DX
(4) IMa M maler (DBNR)
If you selected a data block or an amended data block as the

source or destinatim type, you enter the *r of the data
block here.
Range of values: 3 to 255
(5) Scmme!startaamss (QANF) with SEND DIRECT or
DeSt. start ~ (ZANF) with FETOH DIRECT
-. -~.-.,,
...
The range of values permitted depends m the data type.
1,
wwiously PB
2, F evi.ously OB
(6) Scume ~ (QUiE) witb SEND DIRE(7I or
=. E (w) with FZTCE? DIREC1
19
,. ,- . . _,. .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . .
,,
.
28576539-03
Coqm:er I irk wicn X 512
(6) Scurce length (QIAE) with SEND DIRECT

Mat. len@I (ZME) with FETCH DIRECT
,.
or
You enter the number of items of data to be transferred. Whether

this is specified in bytes or words depends on the data type (3);
e.g. , flags are specified in bytes, data blocks in words. The
range of values permissible also depends on the data ~ and is
listed in the job tables in Section 2.6.
(7) Other parameters are the condition codeword NEW and the
parameter assignment error byte P-. These indicate whether a
data transfer was performed successfully or whether errors
occurred. For more details see the description Wsing the handling blocks in this manual.
;--%%
..$
B8576539-03
COT.puter Zir&. with M 512
2.5 Example of a complete Parameter Set

Task I: SRW) job
Ten data words frcm &ta block 20 (DB20) starting at data word 10
(DWIO) are to be transferred from PC 1 to PC 2 an~ be entered in
data block 5 (DB5) starting at data word 1 (DWl), Make sure that
PC 1 and PC 2 are each equipped with a CP 525,
lil Pclymlraquixe * following:

- the SR!U) DIRECT HDB, which triggers the job. It must ham the
following parameters assigned:
SSNR
interface Ilumberiso
A-NR
job number is 1
condition codeword is flag word 12
source is a data block
witi number 20 and
with the start address 10
10 data words will be sent
FYU. is selected for parameter
assignment errors
DB
;=
QM.E
20
10
10
Pm
- the SMD AIL HDB that transfers the data from the PC to the CP
must also be called. It requires the following parameters:
!Els
interface nvnber iso

AU functicm is selected
ccmdition codeword is lW16
FY19 is selected for parameter
assignment errors
Note: the condition codeword of the ALL job must be different

from the A.NZW for SEND DIBECT, since other information is written
to it.
Comwter Link with RK 512
58576539-03
Before beginning with the programming read the description Using

the handling blocks in this msnual to find the form in Wch
these parameters must be specified.
/----
folbuixIg:
- one job in the job block

job number
job
job type
dest. word address
CPU number
DB no.
coordination flags
number as for EDB parameters

send has been selected
&st. is a data block
with start address 1
only one CPU exists
the dest. DB no. is 5
coordination flags are not
being used
SEND
DB
1
5
-
- the interpreter I/X 512 and the procedure (e.g., 3964). For the
procedure you must set the following:
data rate
priority
9600
low
bpS
da= rate for this example

optional
B8576539-08
In Pc2ymu =@= * f~:
- the RWXtW AU HDB, which transfers the date end

foil.dng in the destination DB:
!.
interface number is O
job number is O
ALL function is selected
condititm codeword is PU 6
FY4 is selected for parameter
assigment errors
o
A-NR
PAFE
PW6
FY4
@lt@3 the
For * a in PC 2 you require the fo~:

- sm job block, as long as no active jobs are called wp in PC 2
(SEND D-, FEfCH DIRECT).
- the interpreter RK 512 end the procedure 3964 for this CP. Set
the following:
I
date rate
priority
data rate for this example
9600 bps
higher
,.....
23
BS576539-OS
Computer Link with BK 512
Six flag bytes stxrting at FY7 are to be fetched frm PC 2. 2he8e

bytes are to be writtan into data block 20 startimg at data word
30 in PC 1. A FETCH job is ~erefore ~anmad in PC 1.
Ill
m 1 ytm raquimJ the f~:
- the call for the PEIW DIMCf HDB to trigger the job:
SSNR
A-NR
2
m134
DB
20
30
3
FY33
ZTYP
DBNR
ZSAE
Pm
as for task I
job mmber here is 2
ccmdition codes in PU34
destination is a DB
with no. 20 and
start address 30
fetch 6 bytes -3 uvrds
parameter assignment errors
the RMZtW ALL HDB to receive the data fetched:

\
WR
A-NR
Pm
FU27
FY26
job mmibar is O
AIL fmctfon is selected
condition codeword in FU27
parameter asslgment errors
in FY26
24
B8576539-08
,.
For * CP in m 1 yul - the folmwiug:

.
- the job with the number 2 as follows:

job mnnber
job
job type
source byte address
CPU no.
DB XW.
coordination flags
number as for HDB
flags
7
source is the flag area

from byte 7
only one CPU present
no parameter possible
no parameter possible
the interpreter and procedure are alxeedy programed and

available - if you ca&ied out task I:
data rate
priority
9600
low
I
bpS
In Iv2ymrequims * follming:
- a SMD ALL HDB as follows, which transfers the flag bytes to
its CP:
SSNR
A-NR
o
0
FW40
Pm
PY39
job number is O
ALL function is selected
FW40 is selected as ANzW
PY39 selected for parameter
assigment errors
B8576539-06
...
-!
- = job block, however, interpreter and procedure (If not

alrea~ available from @sk I). For the procedure you need the
following:
data rate
priority
2.6 Job
9600 bps
higher
Tables
The follawing tables contain all tha ~le data ~ and

their parameter assignments in the HDB and in the job block.
SPecifiostione regarding the addrasses depend on the PC and are
not always the same for different types. lhis is psrttcularly
impomsnt with absolute addrasses. Also refer to the
documemation for your specific PC.
Because of the wide vari.aty of parameters, each tabla is spraad
over two pages. Remember tit the two tables are, in fact,
one.
1. !mmSd.t data: SRm

As the source, all data types stored on the psrtner
in
destination DB or DX (exception AS/2S) can be used.

The parameter QIAE (source length) regmaents a mssber of bytes, if the
source area is _sed in bytes; if not, it represents a number

of words. If O is specified there will be no exchange of telegrasls ,
Be careful with odd numbers of bytes; since the desti.naticm area
is a DB or M, only full words can be stored there. If the partner is a
CP 525, it writes 0s to the right-hand dam byte (DR) if it
receives an odd number of bytes.
26
B8576539-03
Computer
ink with NC 512
,. . . . .-
Notes on the table

On the right-hand side there are three columns with specfficetions for the telegram header. These specifications need to be
taken into account only if you are using a device of a different
make as the partner, end you are implementing the communications
softwere purself; or if you wish to monitor the data exchange on
the line with an interface test device (FOXFG). The specifications refer to the contems of bytes 3 to 8 in tht header of the
SEND telegram,
Explanationof the abbreviations:
psrameterassignmnt of ~he HDB
QTYF
DBNR
$%
=sourcetype
= date block number
=sourcestartad&ess
=sourcelength
parameter assignment in COM525
Z-rgp
Z-DB
Z-A&
CF-poss.
header, bytes
. . .. . .
E
M
E
=
u
destination type
data block number of the destination
destination start address
coordination flags possible?
telegram header of the data
transmission on the line
B8576S39-08
,, . . . . . ,
22L
Ccmpmar Idnk with RK 512
DEwt. ,
tom2
Pcl
Paz-am. assigmant of HDE in PC 1

.
m
D=
a-
Data block
Data block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-204s
Ext. DB
Data block
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-2048
.
.
Flags
Inputs
outputs
irrel.
=-.l.=-
I
I Data block I IB I irrel.1 O-127 I 1-128
Date block
QB
irrel.
O-127
1-128
hinters 115U Date block
CB
irrel.
0-127
1-I.28
hinters 135UI Date block I CB I irrel. I O-127 I 1-128

hunters 15(NJI Date block I CB I irrel. I O-255 I 1-256
Timers 115u I Dete block I TB I irrel. I 0-127 I 1-128
Timers 135U [ Data block I TB I ixrel. I 0-127 I 1-128
Timers 15(IU I Dsta block I TB I irrel. I O-255 I 1-256
1/0s
Date block
PY
irrel.
O-255
1-256
Sy-ldr. 135U
Sys. addr.
Rs
5rrel.
O-255
1-256
sy-Adr. 150U
Sys. ad&.
Rs
irrel.
0-511
1-512
Abs. addr.
Abs. addr.
As
irrel.
O-+32767
-32768
1-32767
ext. 1/0s
only for
Pc 150U
Data block
OB
irrel.
0-255
1-256
28
B8576539-03
Computer Link with M 512
Param. assign. in C(M 525 in PC 1 - Telegram header, bytes

5/6
3/4
7/8
Z-lyp Z-DB
z-Adr (z. poss. - -. Z-DB/Z-Adr Null. in
....
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
AD
DB/DW
words
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
Ax
DB/DW
words
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
AM
DB/DW
Bytes
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
AZ
DB/DW
Bytes
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
AA
DB/DW
Bytes
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
AZ
DB/DW
Wbrds
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
AZ
DB/DW
mrds
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
AZ
DB/DW
words
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
AT
DB/l%J
words
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
AT
DB/DW
words
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
AT
DB/DW
words
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
AP
DB/DW
-s
Rs
O-255
no
AB
Address
words
Bs
0-511
no
AB
Address
words
As
O-65535
no
As
Address
Words
DB
3-255
0-255
yes
DB/DW
Byte
....
29
B8576539-06
Source,
,-
Secdti
Pcl
Dest .,
toFc2
Param. assignment of HDB in PC 1
DBNR
QANF
QIAE
Data block
Ext. DB
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-2048
W. DB
Ext. DB
DX
3-255
0-2047
1-2048
Flags
Ikt. DB
FY
irrelo
O-255
1-256
Inputs
Ext. DB
IB
ixrel.
o-127
1-3.28
-=
Ext. DB
QB
irrel.
o-127
1-128
ounters 115U
Ext. DB
CB
irrel.
O-I.27
1-128
omters 135U
Ext. DB
CB
irrel.
o-127
1-128
muters 150U
Ext. DB
CB
ixml.
O-255
1-256
I!imers I.lsu
Ext. DB
TB
irrel.
o-127
1-128
r-s 135u
Ext. DB
TB
irrel.
O-I.27
1-128
ras mu
Ext. DB
TB
in-a.
O-255
1-256
[/0s
Ext. DB
PB
tmel.
O-255
1-256
=. 1/0s
mly for
PC lsou
Ext. DB
OB
irrel.
O-255
1-256
.-%,
B8576539-06
I Psram.
.
Z-lyp
tZSS@X1. in C(IM
525 in PC 1
Tele< am header, bytes I

3/4
7/8
5/6
Z-DB I Z-A& I CF. POSS. ~ &n Z-DB/Z-Adr 1Num.

in
1
3-255
0-255
yes
Dx
3-255
0-255
yes
ox
Dx
3-255
0-255
yes
(x4
Dx
3-255
0-255
yes
OE
Dx
t
E
Dx
OD
OA
Dx
Dx
=-H
H
Bytes
Bytes
Bytes
=3-=3
Dx
3-255
0-255
yes
Oz
xx
3-255
0-255
yes
Dx
3-255
0-255
yes
OT
Words
Dx
3-255
0-255
yes
Words
Dx
3-255
0-255
yes
OP
Dx
B8576539-06
Computer link with RK 512
2. Fetch data: All data types can be specified as the source in the parmer PC.
The destination in the EDB m only be a &ta Mock or an

exten&d data block (exception RS/AS). The destination length
(ZIAB) can be specified only in words. If, for example, 5 input
bytes are to be fetched, 3 = three wmls = six bytes must be
specified in the HDB. If O is specified there is no telegram
- e Notes on @ie -ble
On the right-hand side there are three colums witi specifications for the telegram header. These specificatims need to be
taken into account mly if you are using a device of a different
mske as the partner, and you are implementing the cosmumications
software yuurself; or if you wish to mmitor the dam exchange on
the line uiti an interface test tie (FOXFG). The specifications refer to the ccmtents of bytes 3 to 8 in the header of the
FEIWl telegram.
Explanation of the abbrtitions:
parameter assignment of the HDB
ZTYP
= destination qpe
DBNR
= data block nmber

= destinaticm start address
= destination length
ZSAE
Paramet- assigmsent in MM 525

Q-W
Q-DB
Q-Adr
CF-poss .
header, bytes
= source type
= data block number of the source
= source smrt address
= coordination flags possible?
= telegram header of the data
trammission on the line
33
B8576539-03
Source:
Dest. :
fetdlIW2
inlcl
Data block
Dsts block
W. DB
Psrsm. assqgnment in HDB in PC 1

DBNR
ZANF
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-2048
Dsts block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-2048
Flags
Dsts block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-M8
-s
Dsts block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-64
-=
Dsts block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-64
Dsta block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-I.28
Counters 135U Deta block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-X28
Ccnlllters MOu Dsts block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-256
Timers l15U
Dsts block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-I.28
Timers 135U
Dsta block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-128
Timers 150U
Date block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-256
1/0s
Dsts block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-128
sys.Ad.135u
Sys. sddr.
Bs
ixrel
O-255
1-256
sys.Ad.150u
Sys. Sddr.
Rs
irrel.
0-511
1-512
Abs. ear.
13.5 u
Abs. Sddr.
As
ixrel.
O-+32767
-32768
1-32767
Abs. ad&.
135u/150u
Abs. Sddr.
AS
irrel.
O-+32767
-32768
1-32767
ext. 1/0s
only for
s5-1.5ou
Dsts block
DB
3-255
0-2047
1-128
CQunters M.5u
. . . . . . . . . ~ . ,. .--,...
,/-..
,. ...=*,
B8576539-03
P~.
Q-TYP
sign. : b cm 5:
Q-DB
inpcl - Telej sm header
Q-A& mposs. - 3/4
5/6
--4
bytes
7/8
Q-DB/Q-Ad Mm. in
----
Data bl
O-255
0-255
yes
ED
DB/DW
Wor&
Ext. DB
O-255
0-255
yes
Ex
Dx/Dw
0-254
no
EM
L@e addr
Input
0-126
no
EE
me addr
output
O-X26
no
Eli
byte addr,
Counter
o-1.27
no
Ez
knmter IX
counter
o-127
no
E?
bunter
Oounter
O-255
no
Bz
titer IX
O-127
no
ET
Timer m.
Timer
O-I.27
no
ET
Timer rm.
TinEIZ
O-255
no
Er
Timer no.
1/0
0-254
no
EP
1/0 addr.
Sys . det .
0-255
no
EB
Sys.addr.
Sys. det.
0-511
no
EB
Sys .addr.
Abs. addr
)-65534
no
Es
Abs .addr.
Words
AbS . ad&
)-65535
no
ES
Abs .addr.
Words
Wor& I
IX
1
1
Bytes
Bytes
Bytes
Wix&
1
Words
words
words
words
Wor&
Bytes
Words
Words
ext. 1/0
. ,,.
e..=,... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O-254
no
1/0 addr.
..........
J
Byte
. . . .. . .. . . . . . . . , . . ..
B8576539-06
Source:
fetdlfmm
=2
Dest.:
inlcl
Psrsm. Sss -t ~ ~B ~ ~ 1
DBNR
ZANF
.
Dsts block
Eict. DB
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-2048
Ext. DB
Ext. DB
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-2048
Ext. DB
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-128
Inputs
Est. DB
DX
3-255
0-2047
1-64
outputs
Ext. DB
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-64
Counters 115U
Ext. DB
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-128
$omters 135U
Ext. DB
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-128
hl!lters Mm
Ext. DB
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-256
Timers l15U
Ext. DB
Rx
3-255
0-2047
1-128
Timers 135U
-. DB
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-128
Timers 1.50U
Ret. DB
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-256
I @
M. DB
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-128
ext. 1/0s
only for
Ss-lsou
Ezt. DB
Dx
3-255
0-2047
1-128
36
B8576539-06
Param. assign. i
5inPcl - Tele ,6U

&Lcaucs,
- k---bytes
(%F poss. - 3/4
5/6
7/8
Q-DBfQ-Ad Nufn. in
Q-DB
Q-bP
I
==-l-=
-
I
DB/DW
O-255
yes
Ex
Dx/Dw
0-254
no
EH
byte adck
O-126
no
EE
byte addr
Bytes
-i
O-I.26
no
EA
byte addr
4
4
0-3.27
Ez
Comter n
o-127
E?
knmter xx
counter I
O-255
Ez
bunter xx
O-I.27
Xm
ET
Timer no,
-1 ,
Hmer
o-127
no
ET
Timer no.
rimer
1)-255
no
ET
Timer no.
D-254
no
EP
1/0 addr.
3-254
no
EQ
1/0 addr.
1/0
d
m.
. . ... . ..
ED
Counter
yes
Comter
1/0
-1
O-255
Words
Words
Bytes
Byees
Words
Words
--l
Words
Worda
Worda
words
Bytes
Byte
B8576539-03
3 Settings
Computer Link with the RK 512
and
Start-up
Chapter 3 cm~ins information about the following:

,.
,-..
- settings on the CP 525

- settings on the partner
- start-up routines
3.1 Settings on the CP 525
As described in the instructicms for the CP 525 in this IBamlal,

you must set juqers on the CP 525 (to assign interface numbers
and enable the interprocessor ccmumi=tion (IPC) flags). Ho
jw=r se=q =e reed for interpreters and procedures.
:,r~
.
M setthgs are required on the interpreter RK 512; it is simply

loaded in the CP 525.
You set the data m, ~ ~ - ~ f= *
procedure when po&amniq the @ 525 user ~ with C(X 525.

The permissible values can be found in Section 2.3.
3.2 Settings on the Partner

If the partner is also a CP 525 the settings are as described in
Section 3.1.
3
-:..
B8576539-03
Computer Iink with the RK 512
If your &ta exchange is performd with an AS 512c interface

module, you must set tie requixed priority and data rate (see
instmctions AS 51.2C).
If the partner is a PROMEA or a DUST 3964 the settings can also
be found in the correspmding instructions.
3.3
Start-up
Routine
3.3.1 BaItilw lw&dtqJ Rmar-llp

After you switch on the power supply the mm IXM m *e
front panel of the CP 525 light up. The CP 525 now checks the
follod.ng:
- the MM and EPROM are ticti.mal
- the interpreter and procedure are present and cmplete in the

memory sdmodule
Following the start-up phase M takes appoxhately two
seconds, tie IEDs of the loaded interfaces go off. If the

selector is switched to SIVP/PGR or a hardware error hes been
re~d ~ ~S r- ht.
Following the start-up phase, the CP 525 expects the ~ job
from the CPU.
Ihesmmmjobis inkiamd
..
after*
~-P #-e
The SYNCMRON HDB is requked for handling the SEND, FEKH,

RECEIVE jobs so that the length of the fields for the data
transfer between ~e CPU ad CP 525 is established. The SYNCHMN
HDB is usually called in the STEP 5 user program in orgsnizatiun
blocks OB20, OB21 and OB22 .
39
,,7
B8576539-03
Ccmpmer Link with the RK 512
When the SYNCHRON job runs without errors, the CP is ready to

process jobs (SEND, FETCN, RIKEIVE) from the CPU and from the
m=.
Possible reactions before SYNCHRW runs are as follows:
- the parlmer sends a telegram before the SYNCHRON job has mm;
the CP sends a reply telegram containing the error number 2AH.
4FN is entered in the error message area of the SYSTAT.
Jobs sent from the CPU (except SYKHRON) before SYNCHRON bas
run are handled as follows:
- they are rejected with %ot ready (error message number 81H in
the PAFE byte of the correspmdi.ng job).
A-SYWMMEI job is recaiwadly a fmctimd inmdace :
(e.g. , the reset switch on the CPU has been pressed)
If a prtux job is being processed it is be aborted with a
reply telegram containing the error number 24H. The corresponding
error number in the error message area of the SYSTAT is 4FE.
Partner jobs are then ignored until the CP 525 has gone tbrwgh
its cold restart routine.
If a PC jab is being processed, it is t e.rminated with the error
number 7H in the condititm codeword. The error number ME is
entered in the error area bf the SYSTAT.
E SYNCHMN runs ~ errors, the job statuses (snd therefore

the Ccmditicsl codewords) of all jobs are cleared. The error
number 7H, is therefore no longer ~ible. The entries in SYSTAT
are retained.
If SYNCHMM runs viti errors, all the PC jobs set to %mnin#
during the cold resin phase are also terminated with the &ror
number 7E. (16H is again entered in ~).

New PC jobs (except for SYNCHRON) are then blocked by the %ot
readyw message (nwnber 81H in the PAFE byte of the corresponding

job).
B8576539-03
Canputer Link with the RK 512
Note:
Aborting a PC job by mans of SYNCHRON can also cause a further
error status.
,.
Reasm: if a job is stoppad immediately, this fact Calmot be

signalled to the partner. The partner still expects follow-on
telegrsms connected with the current job. It therefore interprets
the first telegram following WNCRRON as a follow-on telegram.
The partner, however, recognises that it is not a follow-on
telegram associated with tie current job and answers with a reply
telegram with the number 36H. This causes the first job following
the SmwBRON to be aborted with the error number ~ in the
Conditial codeword. The nwnber 37H is entered in SYSTAT.
3.3.3 lbde SdSctxx ~~
The settings of the mode selector on tie front panel of the
CP 525 are-as follows:
Omle
The I(K 512
intarprater
fram the partner (if a
errors) .
processes jobs arriving fran the CPU and

SYNCUWN job was performed witlmut
loaded interfaces on the front panel of the CP

525 are no longer lit.
The ~S of the
oS!mPorm
These settings are identical. They are used to stop the transmission of data ml * serial transmis sion 1*. Any jobs arriving
are rejected wi~ an error message.
jobs (SEND/FEPCii) are terminated with the error number CH in
the cad.ition codeword. The error number 27H is written in
- PC
SYSTAT.
- Partner jobs are rejected with a reply telegram containing the
error number 2AH. The number 4EH is entered in SYSTAT.
.,
B8576539-03
switxhiqgtaemodesdactor
mm m smP~
If a job is culzently being executed it will be ccmpleted, i.e. ,

without an error message!
Depending on the number of items of data to be transmitted, it
may take some time before the STOP/PGR sate is reached. This
s-te is shuwn by the LEDs m the front panel.
Switcb.iqg tk? - aelecmx -slm/J3alto ElJE

The interpreter once again begins processing jobs. The LED on the
front panel goes off (only if the intqeter and procedure are
loaded). The CP 525 does w go through a cold restart when the
mode selector positicm is changed.
If part or all of the interface has just been loaded or reloaded

(=== far from W) the interface requires a cold restart. In this
case, switching the selector position from STOP/PGR to RUN brings
about a cold restart, or you can press the key cold restart cm
the PG. The selector on the PC must be set to RUN.
If the transfer of the interpreter or procedure or job block is

initiated at the PG, the software of tie CP 525 goes to the wait
state. In the wait state the IED of the corresponding interface
is lit al the frcmt panel.
is started mly when the program to be transferred

is different frail the program already loaded in the CP 525. For
this reason the PG first reads the program in the CP and compares
* - %=~s~~-ft~e po$ition of the mode selector
is irrelevan
The transfer
42
#%,
B8576539-03
Before the soflxare of the CP 525 goes to the wait status, the
job currently being proce ssed by the partner and CPU is canpleted
without an error message. kpmding cm the number of items of
data to be transmitted, it may therefore take sane time before
the wait status is actually adopted.
During the wait status no jobs sent by the partner (partner
jobs) csn be processed. The procedure does not react to characters arriving via the serial interface. During the wait status
the LEDs on the front panel are lit.
During the wait s~tus the CP 525 also rejects auy jobs from its
own CPU (PC jobs), instead %wmrload is indicated. Thfs is
r~ed W * e== *r 9~ ~ * pm W= of *e job
affected. In rare cases, a PC job might be completed (terminated
vitb error) before the PAFE error message (number 6H in the
condition codeword and U.H in SYSTAT). In this =se the PC was
unable to recognise the overload early enough.
Following the transfer, the sofmare remains in the wait status
until yuu initiate a cold restart on the interface, either with
the cold restart key on the PG, or by switching the mode selector ml * CP from STOP/PGR to RUN.
Following the cold restart the IEDs on the front panel go off if
the transferred program is correct and uxuplete. Following the
transfer, a SYNCHRON job is no longer reqdxed.
..
43
B8576539-04
4 How is Data Transferred?

The data transfer between the partners
following three levels:
place on the
1. ~ =
The interpreters of the two CP 525s exchange data in the form of

fixed e. The interpreter of the CP-525 (1) sends the
interpreter of the CP 525 (2) a ccmmand telegram, CP 525 (2)
answers with a reply telegram.
2. Fnmake lsvd.
The telegrams are c&nged into a particular format and integrated
~to * ~.
3. ~ le?lml
The hardware MM covers
transfer. The CP 525/CP 524 can operate either with TTY (current
loop 20 mA) or with a voltage level V.24. The front camectors
. .
are designed for both types of signal. In addition, the RS422A/485 module can be used h the CP 524.
CP 525 (1)
CP 525 (2)
ma
Data
E!El
I
I
Pmcedmm level
EEl
I
B8576539-03
4.1 Telegram
..
Computer Link with the NC 512
Level
The following sectims provide detailed imformaticm about the

telegram level. The various telegrsms are defined as follows:
CP 525 (1) sends a
CP 525 (2) sends a
~ ~ to @ 525 (2).
-Y ~ to @ 525 (1).
Ccmnand telegrams are either - telegrams (send data)

or ~ ~ (fet~ &ta).
With SEND telegrams the passive pertnar sends a
-Y =@X- ~ -!
With PETCH telegrams the passive psrtnar sends a
-Y =mB=--If the volume of data exceeds 128 bytes then a filhmm ~
is sent.
45
Ccmputer Link with ILK 512
B8576539-06
Smture ad CamentS ~ a ~ @Qw- (~ ~

telegram
,..
,.
A SEND telegram consists of a telegram header and data.

A FETCH telegram consists only of the telegram header.
,-
The telegram header is made up of 10 ~ and contains (in a

SEND telegram) details of the data destination; (in a PE1CH
telegram) detiils of the data source.
Byte
1
3
high low
high low
OOH
(R)
conmsnd
dest ./source
nmber
OPu Ilo./cP
Sismificance of the bytes:

: telegram id&tifier (OOH or FPM wLth foil. corn. tels)
1: telegram identifier (oOH)
2
: camtand, SEND ( Acor O) or FETCH (E*)
3
4
:
Ccn!msnd tYPe$ i.e. qpe Of dStS tobe transferred
5 and 6:
7 and 8:
~x* = extended DB
D = data block
=
VA*
= output l@es
E q bytes
Qp* = IN bytes
qqt = fq bytes
CT! = timer locations
z Culnter locatims
*B1
= system addresses
S = absolute addresses
Q = extended 1/0s
destination address for SEND or source address for
FEKH, e.g.: byte 5 = DB no. and byte 6 = DW no.
number of pieces of informsticm data to be transferred,
9:
depending on the ~ in bytes or in words
byte number of & coordination flag. If no CF ti
specified, this contains FFH
10: bits O to 3: bit number of the coordination flag (CF)
If no @ is specified, PH is entered
bits 4 to 7: CPU number, a number from 1 to 4.
If no CPU mmber is specified, but rather a coordination ~, this C~tSiIkS ~. ~ no ~ m. and m ~ is
specified, byte 10 ccmtains FFH. In both cases all
CPIJS are possible at the partner.
, ,...,>
Cmputer Link with RK 512
B8576539-03
The letters specified in bytes 3 and 4 are ASCII characters.
,.. . .
,...
.-,
The telegram beader of the follow-on comnsnd telegram includes

only bytes 1 to 4.
Mter the Ccmmand telegram is transferred, the interpreter expects a reply telegram from the partner within the mmitoring
time. The length of the monitoring time depends on the data rate,
i.e. the baud rate.
..
Table of mnitoring times in the CP 525:

19200 - 1200 bps = approx. 5 seconds
600 bps = approx. 7 w
300 bps = approx. 10
150 bps = ~ ~
110 bps = approx. 20
Tolerance: +/- 500 m
aldcummta ~-==w~
The reply telegram consists of four bytes and contxdns informaticm about the processing of the job.
Byte
[
Iomml m I m I=r
Significance of the bytes is as follows:

.....
...
1:
2:
3:
4:
telegram identifier (OOH or FFH for follow-on reply telegrams)

telegram identifier (OOH)
Ccmtains Om
error nuniber of the partner (see Cbapter 8, Ikror handling).
B8576539-03
Computer Unk with RK 512
4.1.1 Smiillgmta
SR!JD job: CP 525 (1)
Sd dsa
CP 525 (1)
interpreter <=> procedure
to CP 525 (2).
CP 525 (2)
procedure <+ interpreter
=
~~
(telegram header + dats)
< -Y~~ -
Follov-on SEND telegrams snd follow-on reply telegrams are sent

when the wolume of i.nf Ormsticm dsts exceeds M8 bytes.
B8576539-03
Sequmceufewentsfcma SHi#) ~:
CP 525 (1)
-.
STx
< DLB
telegram
header
data
02H
10H
1st byte OOH
2nd byte OOH
3rd byte 41H
4th bJme 44H
5th byte OAH
6th byte OIH
7th byte OoH
8th byte 32E
9th byte FFH (byte)
lOth byte FFE (bit)
llth byte
12th byte
n
m
w
Ml byte
DLE
10H
Em
03E
< DIX
10H
< S!CX
reply
telegram
CP 525 (2)
DLE
< 1st
< 2nd
< 3rd
< 4th
< DIZ
<ETX
DIE
02H
10H
bJme OOH
byte OOH
byte OOH
bp OOH
10H
03E
ICH
~>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
start character
pos. acknowl.
SEND Camnand
data block type

dest. e.g. : DB1O
w e.g. : 50DW
mm
all CPus
1st date byte
2nd de- byte
Ww
m
w
n
w
nth data byte

~> end identifier
m
* > w
pos. aclmowl.
within 5 sec
start character
pos. aclmowl.
error
number
end identifier
w
pos. ac.knowl.
...
The characters marked * are added to the &ta field with the
telegxam header during tie trausfer by the 3964 procedure.
,,
B8576539-03
.,
,.
The telegram exchange for a SEND telegram without errors and with
a length less than 1.29 bytes is caupleted (the fourth byte in the
reply telegram does not contain an error ~).
...-. .,
FolAm+m SR!lD tebgmms
A follow-on SEND telegram is started if the volume of data to be
sent excee& 128 @taa. The sequence of events corresponds to the

SEND telegram.
CP 525 (1)
STX
02H
< DIZ
10H
1st byte FFH
follow-on
2nd byte OOH
tele. header 3rd byte 41H
4* byte 44H
5th byte
6th byte
m
data
w
Xth byte
DIE
10H
Em
03H
< DIE
10H
<s!lx
CP 525 (2)
follow-on
reptel
02H
DLE
10H
< 1st byte FFH
< 2nd byte OOH
< 3rd byte OOH
< 4th byte 00H
< DIE
10H
< E m
03H
DIE
10H
~> start character

pos .acknowl.
> follow-on tel. id.
>
Camand: SEND
> qqM: data block
> 129th data byte
> 130th data byte
n
w
>
w
w
>
nth da= byte

~> end identifier
W
~> w
*
pos . acknowl.
within 5 sec
*
start character
~> pos . aclmcwl.
fol. reptel id.

error message
end identifier
w
W
pos . aclauwl.
Another follow-on SEND telegram is started if there are more than

256 ~es to be transferred;
.,.,
B8576539-03
Ccmputer W with RK 512
4.1.2 Fe_lkxea
FEK3 job: CP 525 (1) requests de- from CP 525 (2).
CP 525 (1)
CP 525 (2)
interpreter <=> procedure
procedure <- interpreter
4==== Fk)h-ul reply ~ d.adata
if error
dats
Im
Follow-on FE1Ui telegrams snd follow-ai reply telegreins with dsts

sre sent only if the volume of infonnaticm date exceeds 128 ~,
If there is an error nmber # O in the 4th byte of the reply
telegram, then no &ta will be added.
B8576539-03
=P==~ events*a~ tdegraw (request telegram)

CP 525 (1)
telegram
header
reply
telegram
data
CP 525 (2)
~> start character

02H
STx
< DIX
10H
~ pos. acknowl.
>
1st byte OOH
>
2nd byte OOH
3rd byte 45H
> Camoand: FETCH
4th byte 44H
> qpe : data block
5th byte 64H
> source: DB1OO
6th byte 64H
>
Dwloo
7th byte OOH
> number:
8* byte 32H
>
50 Ix7
9th byte OAH (byte) > CF = F 10.7
lOth byte 17H (bit) > only CPU 1
DIZ
~> end identifier
10H
w
~>w
ETx
03H
< DLE
10H
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
SJX
02H
DLE
10H
1st
byte
2nd
byte
3rd
byte
4th byte OOH
5th byte
6th byte
7th byte
w
w
w
< Xth
< DIE
<ETX
DIE
~ start character
~~s. acknowl.
OOH
OOH
OOH
error nuuiber
I.st data byte
2nd data byte
3rd data byte
w
w
w
m
byte
/,..%.
w
n
nth data byte

~ end identifier
10H
03H
10H
~~s. aclumwl.
....
l!hisisthes ~e Of events for a FETCH telegram without

errors and with a length of less than ).29 bytes.
52
B8576539-03
Ccmputer Link with NC 512
If more than 128 ~es are requested, these are automatically

fetched in one or more follow-on telegrams.
. ,/.
Follow-on FEN2H telegram wi* follow-on reply telegram:
CP 525 (2)
CP 525 (1)
02H
S I X
< DIE
follow-cm
tele. header
follcw-on
reptel
1st byte
2nd byte
3rd byte
4th byte
DIE
Em
< DIE
10H
FTH
OOH
45H
44H
10H
03H
10H
<slx
02H
DIE
10H
< 1st byte FFH
< 2nd byteooH
< 3rd byte OOH
< 4th byte OOH
< 5th byte
< 6th byte
w
m
w
data
< Xth
< DIE
< m
DIE
byte
10H
03H
10H
~> start character

~ pos. Scknowl.
> fol. on tele. id.
> CamEmd: FETCH
> ~: dsta block
~> end identifier
~>
~ pos. Sclmowl.
~ start character
~> pos . acknowl.
fol. rep. id.
error nmiber
129th dsta byte
130th data byte
w!!
mu
w
w
nth dats byte
~ end identifier
w
~W
~> pos . eclmowl .
Another follow-on FE1CH telegrsm is started if the volume of

information dats excee& 256 bytes.
53
B8576539-03
4.2 Quasi Full Duplex operation

Full aaplex means that telegrams can norml.ly be sent at any
time, except in the followimg sitxaation:
--
- CP 525 (1) must smt send information da=, ~en CP 525 (2) is
sending inform ticm data.
- CP 525 (1) must wait until the telegram is completed with
~~ fran CP 525 (2) and UXO from CP 525 (1).
Under certain circumstances, (if both CPs wish to send), a SEND
telegram can be trans ferred by tie partner before the reply

telegram; for example, if a SEND telegram from the partner has
been entered in the -t buffer of CP 525 (1) before the reply
telegram.
In the following -le, the follow-on reply telegram (*) for
the f fist SEND telegram is sent only after the ~ talagmm of
- P=@=
f--%
., ..,, ,.,?;
Example of a possible telegram exchange:

CP 525 (1)
(7P 525 (2)
S~ telegram ~
< reply telegram ~

1st follow-on SEND telegram ~
----Jew=~P=f==
4E==u= 1st follow-on reply telegram
2nd follow-m SEND telegram ====+
(*)
. ...
~ 2nd follow-on reply telegram -
B8576539-03
..
.,
Procedures
Section 5 con-ins informaticm about the procedures 3964 and

3964R.
5.1
Procedure
3964
5.1.1 Rocduca ma
The procedure 3964 ccmtrols the flow of data between P= mgramable controller and ~ partner, e.g. , a central process
CCSWpUt~, another CP 525 or an AS 512C . In the CP 525, the
interpreter transfers the data to be sent into q hxffera for
the procedure. The pxmxlure sends this data along with the
trammission protocol 3964 to the partner; if necessary repeats
the tmnsmissicm, and signals non-rec overable errors to the interpreter.
partner are stored in iqmt lmffere. If the data is

received without errors , it is transferred to the interpreter for
~ P===*
Data frail the
3964 ~e fi aU ~, bit =* transfer procedure. The tmnsmissicm rate both sending and receiving Bmlst be
* ~ ~ tlM CP 525 ad 011 the psrtner (~ because
there are no timing circuits belxeen the mo devices).
~
Cbxtml * M5acmMm ~ are transmitted on the link.

To ensure that every character is recognised by the receiver and
to allow the transms
Sti to be checked for ~OES, the ChS333Cters are encapsulated by other bits.
B8576539-04
Computer Link with the ELK 512
The order of the bits is as follows:
I
SA= StSXt bit
I* =informationbitno.
PA= pariqbit
so= stop bit
The control characters for the 3964 procedure are taken from the
DIN s~d 66003 for the 7-bit code. Eowever, the Cbaracter
length used is S-bit (bit 7 = O). There is no code prescribed for
theinf Ormation characters (code Usnsparency) .
You can set the following procedure parameters when writing the
CP 525 user progrem with COM 525:
Olktaratxs
The speed of the data trammission is specified in bps. You can
select the following values:

19200 bpS
9600 bps
4800 bps
2400 bps
1200 bps
600 bps
300 bps
150 bps
110 bps
(*) 19200 @S ~e -y alowed if ym ue the V.24 interface with

the CP 525/CP 524 or the RS422-A/485 interface with tbe CP 524.
In this case you can only load end operate m interface with the
CP 525 since the msximum sum of the data rates is also 19200 bps.
,,
B8576539-03
,.?.
Computer Link with the RX 512
To resolve initialisation conflicts, you can set the prioriq of

the GP 525. At tie partner the opposite priority must be set. You
can choose between the following:
higher Prioriq
lower priority
The following are fixmd for the 3964 procedure:
8 bits
character length:
nmber of stop bits: 1
parity bit, i.e., checking for even parity
To establish the link, the 3964 procedure sends the control

character STX. E the parmer replies within the time allowed of
550 ma (i.e., no QVZ = timeout ) the procedure starts the transmissicsl. E the partner ansuars with N4K, any other character
(except DLE) or if there is a timeout, then the attempt to establish a Link has failed. After a total of six Unsuccesti
attempts, the procedure gives up, signals the interpreter that
there is an error establishing the link, and sends the character
NAK to the partner.
is successfily established, the infomtion data in

the current output buffer is sent to the partner at the selected
&ta rate. The partner mnitors the time between the characters
as it receives them. The time between two characters mst not
exceed the character delay time of 220 me (ZVZ = character timeIf the link
out) .
.. -----
Each DLE character found in the buffer is sent as two DIE characters (DIE doubling), i.e. , the date (1OH) is sent twice.
57
B8576539-03
Computer Link with Ae RK 512
After sending the contents of the buffer, the procedure adds the
characters DLE and ETX as end identifier and waits for sn aclmowledgemant . E the partner sends the character DIE within the time
allowed (QVZ), the data field was receiwed witit errors. E the
-= replies W* W, any O* character (except Dxx), a
corrupted character, or if there is a timeout, the procedure
begins again with the link establidment SK titer a total of
six unsuccessful attempts to send the data field, the procedure
breaks off the attempt, signals the error to the interpreter snd
sends NAK to the -r.
If, while data is being transmitted, the partner sends the character NM, the procedure breaks off the field and repeats it as
previously described. If any other character is received, the
procedure waits for the character delay time (ZVZ) to elapse and
then sends NAK to reset the partner. Then the procedure begins
the transmission again with the link es~blislment STX.
Example of a data
-e without
errors:
Partner
CP 525
procedure 3964
(e.g. AS 53.2 C)
>
DIE
let character
.
.
.
nth character
DLE
>
>
>
>
>
DLE
/---
B8576539-03
5.1.3
..-
Ccmputer Link with the RX 512
Ea=i-- with * 3%4 ~
In the idle state, i.e., when there is no send job to be processed, the 3964 procedure waits for the link to be established by
* ~
If the procedure receives any character (except SEC) while im the

idle sqme, it waits until the character delay tim (ZVZ) has
elapsed and then sends a N&K character. The error is signalled to
the interpreter.
If the procedure receives the character STX and if it has an
empty iIlpUt buffer smilable, it answers with DLE. he characters
then receivad are entered in the input buffer. If two DIZ characters are received in succession, only one DIE character is entered in the input buffer. E the input buffer is full before the
m= has started to terminate the link, the full buffer is
transferred to the interpreter end the next characters SrrMng
are entered in the second input buffer.
After each character received, tie procedure waits for the next
character to arrive within the character delay t*. If there is

a character timeout, the F&u character is sent to the partner and
the error signalled to the interpreter.
If the procedure recognizes the character sequenc e DIE ECX, it
stops receiving and sends DIE to the partner to indicate tit the
field was received without errors (or NAK with errors). The procedure transfers the contents of the input buffer to the interpreter and returns to the idle state.
If there is no empty input buffer available when the link is
established with SIX, a waiting time of 400 ma is s~ed. H,
after this time has elapsed, there is still no _ input buffer, * error is signalled to the interpreter. The procedure .
sends a NAK cbaracter and returns to the idle state. E an input
buffer becoms available, the procedure sends the DIE character
and receives the data as described above.
B8576539-03
If transmissim errors occur during the reception (characters

lost, fram error, parity error), reception is continued umtil
the link is tenni.nated and then MC is sent to the partner. Then
a repetition is expected. If the field cannot be received without
errors after six attempts, or the repetition or repetitions by
the partner do not taka place within a waiting tim of 4 s, the
3964 procedure stops receiving and signals the error to the
interpreter.
E8ample of a da= ~ e without errors:
CP 525
Partner
procedure 3964
(e.g. AS 512 C)
<STX
>
DIE
<
1st character
.
<
<
<
<
<
DIE
nth character
DLE
m
>
If a device receives a send request (SIX character) from its

I==== and does Tmt answer within the aeknowledg ement delay ti.llw
QVZ with DIE or NAK, but also sends the character STX, there is
an initialisation cmflict. Both devices are attempting to carry
out a send job. The tice with the lowar priority desists and
answers with the DIZ character. The dewke with the higher priority sends its data as described above. After the link has been
terminated the lower priority tie can then run its send job.
----
Cmputer Link with the RK 512
B8576539-03
You set the priority parsmeter when writing the CP 525 user
progrsm with CUM 525 in the ASSIGN FROC. PAM. mask. Remmber
that one device must be assigned higher, end one lower prioriq.
. . . .
,-.
E=mple of resol~ sn i.nitialsation conflict:
CP 525
procedure 3964
lcuer priority
Partner
(e.g. AS 512 C)
higher priority
>
STX
<
S!IZ
>
DIE
<
<
1st character
.
<
<
<
<
DIE
SJ!X
nth character
lxx
EJ!X
>
>
<
DU
5.1.5 Rocdnre ~
The procedure recognises errors caused by the partner*s reacting
incorrectly, and errors caused by dietmrbsnces on the line.
In both cases an attempt is made to send or receive the data

field correctly. The first repetition is signalled to the interpreter. If the data field cannot be sent or received within the
maximum mmber of repetitims (or a new err= occurs), the ~ocedure breaks off the transmission or reception. It signals a
specific error number to the interpreter for the first error
detected and then goes to the idle state.
61
),.
B8576539-03
The interpreter enters the error number received fmm the procedure in the error message area of the SYSTAT. The significance of
the individual error numbers can be found in the error tables in
Section 8. E the erxxm occurs during transmission for a PC job,
the job sab.as also has an error entry.
If you find that there is often an entry for send or receive
repetitions in the error message area of the SYSTAT, but it does
not have an exact error number, you can assme sporadic dis mrbances of tie data exchange. These disturbences are ~sated by the number of repetitions. You should check the transmission line for sources of interference, since the effectim
&w rate and reliabili~ of transmis sion are reduced by large
mmbers of repetitions. The cause of the problem could also be
incorrect reaction by the partner.
Note that a link to an AS 51.2C xtdule usiqg a higher data rate
occasionally causes repetitions.
Note:
- If there is a BREAK on the receive line, the BRE4K error number
is signalled to the interpreter immediately. No repetitims are
started. The exror signal remains active until the problem is
eliminated.
transmis sion errors are detected (lost character, frame

error, pariq error), the same number is signal.led, regardless
of whether the error was &tected when a da- field was transmitted or received. The error is, hoummr, signalled only when
the repetitions are unsuccessful. If the ~~d character is
receivad while the procedure is in the idle state, the error
nuniber is signalled to the interpreter immediately to indicate
serious interference on the trawmissicm line.
- when
. -.-%
B8576539-03
5.2
3964R
Procedure
5.2.1 Pmce&mlkta
.,
The procedure 3964R controls the flow of date be-en your P-
gramnable controller and the partner, e.g. , a central process

com-puter, enother CP 525, or an AS 512C. In the CP 525, the
interpreter transfers the data to be sent into tmqmt bu&ms for
the procedure. The procedure sends this data along with the
transmission protocol 3964R to the partner; if necessary repeats
the transmission, and signals mm-recoverable errors to the interpreter.
is stored in ~ Mffers. If the da= is

received without errors , it is transferred to the interpreter for
further processing.
Data frcml the partner
The 3964R procedue is an asynchronous, bit Serial trsnsfer procedure. The trammiasion rate both sending ad receiving mast be
tim ~ on the CP 525 and m the ~ (~ ~e
there are no timing circuits between the two detices).
Cmtrol md ~ chmummi are transmitted on the Mnk.
To ensure that every character is recogn5.sed by the receiver and
to allow the trmsmission to be checked for errors, the cbarecters are encapsulated by further bits.
The order of the bits is as follows:
I
.
SA
SA
I*
PA
SO
=
=
=
=
StSrt bit
~o~t~ bit ~.
psrity bit
stop bit
B8576539-04
The cmtrol characters for the 3964R procedure are taken from the
DIN standard 66003 for the 7-bit code. However, the character
length used is 8-bit (bit 7 = O). At the end of each &ta field a
block check character (B(X) is added for data protection. The
block check character BCC is the even lmgitudinal parity of the
information bits of all &ta bytes of a field that has been sent
or received. Me characters begin with the first byte of information data following the establishment of the link and finish with
the DIE ETX character when the link is terminated. No code is
prescribed for the information characters (code tmmpmmy).
The following procedure parameters can be set when writing the

CP 525 user p~SIII with COM 525:
Daa ratz
The speed of ~e data transmission is specified in bps. You can
select the following values:

19200 bps *
9600 bpS
4800 bps
2400
1.200
600
300
150
110
bps
bps
bps
bps
bps
bps
(*) 19200 *S me OIUY allowed H you ue the V.24 interface with

the CP 525/CP 524 or the RS422-1#485 interface with the CP 524.
In this case you can only load and operate m interface with the
CP 525 ince the maximum sum of the data rates is also 19200 bps.
64
B8576539-03
Computer Unk with M 512
To resolve initialisation conflicts you can set the priority of

the CP 525. At the -r the opposite priority must be set. You
can choose between the fol.kwing:
higher prioriq
lower priority
The following are fixad for the 3964R procedure:
character length:
8 bits
number of stop bits: 1
parity bit, i.e., checking for even parity
To establish the link, the 3964R procedure sends the cmtrol

character SIX. H the partner replies within the time allowed of
2000 ms (i. e., m QVZ = timeout), the procedure Stares the transmission. E the partner ~s with N& any other character
(except DIE) or if there is a timecmt, then the attempt to establish a link has failed. After a total of six msuccessful
attempts, the procedure gim up, sigasls the interpreter that
there is an error establishing the link, and sends the character
NM to the partner.
If the Wik is successfully established, the infoxma tion data in
the current output buffer is sent to the partner at the selected
data rate. The partner mmitors the time betwaen the characters
as it receives them. The t- between * characters must not
exceed the character delay time of 220 ms (ZVZ = character timeout) .
. .. . ..
Rach DIE character found in the buffer is sent as two DIE charac-
ters (DIE doubling), i.e. , the data (1OE) is sent twice.
B8576539-03
.,
titer sending the ccmtents of the buffer, the procedure adds the
characters DLE EIX and EC; as end identifier and waits for an
ackmwledgemnt. If the partner sends the ckracter DIE within
the time Almd (QVZ), the data field was received without
errors. If the partner replies with NM, any other character
(=cept DIE), a corrupted character, or if there is a timeout,
the procedure begins the link establislnuent again with STX. After
a total of six unsuccessful attempts to send the data field, the
procedure breaks off the attempt, signals the error to the interpreter and sends NM to the partner.
?-l
,..
If, while &ta is being transmitted, the partner sends the character W, the procedure breaks off the field and repeats it as
previously described. If any other character is received, the
procedure waits for the character delay time (ZVZ) to elapse and
then sends NAK to reset the parlmer. Then the procedure begins
the transmission again with the link establishment STX.
-le of a data exchange without errors:
Partner
(e.g. AS 512 C)
CP 525
procedure 3964R
<
DIX
IS character
.
.
.
nth character
DLE
>
>
Bcc
>
<
DIE
,..:;.
n
B8576539-03
Camputer Link with RK 512
5.2.3 Beceiviqwi*tks 3%4R

In the idle state, i . e . , when there is m send job to be processed, the 3964R pmcdure waits fcm the link to be es=blished by
the partner.
If the procedure receives any character (except SIX) while in the

idle state, it waits until the character delay time (2772) has
elapsed and then sends a NAK character. The error is signalled to
the interpreter.
If the procedure receives the character STX and if it has an
@4W x buffer available, it answers with DIE. The characters

then received are entered in the input hffer. If ~ DIE *Cters are received in succession, mly one DIE cbaracter is entered in the input buffer. E the input buffer is full before the
S= ~ s~ed to terminate the link, * m ~fer ~
transferred to the interpreter and the next characters smkhg
are entered in the second input buffer.
JMter each character received, * procedure waits for the next
,-
character to arriva within * character delay time. H there is

a cbsracter timeout, the NAK character is sent to * ~~
the e= signslled to the interpreter.
proc* recognises the character s~ DLE EIX end

MC, it stops receiving. It ccmpares the received block check
character w with the lmgitudinal parity calculated internally.
If the block check cbaracter is cmrect and no other errors have
occurred during reception, the procedure sends DIE. The procedure
transfers the input buffer to the interpreter and returms to the
idle state. If the MC does not correspond, NM is sant to the
~=o * a repetit~ is expected. If the block ~ be
receiwed withust errors following six attempts cm if tie repetiticm by the ~er does xwt take place within the waiting time
of 4 s, the 3964R procedure breaks off the receptim snd signals
the error to the interpreter.
If the
......
.
If transmission errors occur during the reception (characters

lost, frame error, pari~ error), reception is continued until
the link is termina ted and tien NM is sent to the partner.
Then a repetition is expected as pr~ly described.
67
B8576539-03
Example of a data exchange without errors:
CP 525
procedure 3964R
Partner
(e.g. AS 512C)
Sm
<
>
ME
<
<
<
<
<
1st character
.
.
.
nth character
<
DIE
<Em
<
>
DU
5.2.4 &&iaUzat&m cusflkt

.
If a device receivas a send request (STX chsractar) fmm its
m- and doas not answer titbin the acknowledgement delay time
QVZ with DIE or N&C, but ako S6!IldS the chsractar SlZ, there is
an initialization conflict. Both tices are attempting to perform a send job. The device with the lower priori~ desists and
snswars with the DIE character. The tice witi the higher priority sands its data as prevLous ly described. After the link has
been terminated, the lower prioriq device can then run its sand
job.
The prioriqr parameter is set vhan you are writing the CP 525
user program with C(JM 525 in the ASSIGN PROC. PARA mssk.
Remember that one ~ce mat be assigned higher, and one lower,
Pri.ority.
,., ,.+-%
Computer L.ink with RK 512
B8576539-03
E=.mple of resolving an initialization conflict:
CP 525
procedure 3964R
lower priority
Paruler
(e.g. AS 512C)
higher prioriq
>
<
DIX
Slx
>
1st character
.
<
<
<
<
nti character
<
DXZ
<m
<
DIE ~
STX
>
<
DIE
5.2.5 ~%mra
The procedure recognises errors caused by the partner reacting
incorrectly, and errors caused by dieturbances m the line.

In both cases en attempt is made to send or receive the data
field correctly. The first repetitim is signalled to the interpreter. If the date field cannot be sent or received within the
maximum number of repetitions (m a new error occurs), the procedure break+ off the tmnsmission or reception. It signals a
specific error number to the interpreter for the first error
detected and then goes to the idle state.
B8576539-03
The interpreter enters the error number received from the proce-
dure in the error message area of the SYSTAT. The significance of

the individual error numbers can be found in the error -bles in
Section 8. If the error took place during transmission for a PC
job, the job status also has an error entry.
..
If you find that there is often an entry for send or receive

repetitions in the error message area of the SYSTAT, but there is
no exact error number, you can Sssmle sporadic dismrbances of
the da- exchange. This is, however, coqensated by the number of
repetitions. h this case you should check the transmis sion line
for sources of interference, since the effective data rate and
reliability of transmission is reduced by large numbers of repetitions. The cause of the problem could also be incorrect reaction
by the partner.
Note that a link to an AS 512C tie using a higher data rate
occasionally causes repetitions.
Note:
is a BRE4K cm tie receive line, tie BRE4K error number

is signalled to the interpreter immediately. No repetitions are
started. The error signal remains active until the pr6blam is
eliminated.
- If there
transmis sion errurs are &tected (lost character, frame

error, paritg error) the sam number is signalled, regardless
of whether the error was detected when a &ta field was transmitted or received. The error is only signalled when the repetitions are msuccessflll. If the cmmpted character is received
while the procedure is in the idle state, * error number is
signalled to the interpreter immediately to indicate serious
interference on the transmission line.
- when
---%
Computer Link with WC 512
B8576539-03
6 Multiprocessor
Operation
Compared with single processor operatiun, multiprocessor operation requires even more that the programing of the individual
CPUS (STEP 5 user programs) and of the CP 525 (Cl? 525 user
ProSr~) G c=refully matched.
The more complex the application, the greater the care that must
belAcento ensure the numbers of the individual CPUs are correctly specified in the CP 525 user program.
!n!mxmm!!
If sevaral CPUs are to supply jobs to only one interface of a CP

525, the STEP 5 user program of tkse CPUs must be coordinated.
Remember that a maximum of 10 jobs can be processed simultaneous-
ly m one interface. If an elemnth job is initiated, it ia

rejected with an error number in the PAFE byte. Axmther job carJ
be initiated only when me of the ten jobs has been caupleted
with or without errors.
If jobs with the same job manber are pmgmmed on more than one
CPU the ycm slmuld CkS@ the STEP 5 user ~ so that at auy
one time only m CPU can su one of these jobs. All other CPUs
must wait until this job is signalled as cmpletedw (with or
without errors).
For more information cm specific jobs see the corresponding
sections in this users guide.
71
88576539-03
7 Special Jobs Carried out by the CPU
Section 7 contains information about the following:

. . ........
- the PSEUDO BIMD/WUTE function
- the error message area of the SYSTAT

- the identification area SYSID
the reading and writing of the date and time
7.1
PSEUDO
READ/wRITE Function
The READ/WRITE fiction (R./U *tion) with which you are famili-
ar as a user of the handling blocks must not be used in connection with the CP 525. This is tme for the following reasons:
- This R/W function does xmt allow the specification of a
coordination flag and the CPU number.

- It ovemrites part of the data area in the dual-port RAM of the
CP 525, which currently contains data to be transmitted.
Therefore a ~w~ is used, based essentially on the
function and stmcmre of the known ~ function.
The pseudo R/W function means that YOU can act as follows:
can change source and/or destination specifications of a job
dynamically while the program is running
do not have to change source smd/or destination specifications
of a job dynamically uhile the program is running
- do not have to change source and/or destination specificatims
of a job dynamically while the program is running
- do not have to program this job with = 525
All the parameters for the source and desthation are stored in a
data block (DB) or extended data block (DX).
The job numbers 190 to 199 are resemed for the PSEUDO READ/wRITE
fiction.
,------
B8576539-03
Cmputer Iink with M 512
A SEND job with the pseudo R/W functim is started by one of the
following HDBs :
SEEM)
DIBECI 190 to m DIBECI 199
The pseudo R/W job is entered in the internal job queue of the CP
525 just as other direct jobs. When the job is processed the CP
525 uses the SEND U HDB to request the specified data block (or
extended dati block) with the assigned parameters and checks the
source and destination parameters specified in it. If these are
within the pexmitted Mmits, ~ CP 525 requests the first source
data by means of a second SFND AU HDB and then processes the
SEND job as usual.
.--. . . .
,.
.....
Camputer Link vith NC
PROGRAMMABLECONTROLLER 1
CPU
,
, PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER f
rI
Rpmessa
CP525
CP525
1
m
51.2
INTER-
)DT = DATA TRANSMISSION
F i g . 1 URIT8 ftmctim
74
PROCEDURE
B8576539-03
Cumputer Link with RK 512
A FETCH job with the PSEUDO R/W function is started by me of the

following HDBs:
= DIBECT 190 to - DIRIS1 MS
As with the SEND job, the CPU fetches the specified dsts block
using SRW) ALL snd evalustes the source/destination parameters.
Then the FETCH telegrem is sent to the pertner. Once the detx is
received from the partner, the RECEIVE ALL EDB enters it in the
specified destination.
In contrsst to nonnel direct jobs, the PSEUDO R/U functicm re*es = aWt* exchenge of dsta bemm the m end cp.
This dsta exchsnge is hendled by the SEND ALL, which trensfers
the source/destination perimeters to the (T 525.
....
-.. .
75
B0576539-03
Canputer U.nk w i t h RX 5 1 2
PROGRAMM4BLECONTRCXLER 1
,.
Rproassor
-m=
CP525
CPU
: PROCE.
;
+ D U R E
DT
r
:
)DT = DATA TRANSMISSION
F i g . 2 READ
INTERPREIER
B8576539-03
..
The following pages show the structure of the data block wi~ the
source/destination F=$=ter$ (P==@ ter da- block). The form
and order are those you see on the FG. The letters x and y are
variables. You must replace them with values.
The addresses of the da- are relative to the start address QANF,
which is specified in the HDB.
...
.-..
77
B8576539-06
1.) WmJ@mreofthe k~xer data block for SMD DIREXZ 190 to

- DIRECf 399
QANF +
o: Ks=xx
SGurce type (in mm w)
vahe range: = DB,INK,CB,TB,RS,AS, FY,QB
IB,PB,OB
m)t: XX, RU,NN
1:
KY=
Y;
2:
KF=
x;
3:
KF=
x;
4:
Ks==xx
o,
5:
Y;
6:
x;
7:
x;
x,
8:
9:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . -.
o,
Y;
m=
x;
.................
. .
; source data block number

value range:y= 3 to 255 for source type
DB/DX irrelevant for other
source -s
; source sixart address
value range :x= dependent on source type
and PC ~ (see job table
in section 2.6)
;source length
value range :x= dependent on source type
and PC type (see job table
Section 2.6)
;dest . ?YPe (for prtner)
value range :xx=DB,RS ,AS,DX
dependent ml source type
(see job tables in Section
2.6)
;&St . data block nwiber
value range:y= 3 to 255 for dest. type DB
or IRK irrelevant for other
dest. qpes
;dest . start address
value rame :x= dmendent on &st. qpe ad
PC- qpe (see job tables in
Section 2.6)
; (dest. length) irrelevant!!
value range :x= q
; coord. flags (dependent cm dest. type)
value range:> O to 255: byte nunber

y= o to
7: bit number
m COOrd. fbft& : -255, p255 ! ! !
;CPU no. for partner
value range:> 1 to 4 or
x= O for PCs with only one CPU
-----.
B8576539-06
2.) Sfxumlre of * ~ter dsta blmck fur m DIRECT mm

399
; ...
2ANF+
o:
Iw==xx
; source type (in partner)
.,
o,
1:
2:
3:
Y;
x;
x;
KF=
value range: = DB, IK, CB, TB,RS,AS ,FY, QB

IB,PB,OB
not: XX, RW,NN
; source data bl. no. for source type DB, IX
value range :y= 3 to 255 for source qpe
DB/DX irrekvant for other
source gpes
; source start address
value range :x dependent on source type
and PC ~ (see job table
in Section 2.6)
; (Sourc e lengtb) irrelevan t!!
value rsnge:x= any
4:
5:
Ks=xx
0,
Y;
6:
x;
7:
x;
8:
Y;
9:
x;
..--, . .
;dest . type (in m PC)

value rsnge:xx=DB,RS,AS,DX
depmdent on source qpe
(see job tibles in Section
2.6)
;dest . data block manber
value range:y= 3 to 255 for dest. type DB
or XM irrelevant for other
dest. types
;dest . start address
value range:- dependent on dest. type and
PC qpe (see job tables in
Section 2.6)
;dest . lexlgtb
value range :x= dependmt a dest. type
and PC ~ (see job able
Section 2.6)
;coord. flags (depandmt on dest . @?pe)
value range: x+= O to 255: byte number
y=oto 7: bit number
no coord. -S: x==55 , y=255 ! ! !
; Cm Uo. for partner
value range :x= 1 to 4 or
x= O for PCs witi only one CPU
79
..............
. . . . . . . .. . . . .
B8576539-01
Computer Link with ELK 512
Transmissions of possibilities can be seen in the job table in

Secticm 2.6.
For SEND DIRECT. 190 to 199 the data source is in your own PC. You
must specify the source length in the parameter data block (enter
this in bytes if the QTYP is a byte area). The specification of
the dest. length (ZIAE) is unnecessary. All specificatims of the
data destination refer to the partner.
With FETCH DIRECT 190 to 199 the daw destination is in your own
PC. Therefore the Spectiicaticm of the length ZIAE in the
parsmeter data block is tital. Any specificaticm of the parameter
QIAE is not evaluated. AU the parameters ixQolving the data
source refer to the partner.
The jobs SEND DIRJXT 190 to 199 and FEICH 190 to 199 are called
in the STEP 5 program just as %ormal jobs with JIP. In the
specifications in the block : QTYP/ZTYP, DB no., QANF/ZANF,
QME/Z3AE, you name your da- block with the RW parameters. The
specificatim of QIAE/ZIAE is unnecessary since the CP 525 always
reads 10 da= words (witi SHU) AIL).
If no more than 10 jobs are reported as running simultaneously,
the pseudo R/W jobs can be called mixed in with normal SEND and
FE1CH jobs. If more than 10 jobs are called, the initiation of
the jobs met be interlocked.
Since each job number can be assigned only once, it is not

possible to activate a SEND DIRECT 190 and a FETCH DIRECT 190 at
the same time. If the SEND DIRECT job 190 is set to running in
the condition codeword, no other job with the number 190 (e.g.,
FEICH 190) can be started until SEND DIRECT 190 is completed with
or without errors.
--%
B8576539-01
7.2 Reading the Error Hessage Area of the SYSTAT
The error message area of the SYSTAT is a data area in the dualport RAM of the CP 525. Mter the CP 525 reco@ses en error, it
enters the corresponding error number in the error nm3sage area
of the SYSIYU. You &cide how the CPU is to react in your STEP 5
user program on the CPU.
The CPU reads the error ~ area of the
SYS!UT for the epeci-
fied CP interface by means of the job
The area in the CPU (destinatim area) to which & error message
area of the SYSTAT is to be transferred, is fixed den p assign
parameters to RECEIVE DIRECT 200. These parameters should be a
data block. The destination length mast be at least two words.
~ DIRWI 200 is executed Ody ~ m errm nmber is

entered in the error message area of the STSTAT, since only then
is tie bit IWEIVE - job rq set in the Amw (bit 0).
in some cases (e.g. , if no SmcHRoN has been nnl

Stare-up errors have occurred in tie CP 525), the error
Note:
or if
message
area cannot be read by RECEIVE DIRECT 200 (cf. mte h 8ectim

7.4 Reading the whole ~)
, ....
. . ... . .. .
81
,.
B8576539-01
stm%mure of *
area:
If error numbers ere enteked in the error messege ares they a r e

located (after they hsve been read by RECEIVE D- 200) h the
selected srea in the CPU (e.g. , in the dem Mock).
Bit
7 6
Byte O (DLO)
Iwold
1 (DRo)
Error number 1
2 (DLl)
Error number 2
3 (DRl)
Wror number 3
I
This &egrsm
is explained on the following psge.
.#-%,
i
B8576539-03
Byte
.
,,
---.,
Bit
byte O bit 3
(m
Computer ~ with RK 512
status
0
1
bit 2
(o)
bit 1
09
bit o
(m
bit 7,
6 , 5, 4
......
.-.
yte 1
yte2
yte3
Significance
no error in SYSTAT (not following

executed RECEIVE DIRECT 200)
error entered in SYSEAT
note: this bit is always set if there
is an error entry - i.e., use this
bit to check whether dati was
transferred with RECEIVE DIRECT 200
no error 0w2rflow (max. 3 error
entries)
error overflow (more than 3 errors )
no BREAK currently on the interl%ce
BBEAK on the interface

note: bit 1 slmws only the instanmeuls Satus and does not ahdays mean
an error. The enmr status BIUK is
determined Otlly by the ~ number
in DRO, DLL and DB1. he current
_ StatUS can OQly be indicated
if the interpreter and procedure are
loaded and have been started.
unnecessary for cunputer link
Unnecessary
error number 1
error number 2
error mnnber 3
00 = no error
For more information on error messages refer to Section 8.
83
f..:,
.},;., ,;,
.)
B8576539-03
Computer w with RK 512
Example of a comand sequence within a STEP 5 user program for

the CPU 992 (R processor) / S5-135U:
:.
:0
F 1.0
:ON F1. O
..
:Ju FB121
NAME :RECEIVE
SSNR: Kxo,o
A-NR: ICY0,200
ANzu: Fwlo
ZHP: KSDB
DBNR: KYO,1O
ZANF: KF+l
ZIAZ: KF+2
PAFE: FY5
:
:C DB1O
:AN D1.1.l
:JC =WO1
i.
:.
.. .
i.
:Ju FBI.24
NAME: RESET
SSNR: KYo,o
A-NW KY0,200
PAFE: FY6
:
:C DB1O
:L KHOOOO
:T DWl
:T DW2
to initiate the reading out fran SYSTAT

result of logic operation must be Iw
data transfer only in error entry

interface number O
fixed job number for reading SYSTAT
dest. for error numbers is DB1O

fnm &ta word 1
2 &a words
test bit 3 of grmp byte

juup if no error entered
armrmalmtim
an error was entered, i.e. , tie SYSTA!I
register on the CP 525 should be reset

with m DXRECT 200 (see following
pages)
reset nr entry in DB
Mool: .
:etc.
:BE
84
;,-%.
B8576539-03
7.3 Resetting
-.
,.,....
(Clearing)
The CPU resets the error message

interface numbers) Witb the job
the Error BkssageArea

area
of tie SYSTAT (based on
~ DIRECT 200
AU the entries are then cleared except the BREAK bit (B).
!nmxuu9T!: the error message area of the SYSTAT is not cleared
by a SYNCHRON call.
The CP 525 can enter up to three error numbers in * error
message area. More errors CemlOt be Si#ld.hd Ud~S the old
entries have been cleared. Therefore @e error message area must
be reset in good tim by a RESET DIRECT 200.
The destination area in the CPU must also be raset.
7.4 Reading the Whole SYSTAT

In addition to the reading of the error massage area of the
SYSTAT, the entire SYsTAT of * CP cam be read by means of the
job
BECEK5 DIRPXI 221
The area read then ccmtains the error messages for both interfaces (in bytes 4 to 10). This job can be executed mly if there
are no error IIUIberS entered. A destination length greater ~
or equal to 16 bytes (8 words) is necessary.
. . .. . .
. .. . . ..
Note: in som cases (e.g. no SYNCHMN executed, or error

the S~-~ of the CP 525) the SYsTATcamnot beread by means of
RECEIVE DIRECT 221. It nust than be read directly from the dualporm RAM (from address F660H onwards).
85
S8576539-03
The
area transferred with this job is structured as follows:

Bit
71 615141312
Byte O
irrelevant
irrelevant
sign of life
irrelevant
.;
ma
STOI
.F----
4
5
6
error number 2 )X1
error nuniber 3 IFl
error
error number 2 IF2
10
error mnnber 3 Il?2
11
12
13
14
15
numbarl
..- . .
IF2
resemed
The individual bits or bytes have the following significance:
RUN
STOP
= 1 mda selector
= 1 mode selector
= 1 mode selector
Sign of lifew, this byte is
Vals ml the CP
switched to RUN
switched to STOP
switched to PGR
incremented by 8 at regular inter-
B8576539-03
Computer link with RX 512
- Bytes 4 to 10: cover the error message area for both interfaces
(see Section 7.2 - Reading the error message area of the
SYSTAT) .
- Error message area for IFl: bytes 5 to 7 and byte 4 (bits O to
3)
- Error message area for IF2: bytes 8 to 10 and byte 4 (bits 4 to
7)
7.5 Reading the SYSID

An identification area is specified cm each CP 525. Information
is written into the identification area SYSID of the CP 525;
i.e. , you can find information about the following:
- module
- memory suhnodde
- interface assignment
- issue~sion of the loaded software etc.
...
The CPU can read the SYSID of the CP 525 bg means of the job
RECZXWZDIRIET 223
This is possible if the field length is greater than or equal to
128 bytes; i.e. , the BIGR parameter in tie SYNCHMN is KY 0,4 /
KY 0,5 / KY 0,6.
A desthatia length greater than or equal to 1.28 bytes is also
necessary.
If the field length is less than X28 bytes the ~ssage cmpleted
with errors and the error number 7 are entered in the status
byte and the number IE in the error message area of the SYSTM.
The SS!SID area is not then transferred.
Note: the SYSID can also be read directly from the dual-port W,
i.e., without handling blocks (fran address F680H onwards) . For
more information refer to the manual for your
B8576539-03
Stmcmreoftiidc
--+-- ticaareasysn)
The SYSID comxins a number of parameters which idantify the CP.

~ch ~ter is cowleted ~th carriage rem (~ = W tit
is also counted in the -e specification. Parameters not
assigned consist simply of CR. Scme parameters have a different
significance &pending on the memory subodule qpes. AU the
parameters are represented in ASCII.
With the CP 525 these parameters are strucmred as follows:
Parameter
Byte
Description
o to 9
Hem. submdule identi.fier/capaciqv

EPROM: e.g. for order *r
6ES5373-0AA41
Shaun SS:373-0AA41
R&f:
xmmry capaci~ of the submod.
RAM XXXKW
e . g . xxx = 64
10
19 to 21
Version of the CP firmware
22 to 41
Plant designation from mm. suhwdule:
to M
Module identifier:
CP 525-2 / CP 524
EFRCM: designation of programed

plant
RAM:
replaced by space (20H)
4
. . . .. . . .. . . . . . .
42 to 50
Generated on:
EPROM: date of Em@M- pmgmmhg
RAM:
replaced by space (20E)
5 to 9
51 to 55
Not used with CP 525/CP 524
10
56 to 64
PRIM 525 - varsti:

PROM 525 = programhg program for
EPROM Subodules
EPRm: PROM 525 - version
RAM:
. . . ., . . . . . . .
,,,..-%,
B8576539-03
Computer Linlcwith RK 512
Interface 1
.
, Description
Parameter I Byte
11
12
13
14
15
65
68
77
80
89
to
to
to
to
to
67
76
79
88
91
I Example
component type
interpreter name (*)
interpreter version
procedure name(*)
procedure version
RK512
ml
P3964R
ml
Description
Example
component type
interpreter verskm
procedure name (*)
procedure version
end identifier El!X
(03X)
PI!
PT88
ml
IAuFm88
m
Interface 2
Parameter
16
17
18
19
20
Byte
92
95
104
107
116
to 94
to 103
to 106
to 115
to 118
119
*== nemeof interpreter and procedure corzespondto the

designations in the COM library
If the interface is not assigned, the parameters specific to the
interface are replaced by spaces (20H).
B8576539-08
7.6 CP 525: Reading isnd writing the Date and Tim

,...
,
A CP 525 ruua~ be desfgneted either time master or time slave.

fires alaea: after powering up the @ reacts at first as a time
slave. It can update ics own date end time, however,

the CPU cannot read them.
*
,..--%3
,. ,
mater: the master provfdes the system t-; i.e., the maater must make this available at any time.
To SytlCkOlliS e the CPS (at regular intervals or when
certain events occur) the CPU reads the system time
fraa the th master end acts all the tim slaves to
this the. Thfs relieves the time slaves of unnecesauy updating taska.
The CPU can set the date and time on a CP 525 at any time. It
can, however, only reed the date and time of a CP 525 tbat is
des~ted as time master.
mflxxl:
The CP 524 doea not have a hardware clock.

When using the CP 524, the software clock is not updated or
buffered if the PIE is set to SIDP or the mains voltage is
svitched off. The, the CP 524 clock must be updated when the CPU
is restarted (cold restart).
90
,. ., . , .,
,9
B8576539-03
The date/time area transferred during writing or reading is

structured as follows :
.,
----
Byte
Significance
bit O: master id.
1 = master
o == slave
1
2
3
4
5
day
mrmth
8
9
In a word transfer byte, O corresponds to the left half of the

first data word; byte 1 the right half of the first data word.
The date and time are coded in BCD.
1
accuracy of the clock is / s. This ~

P
/loo s h x 2 of p date/time area is S&Tap%!
10
time is written, the /100 s is not accepted.

. .
...
the positicm
When the
B8576539-03
The job number 218 is fixed on the CP 525 for the jobs read /
write date and time .
,/----.,
SHUD D- 218
Using this job, the CPU declares the CP as master or slave. At

the same time the CPU can also transfer the date and time to the
CP.
Whether the CPU transfers the date and tine depends cm the source
length specified (QIAE = length of the data to be transferred).
QIAE = 1 d
The CP 525 is declared as master/slave by means of the cmtents
of bit O (least significant bit) in the f ixst byte; master:
bit O = 1 / slave: bit o = O.

During the start-up or in a warm restart of the CPU, the SEND
DIRECT 218 with QIAE = 1 and master bit E 1 for the CP that iS to
be master mast be called up. The date and time on the CP 525 are
not changed by QIAE = 1.
QIAE=5 words
The CP is declared as master/slasre by means of the master identif ier and the date and time are transferred.
Remember to set the master identifier when transfezzi.ng the time
to a master which is to remain as master.
Also remember that *e date and time are only adopted by the CP
during the handshh (m~
- tion via &UtS &
ream
a different clock).
aft-a
Note: the source area from which the data is transferred to the
CP should be a da- block.
92
B8576539-03
Note:
The CP 525 can be declared as time master on one or botb interfaces. The date and time can mly be read on the interface cm
which the CP was declared as master.

If the CP is declared as rester on an interface and then as slave
on the other interface, the CP becomes a time slave on both
interfaces.
For esample, the follwing sitmation occurs: * the date/time
from the first interface is read, the error number IF is entered
in SYSTAT. When reading from the second interface the hsndsbake
is not performed, since the bit RECEIVE - job rea& in the ANZW
(bit O) is not set. No error message is output.
A SYNCHRON does not influence the master-slave function.
By ~ of this job the CPU can read the date end t~ fmn the
CP (if the CP has already been declared time master with SEND
DIRECT 218.
The destination length must be five winds. The destination area
should be a data block.
Note: the data read only bas meaning if the date and time have
been set at least once since the mdule was plugged in (with SEND
D= 218, length: five wrds) .
... ,
.,
...
Computer M with M 512
B8576539-03
8 Error Handling
Errors occurring while the computer link
have been caused at various points.
is in
operation, may
,.r---+.
.,
If the CP detects the errors, they are s-led to the CPU with
as much detail as possible. The way in which the CPU then reacts
is decided by your STEP 5 user program on the CPU (for mre
details see Section 7),
For example you can have the following:
- an error message output m the printer ITSS/PTS9 (either via
another CP 525 or * the same CP 525 using the other interface)
- the error displayed as messages m a mmitor (e.g. &ith the
CP 526)
- the job repeated
The error is signalled by the following:
- an error number in the PAEE byte of the bandling block
- an error number in the condition Codamrd Am? of the
(l. )
handling block
-anerror number ill the erzor message area of the S!lSM!C
- the CP 525 S-S an error to the partner by an error
mnnber in the reply telegram in BEPl!EL
(2. )
(3. )
(4. )
The PAFS byte is a parameter you specify when callimg an HDB. In
the PAFS byte, the bandling blocks indicate when serious errors
occur in ccmnection with a CP or when parameters have been specified incorrectly. A detailed description of PAFE byte error
messages can be found in the description Using the handling
blocks in ~ msrlual.
94
,,
B8576539-03
.,.
.,
If you receive a PAFE error number, this means that the data
exchange bemeen the CPU and CP either was not starte dor was
aborted after smal unsuccessful attempts.
. . .
..
In the following exceptional cases the error

can mean that a serious error has occurred:
~S
91E and CIH
- after a program section is transferred frcan the PG to the CP

525
- if coordination flags have been used incorrectly
!XHKBMIH!: if these situatims occur on your system you should
first repeat the corresponding job.
2. !che ermrmmberS in*cuMHtim codenmd Mlm7

The condition codewurd ANZW is also a parameter yul specify
when calling an HDB. With direct jObS (SEND DIRMT, FEMH DIRECT,
RECEIVE DIRECT) , MZW indicates whether the job is ruining or was
ccmpleted.
...
If the job was terminated with an error, an error number is

entered in bita 8 to 11 in the AN?S7. Bit 3 is also set: jw ob
terminated with error.
?IMRXMBT!: an error m.miber is only entered in ANZW if the error
occurred during the processing of a DIRECT job!
Since cmly four bits are available for the error numbers in ANzw,
one error number normally indicates one of several error states .
Owing to the limited number of error nunibers the ANZU is suitable
for evaluation by the STEP 5 user program.
B8576539-03
The errors are distinguished by the various sources of error as

follows :
No. for ANZkl
Source
1 to 5
parameter assignment error recognised by the

CPU of the PC and signalled to the CP
error in data exchange belxeen CPU and CP

detected by CP
I
7
I
job cannot be carried out, error in job

~ters
9, A, B,C,D
error during the execution of a job, caused by

incorrect reaction or error mssages from the
E, F
error in data exchange between CP 525 and

~r
Descriptions of the errors can be found in the tables on the

following pages.
l!bta: a status byte is reserved iu the dual-port RAM for each of

the possible jobs. If the CP &tects an error in connection with
a DIRECT job, it writes the error number and tie bit job terminated wi~ errorn in the status byte of tie correspoxkg job in
the dual-port RAM. To have the job status shown in the condition
codeword one of the following must occur:
- the CONTROL HDB in ~e STEP 5 program must be called with the
corresponding job number in the cycle (OB1)

- the DIIWT job (SEND DIRECT) must be called vith the comnand JU
and Rm=O.
See also the descripticm Wsing the handling blocks in this
manual.
96
B8576539-03
Ccnnputer Link with RK 512
3. m? exrorlldbera intheeKmr mEsMm@s anBnoftbesYsH
...,
The error message area of the SYSTAT is a data srea in the dualport RAM; the CPU reads this area using the special job RECEIVE
DIRECT 200. For each interface the error message area of the
SYSTAT includes tbree error message bytes and an additional
status byte. A detailed description can be fcnmd in Section 7
Special jobs carried out by the (3PW.
in the error msssage

area of the SYSTAT. If the error occurs in connection with a
DIRECT job, an error number is also entered in the Cond.ithxl
Codevmrd. If the error occurs in cmnection with a partner job,
an error numberis transferred in the reply telegram to the
ver.
AU errors recognised by the CP are entered
in the SYSTAT is so detailed tbat it is particularly suitable for mmct error analysis during Ccsunissionillg.
The error entry
A p~ d evaluatim of individual ~ lluabers is also
possible. Remember that not only serious errors are entered in

the BYSTAT. For example, an entry is made in SYSTAT when the procedure repeats parts of the telegram exchange. A repetition is
not an error but simply points to minor problems in the telegram
we tit can be corrected by repetitions.
The special job RECEIVE DIRECT 200 shaald be called up in OB1 to
read the error message area in the SYSTAT during the comd.ssion* phase. You can recognise tie oc Currence of errOrS when bit O
in the ANZU of the RECEIVE DIBECI! 200 is set to 1 by the CP and
the err= ~S are then copied into the da- block ~Cified
as a parameter. If a programer is cmmected to the CPU of the
PC, you can display the errors directly on the mllitor in the
operating mode STATUS variable or CONiROL variablew.
To clear the error entries in the STSTAT, call the special job
RESEI DIRECT 200 (for more de=ils see Section 7).
. . . . . . . .*.
B8576539-03
bmputer W with RK 512
The errors sre distw@-shed by the various eqor sources as

follows:
So. for SYSTAT
lto6
Source
parameter ass -t =-s de-ted by *
CPU of the PC, and signalled to the CP

10 to 14
15 to IF
errors in the data =change between CPU and

CP detected by the CP
system errors at the begiming of the job
processing
20 to 2F
errors in the processing of a PC job,

detected by the CP
30 to 3A
errors in the processing of a PC job,

detected by the parmer and signalled to the
CP by means of an error *r in the reply
telegram
40 to 53
f=- during the processing of a partner

job, recognised by the CP
5E to 5F
reception of en uninterpretable telegram
Boto B8
error in data exchange between PG and CP
cotocA
hardware error on the module
Do
tom
error
in the data
exchange between CP and
38576539-03
Cmputer Link with ELK 512
4. Ermx Isd)ers ~ =PIY =%3==
If an error occurs in connection with a SEND cx FEICH telegram

from the partne r, an error xnnnber is entered in the fmrth byte
of the reply telegrsm. The partner job is then terminated.
Hote:
The numbers of the error messages are specified as hexadecimEU
values .
The following tables

numbers
-
cmtain a detailed descripticm of the error

arranged according to the numbers for ANzw
arranged according to the nuubers for SYSTAT
arranged according to the mmbers for RXP1EL
and k you cam Zm2dy 13M! prolila.
The tables generally contain tbree coltums with error numbers

(no. for ANZW/SYSTAT/REPTEL). The error numbers in the second and
third COhXDIIIS correspmd to the mmber h the first column.
Note that error nmbers in MEW and REPTEL are entered only if
the job is naming at the time when the error ~s . For
==wle:
C a s e 1: an interference pulse b generated on the transma
- Siml
line during a break in tmnsmission; the procedure recog-
nises a mrmpted character. It therefore generatea the

error code FEH which is entered in SYsTAT. The ANZU is
not changed since the error did not occur dining the
actmal transmission.
....\
....
Case 2: the interference @se occurs while a PC job is being

sent and the repetitions do not succeed in achieving an
error-free transfer; an em mmber @H) is entered in
the ANZW as well as the entry (FEE) in the SYSIW.
99
B8576539-03
8.1 Error llessages for SYSTAT, ANZWa.nd REPTEL Arranged
According to the Numbers for ANZW

No. for
No. for
No. fol
8YSJAT
Description
.;,
~- $=@== ~
&tected by * C3m of the lx, ad
siglmued bydlecP
IH
--
ZH
0111
- -02H
OAH
a) Source/&st. tgpe (e.g. ext. DB)

illegal
area (start address, length)
illegal (negative value)
---- .
--------------143
b) DB/DX not present or illegal
(e.g. DBO, DB1, DXO)
or
other data ~ not
3H
----
4H
--5H
6H
----
03H
--04H
- -05H
06H
---14H
present or
illegal
.- - - - - -
--------C) DB/DX too Short:
(start address + length > srea
or
area too short with other data
(start address + length > area

--- ,- - - - - - -
--------OAH
d) Access to area not possible for
user:
e.g. hardwue memory too small
or 1/0 mdule not plugged in
-- - - - ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - OCH
e) Wring cmdition codeword:
m message for all. errors
attributable to this ANZW
&ror code from the CPU to the CP,
which the CP cannot interpret
,.-%
~85@903
....
- . . . .-
. ~~
., ... -.,-- ., . -
. . -
,..,...- .
B8576539-03
No. fo~
No. for
No. fo]
SYSTAT
Description
Krmra detemed bycPChxC&qg data
excb8q& bet=!en cm - CP:
6H
10H
--
llH
----
OAH
a) Timeout for
- - - - .- -- -
------ -----
b) ALL job
or direct
job despite overload
---- .- -- ----- --- ----C) Wring sequence for bandshake by
---13H
----
.- - - -< ------- ------

d) Wnknown job type or illegal job
nmber for d&ct job
----
----
,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - e) Illegal aclmowl edgement from CPU
14H
duriig
adshake -
f~
,.,,?.
102
B8576539-03
Computer %with RX 512
Remedy
(heck whether RXCEIVE ALL or SEND ALL sre cslled in your m 5

progrsm; evsluste the PAFE in the handling block.
----.
------------------------
Check STEP 5 progrsm, e.g., errors in hsndling block
(Message also possible titer trensfer fran PG to CP).
------------------
----------Check STEP 5 progrsm, e.g., errors in hendling block.
------------------
------- - -
Check STEP 5 pmgrsm, e.g., wrong perimeters for handling block.

--------------------------------
Check STEP 5 progrem.

,.
,,
,. . ,
....
B8576539-03
No. fox
No, for
No. f
SYSTAT
Description
~ermrsat
Stert Of job
I====4K
7H
a) Number of direct jobs which can
15H
- -16H
be processed simultaneous ly too

I.erge for CP 524/CP 525
---
------------------b) Current job wes t ermineted with

error status tien CP vas cold
resmed (power on) or cold
restarted fran FG
----
---
17H
- - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
mesked by STEP 5 program

(bit 7 in AIWU == 1)
C) Area is
---
-----------------d) Field length for reed SYSIDw

@ECEIVE DIRECT 223) too smsll
- - - IFH
---
-----------------e) Ted dete/t*w (RECEDE
DIRECT 218) fflegel, CP is set

as * Skve
104
o.,.
E8576539-03
Computer W with M 512
Remedy
,..
..
Modify STEP 5 program so that Illeximum 10 direct jobs run

simultaneously.
------------------
-------------
There is no remedy witi power on. When cold resming the CP

from the IG, you should make sure that no me CPU jobs are
running before writing to an interface. The SYMHBON EDB ChSE3
the job statuses in the dual-port-RAM but not the SYBTA!C entxy.
--------------------------------
Reset bit 7 in the ANZU.

---------------------------------
For SYNCHBON the field length should be greater than or equal to

128 bytes or do witlmut Read 8Y81DW (data is nmertheleas
available in the dual-pcmt RAM).
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Before reading the date/t3me, the CP mast be designated as master
- this *en applies to this mdul.e. Check ** the CP on the
other interface has been set to master.
.-. .,
B8576539-03
No. fo]

for NO.11
- -
No.
Description
SYSTAT
~tuese. eImxsin*mKP5
prog. detectd by the CP (e.g.
thepsem& B/@ p=amere> or job
block (CJ? 525 ~ Pw==)
7H
20H
~ P---= -e St-d
-- 21.H
---
--- 23H
--- 24H
.-
--- 25H
-- 26H
22H
in
in
the
CP 525 user program for this

direct job (under this job
mnnber)
----------------&rar in data type (DB, OB. . . ) :
- unknown data - or
- dati ~ not allowed (e.g.
ext. DB) or
- data ~ not allowed in HDB
parameters in connection with
data ~ in the job block
(CP 525 user Wwr=O
----------------Start address specified too high
for required data type or Saddress or DB/DX m. too low
----------------
Coordhatim fh& not allowed
with this data ~ or wrong bit
number specified
:. . : . .
Q
.$,
-------- -------CPU number
specified too high

in pseudo R/w parameters
Ian@ > 64 Kbytes

3 =-sicm
-----------too long for CP 525
----------------!0 _ of telegram ~ w
great or length too great for
9P specified (in own PC)
106
.,
B8576539-03
Remedy
Create parameters for this job with COH 525 or select other job
number.
----- ------ .---- ------------
Find the permissible dsta ~ end their cambinstions in the

job tsbles (Secticm 2.6).
..,
---------------------------------
Find tie permissible stsrt eddresses snd DB/DX nos. in the

job tables (Section 2.6) that cm be specified in the CP 525
W= ~ = == 5 ~ (with pseudo R/v perimeters) .
---------------------------------
Coordination flags ere not permissible for sll dete types (see
Section 2.6). tick uhetha- the bit number (O to 7) ~ been
specified correctly when using the pseudo R/w function.
- - - - - - - - - - -------------CPU nos. permitted: rime, 1, 2, 3 or 4
-------
- - - - - - - - - - ----------------------
If necessary split tie job into seversl jobs with smsller
lengths .
------------------------
------ --
Fhd the permissible lengths in the job tsbles (Section 2.6)

thst can be specified in the EDB a for the pSeUdO ~
parameters. If necesssry split * job into seversl jobs with
smsller lengths.
.,.
B8576539-03
No.
fm
No. fo]
SYSTAT
No. fa
Description
No.fl
9H
-- -
AH
30H
--- 31H
----
321
.-.
w.fr
REPTB
OAE
.- - - - - - - - - - - - - --
b) Hardware (DMA) error at the
psrmer or with CP 525 es partner:
- SOurce/dest. type illegal
- or mmry error in partner PC
- or error in handshake betxeen
CP/CPU in partner or
~er ~ b in STOP state
--k).frl
------------- - - - - - c) Memory access e= at partner

(memory not present)
with CP 525 as penner:
=mB - for -iti.m codeWordor
data area does not exist
(except DB/DX) or
data area too small (except
DB/DX)
--- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
32H
----
a) DB / DX disabled by
coordi.natim flags
---
,- . .. . .,
108
,.,
.,.
B8576539-03
Ccxnputer W with RK 512
Remedy
~ we w=- F=9= after processing the last transmission

dam reset the coordination flags.
In the STEP 5 program repeat the job!

-
---------------------------- - -
- check whether the partner can transfer the required dati type.
- Check partners hardware configuration.
- Switch mde selector at partner PC to RUN.
-------------------------------Check whether the requixed dam area exists on the ~ =~
whether it is long enough, or check the C(M 525 job block or the
pseudo R/w parawters. Check IAe len@ specified in the HDB.
- ------------------------
------
B8576539-03
No. for
No. for
No.frou
SYSTAT
AH
33H
Descripticm
14H
d) DB/DX access error at psrtner

(DB/DX dOeS not exist or too
short)
Witb CP 525 as partner:
- DB/DX does not exist or
- DB/IE too short or

- DB/DX no. illegal
BH
in format of reply
telegram received: first byte
not OOHor Fm
--- - .- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) Reply telegram received after
FElwJ job has too msny data
a) Error
--- 2BH
--- 2CH
--- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
----
---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
c) Reply telegram received after

FE1m job has too few data
d) Reply telegram received after
SEND job arrived with date
110
~j
., ,=, .
B8576539-03
Computer Link with R 512
Remedy
Check whether the required data block exists cm the parmer and
whether it is lcmg enough; or check the job block (CP 525 user
PrCWS@; or check * pseudo IL/W parameters (STEP 5 user
program). Check the length specified in the HDB.
Verify incorrect reactim of partner if necessazy with an

interface test device ( *FCEFG$ ) tapped into the transdssion
line.
--------------------------------Verify incorrect reactim of partner if necessary with sn
interface test detice ( WXPG~) tapped into the trenmissim
line.
------------------------------
verify incorrect reactim of pamler if necessary Lh - an
interface test device ( WXFG) tapped into the transms sim
line.
-------------------------------Verify incorrect reaction of partner if necessary with an
interface te$t device ( ~) tapped into the ~SSiUIl
line.
......
. . . . . . . ..
ul
B8576539-03
No. fox
No. for
No.fra
SYSTAT
BH
34H
a) Hrrors in the telegram header,

detected by partner:
first camnmd letter in header
16H
--- 35H
--- - .
.- 36H
---
.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -C) Parlmer detects wrong telegrsm

length (total length)
---39H
--- -
---3AH
--- ??H
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) Partner signals system Calsnsnd

illegal
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - e) Unknown error number received in
reply telegram
5FH
34H
-----------------
b) Error in telegram header:
seccmd comnand letter in hesder
10H
34H
A correct telegram with a length
> 128 bytes was received. The

telegram could not be interpreted.
The job being processed is aborted.
.,. ,
112
:.;,
.,:,)
.i.
B8576539-03
Remedy
Check whether the ezror is being caused by a disturbance or sn

incorrect reaction of the partner. Verify with an interface test
d e v i c e (Ft)XPGf) tqped
into the transmis sim
line.
------------------------------
Check whether the error is being caused by a disturbance or an
dedce (FOXFC ) epped into tdM transmis Sion line.
-- --- -------------------------Check whe*er the emmr is being caused by a distmrbsnce or an
incorre et reaction of the ~. Verify with an interface test
device (S FUXIGW) tapped into the trensdssial line.
--------------------------------
Incorrect reactim by partner; the CP 525 never outputs a system

Coulmand.
--------------------------------Check whether the error is being caused by a diswrbance or an
incorrect reacticm of the partner. Verify vith an interface test
device (FOXFG ) tapped into the transmia Sion Mile.
Verify incorrect reaction of partner if necessary with an titerface test device ( IEOXPG* ) tapped into the transm.is sicm line.
,.. -...
...
B8576539-03
No. fo]
CH
No. for
SYSTAT
No.fro
Descripticm
27H
Salectoron STOP/pGR during PC job

Errua-sia*rqily ~*l=l=J=* detxmxdbytha CP:
29H
--- -
37H
----
--- -
36H
----
,p?
F
a) Syncbron error W -=, since

- reply telegram &rind, though
no job - or
the (fol.hw-cm) FETCH telegram
has not yet been sent
or
a follow-cm reply telegram
was received after a FETW
telegrsm was sent
or
a raply telegram was received
after a follow-on EENXI
tekgram was sent
----------------
a) Partner detects synchrm error order of telegrams is wrcmg

-----------------
-.. <
114
, ,
. .,
.,
B8576539-03
Remedy
Switch the selector to RUN
+,
,
This error can be signalled following a cold restart at your K

or at the partner. It is a normal reaction during start-up; you
do not need to do ~. ~m ~ operatim the error can
also occur as a result of older error statuses that ware detected
by the partner. Wherwise you can assme tbat the P===~
reacting incorrectly. It is possible tit the error will mt
occur with jobs < 128 bytes.
.-.
---------------------------------
This error can be signalled during a cold restart at ywur W or

at tie partner. It is a normal reaction during start-up; you do
not need to do ~. - ~ operathm the error can
also occur as a result of older error statuses that were detected
by the partner. (kkrwise you can assuue that the partner is
reacting inmrrectly.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
,-.
. .>. .,
us
B8576539-03
No. for
CH
No. for
SYSTAT
38H
No.fron
Description
b) Up to w there has been no cold

res@rt at the partner.
with CP 525 as partner:
since the parer up no SmaRoN

HDB has mm or the mde selectm is switched to S!KIP/PGR.
DH
2PH
No reply telegrem came from the

penner tith.in the monitoring time
after a FETCH telegram was sent.
.,
. , .-.,
.,
116
,,.;
I
B8576539-03
Coinputer Iink with NC 512
Remedy
,--%
-c- a
cold restsrt at the partner PC or switch the selector
on the CP to RUN.
.......
Is the partner a very slow device?

This error is often indicated as the result of an older error.
For example, procedure receive errors (XOH to FFH) can be indicated after a FE1CH telegram has been sent because the reply
telegram could not be received cwing to a dismxbmce > there
is a ttit. This error can somtinw occur when a cold restart
has been carried out at the partner before it could reply to the
last FETCH telegrsm received.
.- .,
.....
117
B8576539-03
No. for
No. for
SYSTAT
Description
..---,
.,.,..
m
,.
----
--- -
a) Errors during the link estAUshmmt

- after STX was sent, WC or sane other
character (except DLE or Six) was
received or
- the reply came too soon or
- an initialisatiml conflict has Occlxre d
.
-----.
--------------
b) Timeuzt (QVZ) :
after sending STX the partner did mt
reply witMn the aclmowledgemm time
. ---- -----------------
118
, -----
B8576539-03
Computer Link with I/K 512
Remedy
Verify incorrect reaction of partner if necessary with an

interface test detice (* FOXPG) tapped into the tramnus
Sim
line.
--------------------------
------
Partner is too slow or not ready to receive or there is a Mm

break. Verify incorrect reaction of partner if Dacesm WMl an
interface test device (PWCFG) tap&d into the transm&ion
line.
---- ------ ----- - - - - - - ---------
... -..,
.,, -.
119
B8576539-03
No.
foz
No. for
SYSTAT
EH
c) Abortedbypsrtner:
during transmission one or more characters were receimd from the partner
(inCl. w)
Em
---
Descriptim
E4H
--- -
----- ----------------
d) Errors at end of link:

the telegram was rejected at the end
by the partner with NM or sane other
character (except D=) or
the aclukowledgeaent character was
receivad too soon
----------------------e) Timeout at end of Ii&:
after link tanninsticm with DLE ETX m
reply was received from the partner within
the Qvz tilw
Transdssim error:
a transmission error (-5 e=,

stop bit error, overflow error) was
detected. E this occurred during
transmission or receptim, repetitims
will be started. If a corrupted
character is received in the idle
state, the errcm is signalled immediately
to ensure that dislxzrbances on the line
are detected as early as possible.
120
B8576539-03
Computer Unkwith RK 512
Remedy
- Check whether the partner is also indicating an error, it is
possible that not all the data sent have arrived (e.g., break
in the line) or
- Partner is reacting incorrectly. Verify this if necessary with
an interface test device ( FQXPG ) @qpd into the transms
sim
line.
------ -------- ---- _ --------
- check whether the partner is also indicating an error; it is
possible that serious disturbances have occurred or
- Partner is reacting incorrectly. Verify this if necessary with
an interface test device ( FOXPG ) t+ped into the transmission
line.
-------------------------------- Partner is too slow or bas a fault. Verify incorrect reaction
of ~r ~ ~==v M* = fit=face test H= (-*)

tapped into the transmission line.
Disturbances on the line result in repetitims of the telegram

and threfore reduce the acmel data throu@pt. The chance of
an undetected error ~es. Change the cmfiguration or
re-lay the cable.
Check whether the data rates, parity and nwber of stop bits
are the same at both devices.
......
B8576539-03
No. for
No. for
SYSTAT
Description
WI
The
canmunicatim
.....
cable (receiver cable) to
the partner has a break. This error number

is repeated mtil the fault is cleared.
f7
.:,.
B8576539-03
Canputer Link with RX 512
Remedy
Re-establish the CCmnecticsl betx?een the devices or switch on the

psrtner. Check whether the current flaws in TTY operstion.
X23
B8576539-03
Computer Link with W 512
8.2 Error
PIessages for SYSTAT, MZWand REPTEL

Arranged Aocordi.ng to the Numbers for SYSTAT
No. foz
No. for
No. f
Description
ol.H
---02H
lx
- -2H
OAH
- - 14H
a) 8ource/dest. type (e.g. ext. DB)

illegal
.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) DB/DX not present or illegal
or
other data qpe not present
.,
- - - -
----
03H
3H
- - 14H
OCH
or
illegal
.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C) DB/RX too Sbrt :
(s- address + length > area
or
area too short with Oldler data
(start
address + length > area
- - OAH
.-.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) Access to area not possible for

user:
e.g. , hardware memry too small
or 1/0 mdule not plugged in
5H
- - OCH
---6H
- - OAH
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - e) Wrcmg condition codeword:

_ m=ge for all errors
attributable to this MZU
-----------------
lkror code from the CPU to the CP
that the CP CamKm interpret
---04H
----
---05H
----
---06H
4H
J.24
.; , : ,
, .,:
..;
,(
,...,
,.,
:::
,,.
B8576539-03
Remedy
- Check parameter ass -t ~ cm =d Cp ad if necf=w
correct or
- Partner has illegal. parameters in the telegram header
Find the permis sible data types in the job tables (Section 2.6).
.
------------------------------- Check parameter assignment m CPU and CP; if necessary set up

block
- Partner has wrcmg parameters in the telegram header
Find the permissible data qpes in the job tables (Section 2.6).
-------------------------------- Check parameter assignment on CPU and CP if necessary check
block/area or
- Partner has wrung parameters in the telegram header
---------------------------- check parameter assigxmlan t al CPU and CP or

- Partner has lmmg parameters in the telegram header
--
Find the permissible start addresses and lengths in the job

tables (Section 2.6).
--------------------------Check whether condition codeword is valid.
Evaluate PAFE in handling block ( STEP 5 user pro&ram).
X25
----
B8576539-03
No. for
No. for
No. f
Description
10H
-- 11.H
6H
- - - 6H
O&l
---
-- 12H
- - - 6H
---
----
- - - 6H
- - -
- - - 6H
--
13H
---
14h
15H
--- -
7H
---
---m
---
--- -
---m
---
---ml
---m
---
----
17H
,fp,
,.. .
CPU
------------------d) Unknown job ~ or illegal job
number for direct job
- - - 7H
16H
Eumrs &tactad bycPdsd3qg data

~ ~ mu A CP:
a) Timeout for handahske on CP
------------------b) AU job without request or direct
-----------------C) wrong s ~e for ~m
.-------- - - - --
e) Illegal achmwledgemn tfromm
during hmdshah
~erraaatstart Olf job
~:
a) Nmber of direct jobs that can
be processed Sti~ ly too
large for CP 524/CP 525
.- ----------------
b) current job was terminated with
errcm status tien CP was cold
res@mted (power on) or cold
restarted from FG
.- ----------------
C) Area is masked by STEP 5 progrsm
(bit 7 in Amu = 1)
.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) Field leagth for md SYSID
(RECEIVE DIRECT 223) too small
.:; , .-.,.7::,
,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - e) W date/t~w (RWEIVE
DIRWT 218) illegal, CP is set
as tilw slave
1.26
..................
,,
B8576539-03
Remedy
Check whether RECEIVE ALL or SEND ALL are called in your STEP 5
Progr=; duste the PAFE in the handling block
--------------------------
Check STEP 5 program, e.g. , errors in bandl.ing block
(Message also possible after transfer from IG to CP).
-----------------------------Check STEP 5 program, e.g., errors in handling block.
-------------------------------
Check STEP 5 program, e.g., incorrect parameters for hmdling

block.
---------------------------------
Check STEP 5 program.
Modify STEP 5 progrem so at maximum 10 direct jobs lam

Sinlul.tamously.
--------------------------------There is no remedy with power cm. When cold resaing the CP
from me = you make sure that no more CPU jobs are running
before writing to an interface. The SYNCERON HDB clears the job
statuses in the dual-port RAM, but not the SYSTAT entry.
-- ----- ------------------------
Reset bit 7 in the ANZU.

--------------------------------
,
.....
-.. .
For SYNCHRON the block sise should be greater than or equal to

128 bytes or do without Read SYSIDW (data are nevertheless
available in ~ dual-pat R&l).
------------------
------------Before reading tbe date/time, the CP must be designated as master
- this *en applies to this module; check whether tbe CP on the
other interface bas been set to slave.
B8576539-03
No. fox
Coinputer Link with RK 512
No. for
No.fr
Description
~ass.
pqg. ~
thapsen&31B/u
block (CP 525
20H
--- 21H
---
--- 22H
--- -
-- 23H
----
-- 24H
--- -
---25H
----
-- 26H
--- -
---
7H
---
---
m
--
A
---
m
7H
.--,
=roraintks!JxP5
by * C? (e.g. in
prmltem) = job
~ FJw=)
a) ~ ~te= -e =*ed ~ *
CP 525 user program for this
direct job (under this job
mnnber)
,- --------------
b) Hrror in da= type (DB, OB. . . ) :
udmown data @pa or
data ~ not allowed (e.g.
e. DB) or
data type not allowed in HDB
parameters in Camectim with
data ~ in the job block
(CP 525 user I=%=@
-- - - - - - - -------
c) Start address specified too high
f= raquired data type or
start address or DB/DX no. too
lu#
----------------i) @Ordinate fh@ mt allowed
with tiis data qpe or wrong bit
number specified
----------------*) CPU mnnber specified too high
with pseudo R/u parameters
--------_------
F) Trammissim length > 64 Kbytes
too long for CP 525
----------------5) = of telegmm header tOO
great or length too great for
m $w@.fied (in own PC)
128
B8576539-03
Remedy
---..
Creete parameters for this job with COM 525 or select other job
number.
-------------------------------
Find the permissible dste tgpes snd their canbinstions in the

job tsbles (Section 2.6).
,..
-------------- . ----------------
Find tie permissible stsrt eddresses end DB/DX nos. in the

job tables (Section 2.6), which cm be specified in the CP 525
=er ~ = ~ 5 mm= (with pseudo E@ Ps==t=s) .
--------------------------------Coordinatim flags ere not permissible for sI.1 dats types (see
Section 2.6). Check whether the bit nwnber (O to 7) hss been

specified correctly when the pseudo R/U ftmction is used.
-------------------------------
CPU nos. thst Sre permkted: U3ne, 1, 2, 3 m 4.
--------------------------------
..-.
If necesssry, split the job into severel jobs with smsller

lengths .
------------------
----------Find the permissible lengths in the job tsbles (Section 2.6) to
be specified in the HDB or for the pseudo R/U parameters. If
necesssry split the job into severel jobs with smiler lengths.
129
B8576539-03
No. for
No. for
No. i
Description
>.l~. . ., . ..
.. ..::. ..,. ..:........,,..::?.:.:
27H
Selector cm STOP/PQt during PC job
CH
,-
Wror when sending a cmmand

telegram. A correspondhg procedure
error number was entered in SYSTAT
immediately before (see error
28H
numbers Em to E5 and F8 to FF) .
EaKmsin them?!ply talsgcafx=

29H
CH
----
---BH
---
----
---BH
---
---2CH
---BH
---
---2DH
- -BH
---
2BH
* P--=s datacmd by * CP:

a) Synchrm error by parmer, since
reply telegram arrived, though
no job nnming m
the (follow-on) FEPCH telegram
has not yet been sent
or
a follow-on reply telegram
was received after a FETCH
telegram was sent
or
a reply telegram was received
after a follow-on FEIUi
telegrsm was sent
--- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) &or in fomnat of reply
telegram received: first byte
notooHor FFH
.
---------------c) Reply telegram receimd after
FETCH job has too many data
.
----------------
d) Reply telegram received after
FE1CH job has too few data
-----------------e) Reply telegram received after
~ job arrived with data
130
%, :,. -.:
o
Computer ~ with RK 512
B8576539-03
Ranedy
switch the selector to RUN.
See remedy for prewious procedure error number.
This error can be signelled following a cold restart at your PC,

with long telegrams. or at the partner. It is a nomal reaction
dur~ StSrt-Up; you do not need to do ~. _ normal
Operatim the error can also occur as a result of older error
statuses that were detected mly by the partner. Otkruise you
can assume that the partner is reacting incorrectly. It is
possible that the error will not occur with jobs <128 bytes.
------ . --- . ---------- . ------- ---
Verify incorrect reaction of partner if necessary with an interface test &rice ( FQXPG ) tapped into the tmnsmissicm line.
-----------------
- -----------.
Verify incorrect reaction of partner if necessary with m interface test device ( FOXFG* ) *pped into the transmission line.
--------------------------------Verify incorrect reactim of pamner if necessary with an interface test tie ( EOXFG ) tapped into the transmis sion line.
-------------------------------Verify incorrect reaction of parmer if necessary with an interface test device ( FOXPG ) tapped into the transmission line.
131
Computer Unkwith RK 512
B8576539-03
No. for
No. for
No.fI
Descripticm
When processing a PC job:
Errors in tzansfer/reoepti.m of
data * the dwn-port-luu >
~== with the CPU.
A mre &tailed error nuniber was
entered immediately before in
Systat (error Uumbers 1 to 5 and 10,
14, 16, 17 - S- previous pages)
No reply telegram cam from *
partner within * monitoring tb
after sending a PETCH telegram.
DH
30H
9H
--- 31H
----
---
----
32H
a) DB / DX disabled by
Coordillati(nl flags
---
, ------------------
---
b) Hardware (WA) error at the

~er or with CP 525 as partner:
smrce/dest. ~ illegal
or mmmy error in psrtner PC
or error in handshak between
CP\CPU at partner or
partner PC is in SNIP state
,-- - - - - - - - - - - - ---
AH
132
-%,
#
B8576539-03
Computer Link with E/K 512
Remedy
See the remedy for the preceding error number.
IS
me
I=@= a -y s1- ~-?
is often indicated as the result of an older error.

For example, procedure receive errors (Fox to m) can be
indicated after a FEI!CE telegram has been sent because the reply
telegram could xmt be received wing to a diaturbenca > there
is a timeout. This error can sometimes occur When a cold restart
has been carried out at the partner before it cmld reply to the
last FETCH telegram received.
This error
In the partner ~ogram: after processing the last transmission
data reset *e coordination flags.

In the STEP 5 program: repeat the job.
--------------------------------
check whether P=-=- transfer the required data qpe

.-. ,. ,
Check Partners hardware configuratim

Switch mode selector at partner PC to RUN
---- ----- --------------------
133
.
,,.
B8576539-03
No.
for
No. for
No.frc
Descriptim
32H
c) Memory access error at partner

(=-IJT not present)
AH

- area f& condition
word or
data srea does not exist
--- 33H
--- AH
--- .
--- 34H
--- BH
--- .
16H
--- 35H
---Eu
---10H
--- 36H
---BH
--- 34H
14H
CO&-
(except DB/IUC) or
data area too small (except
DB/IIX)
,-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) DB/DX accass error at partner
(DB/DX does not -t or too
short)
- DB/DX doe$ xx)t exist m
- DB/DX too Sk or
- DB/IX no. illegal
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - e) Errors in the telegram header,
detected by partner:
first Coumsnd letter in header
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0 Error in telegram header:
second cmmand letter in header
----------------
3) Parmer &tects wrong telegrsm

length (total length)
--- 37H
--- CH
---36H
-- -
-- -
----
---------------1)
Partner &tects synchrm error order of telegrams is wrong
---------------
134
-----
B8576539-03
.,
-.
:.
. ,- . ,.: ,. . . ..!..;;<;q?..?.:.:.,.,
,: .:2: 4.,-.:-. , ;:
Remedy
T.
.... .
Check whether the required date area exists on ~ partner and

whether it is long enough; or check the jdb block (CP 525 user
prw=); or tie Ps* W psx%uAeters (STEP 5 user Ww=O .
Checlc the length specified in the HDB.
---------------------------------
Chedk whether the required data block exists on the partn~ and
whether it is lcmg emu@; or check the job block (CP 525 user
program); or the pseudo ~ parameters (STEP 5 user program).
Check the length specified in the HDB.
-----------------------------check whether the errm is being caused by disturbances or
--
-----------------------------check whether the error is being caused by disttmbances or
---
~ct
re=t- of * P=== Verify with an interface test

device (?FOXFG ) tapped into tie tremmission line.
~ect r=ct~ of * ~. Verify with an interface test
device ( *FOXFGC ) tapped into the trawmissim line.
-----------------------------Check whether the error is being caused by disturbances or
--
incorrect reaction of the partner. Verify with en interface test

device (FFQXFG) tapped into the tranmissial line.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --
This error can be signalled during a cold restart at your PC or
at the partner. It is a normal reaction during start-up ; you do
not need to do ~. - ~ Cperation the error can
also occur as a result of older errm stalmses that were detected
only by the partner. Otherwise you can assume that the partner is
reacting incorrectly.
- - - - - - - - - - ----------------------
135
.., -
.-..*-.-.-.,
----
B8576539-03
No.
for
No. for
No.fmrl
Description
38H
--- -
39H
--- -
3AH
CH
--- BH
---BH
i) Up to w there has been m cold
restart at the partner.

since the pmar up no SYNmRON
HDB has rI& or
the mode selector is switched to
sTOP/PGR.
- .- -- ------------- .j) Partner signals system Ccsmnand
---??H
illegal
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
k) Unhewn error mnnber received in
.-
reply telegram
136
,..:--%,
B8576539-03
--------- ---------- ----------
This is an incorrect reaction by partner, the CP 525 nevar outputs a system ccmmsnd.
--------------------------------Check whether the error is being caused by dismrbances or

device ( IWXPG ) tapped into the trsmmissim line.
. . . . . ..
.,
,..:,
i
,,.!
,,.!
. . ..
,,.,
Computer ti with RK 512
No. for
No. for
Description
%lmrixltlm2~ telegr?m Uf
~ ~= A =@Yti= fi
Seat tmlilepartaar
Spe@3ed ~ m. in * a ~. .
10II
40H
---
---
41.H
----
16H
---
- - 16H
----
- - 10H
----
--10H
42H
----
43H
----
44H
----
- - -
----
---
a) Error in 1st comand Iyte

not OOH or FFH
.
--------------
b) Error in 3rd commmd byte:
cammnd letter is not A or Ow
or E or T
.- - - - - - - - - - - - ---C) Error in 3rd camnsnd byte in
follow-on telegram: ccmmand
letter not as in 1st ccmmand
telegram
----------------
d) Error in 4th Ccmmand -:
cammnd letter wrong
-----------------
e) Error in 4th ccsmmd byte in

follcw-on telegram: command
letter not as in first comand
telegram
-.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
B8576539-03
Computer Link with BK 512
Remedy
For more information on cmmend tel~, see Sectiml 4 in this
s
user s guide.
Bssic format error in ~ss header. Verify incmract reaction

of partner if necessary with an interface test tics ( WXFG3 )
tapped into the trmsmissi.on line.
-----------------------------
Basic fozmst error in partners header. Verify incorrect reaction
of partner if neceasazy with an interface teat dwke ( TOXIG )
tapped into the tmnsmission line.
-------------------------------Basic format error in partners header. Verify incorrect reaction
of partner if necessary with an interface test device ( *F(XPG* )
tapped into the tmnsmissioll line.
-------------- ------------------
Basic format error ~P=== 1s header or a camend Casbination
is requested, which is not allowed with the CP525. Clmck the

permissible Cmmends in thea~iate tSbbS (Section 2.6)
verify incorrect reactim
of pamner if necessary with en inter$
face test device ( FUXPG* ) tapped into the trammission line.
---------------------------------
Basic format error in partners header. Verify incorrect reaction

of partner if necessarg with an interface test tice ( FCXFG )
tapped into the transmission line.
---------- ------ --------------
B8576539-03
No. for
Computer Link with F& 512
No. foz
Description
45H
14
f) Error in 5th coamsnd @e:

DB/IIX no. illegal (e.g. 00)
.- ---- --- -----d Error in 5th ccmmand byte:
start address too high
.- ---------------h) tior in 7th + 8th conm. bytes:
specified length too high
.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i) Error in 9th + loth ~. bytes:
coordinatilJn flag CanImt be
specified with this data type or
the bit number of the coordination flag is too high (Penn.
value range O to 7)
- 46H
- -
- 47H
- -
- 48H
- -
--- 49H
--- -
- - OCH
,- - - - - - -
--------j) Error in loth CCmmnd byte:
CPU no. too high
(Xtted vahaes 0,1,2,3,4,F)
---
--- -
--- 4BH
--- -
- - 12H
- - -
-- -
----
----------------k) system comwnd W not allowad

----------------1) Send telegram was longer than
-ted, i.e., more data wss
received (poss. with follow-m
telegrams) than indicated in
the telegram header
---------------
m) Send telegram was too slmrt or
<1.28 bytes; i.e. less data
receivad (poss. with follow-on
telegrams) than indicated h
the telegram header
-----------------n) Fetch telegram received with
infonrlation data.
--- 4DH
....,,.
-.
O(X
- - 34#
--
OCH
34H
--- -
--34H
--34H
, 0.
-!,,
B8576539-03
Computer W with RK 512
Remedy
Find &e permissible DB/DX numbers in the job tables (Section
2 .6).
---------------- - . -----.-----Find the permissible start addresses in the job tables (Section
2 .6).
- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - ------------Find the permissible lengths in the job tables (Section 2.6).
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ------------Basic error in partners header stmcmre. Find the in the job
tables (Sectirm 2.6) when coordination flags are allowed.
--------------------------------Basic error in partnerts header struclmre
--------------------------------system comnsnd -Y ~ for= 5~c*
--------------------------------Must be corrected at partner
B8576539-03
No. fox
No. for
No, f
Description
4EH
- 4FH*
--
---
-- 50H
---
---
- 51.H
---
---
36E
a) CP has received command telegram,

while mode selector was set to
smP/PGR
.- - - - - - - -
---
b) Ccmsnd telegram was received,
although the CPU of the PC has
not run a %YNCHWN HDB
.- - - - ----------C) Err= sending the (follow-on)
reply telegram, a ccmreapmding
procedure error *r was
entered in SYsTAT immediately
before (error nmbers EO to ES,
F8 tom?)
,
-----------------d) by pamler, new
(folhr-on) Ccamand telegram
~error
arrived, although prevbus
(follow-on) reply telegram had

not been sent by CP 525
or
anormal coumsnd telegram was
received, although a follow-on
camuand telegram was expected
or
a follow-on ccnmsnd telegram
arrived, although a command
telegram was expected
read by the tiing block. These error messages must be read

direct from tie dual-port RAM. (Strucmre from address F660H
as far read ~) .
B8576539-03
Computer Link with RK 51.2
Remedy
-..
Switch mode selector on the CP to RUN

--------------------
.--------- -
In the STEP 5 program, SYNCHROW caus must be P=w===d fi *

start-up orgmization blocks (OB20, OB21, OB22). Following this a
cold restart must be carried out (the PAFE byte in the SYIKXWM
HDB may have to be evaluated).
------------- ------------------See remedy for error number entered immediately before in SYSTAT
(~ no. EO to E5 and F3 to FF).
,
--------- ----- -------------------
error canbe signalled following a cold restart at your PC

if long telegrams are to be sent or during a cold restart at the
mer. This is a ~ reaction during start-up; you do Tmt
This
need to do ~. -*~ operation the error can also

occur as a result of older error stamses which were only datected by the partner. Othemise you can assume that the partner is
reacting incorrectly. It is possible that the error will not
occur with jObS kSS than 128 bytes.
....
143
B8576539-03
No. for
No.
for
No. fo:
Description
,,
.,.
52H
32H
DB/DX disabled by coordinaticm flags
53H
When processing a partner job:

errors during trsnsfer/reception of
data via the dual-port MM; handshake error witi the CPU of the PC;
a mm detailed error mmber was
entered in SYS!MT immediately before
W *rs 1 to 5 and 10, M, 16
- number for REPTEL - see pre@ms
pages) .
5EH
A correct telegrsm with a length

less than tie header length in the
(follow-on) Commld telegram was
received (< length 4 with follow-m
telegrams or reply telegrams; <
length 10 with Cauutand telegrsms).
The telegram is igmred. Jobs
currently rurming are not aborted.
5FH
34H
A correct telegram with a length
> 128 bytes was received. The

telegram could not be evaluated. The
job being processed is aborted.
UP%
,. . .,.
f----,.
...
B8576539-03
Remedy
.. ,., ., . . . . . . .:, ,:, . . ,,<.-~
.--.,
In your mm STEP 5 program: reset the cOor&luition flags again

after processing the last transmitted
data.
repeat the job
In the partner program:
When starting up for the first time, make sure that the coordination flags are distributed on the individual processors , CPs,
IPs and the C~tor, the jmper settings are correct and the
coordination flags used in the start-up OBS (OB20, OB21, 0B22)
are reset (see also instnactims CP 524/CP 525).
See remedy for the error nusiber entered immediately befme in
SYST&T.
Verify the incorrect reaction of the partner, if necessary, with

an interface test dwice ( FOXPG ) tapped into the transmission
line.
Verify the imorrect reaction of the pamwr, if necessary. with

an interface test device ( FOXPG ) tapped into the transmissicm
line.
B8576539-03
No. for
No. on
PG
Description
Ermc~--atelegmmihm
* CP to tb m:
:.
BOH
- BIH
----
Irr. 722
xansfer
z-ror
a) Id.nk establishmentt with STX was eilhr not

acknowledged by the FG within 300 ms
acknowledgement monitoring time) or was
not acknowledged with DLE ACK or DIX NAK
--
-----
-----------b) Transmission (CP -> PG) was aborted by PG
with NAK
- B2H
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c) The link terminaticm vilh DIE ETX vas

aclmowledged by the PG with DIE NAK
--- B3H
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
d) The link termination with DIE EI!X was not
acknowledged by the PG with DIE ACK or
DIE NAK within 300 ms (acknowledgement
monitoring time) .
tiu?asqpa-recd~atelegmm
- the m:
B4H
rr. 722
ransfer
rror
a) Transfer error when receiving

(CP aborts with DIE I?MC).
For further informtim see the description COM 525 mssagesw in

this mIIual.
146
-.
B8576539-03
Remedy
- Check cable
- had COM 525
- Hardware error at PG or CP
---- -- ----- ------------------
Repeat transfer (otherwise: see BOH)

-- ----- ------------------------Repeat transfer (otherwise see Boil)
--------------------------------
Check cable
Iaad C014 525
Hardware error at PG or CP
Repeat transfer (otherwise: see BOH)
.,x.,.,
B8576539-03
No. for
No. on
PG
...,
,, . . . .
Description
Ermra carqiq~ oat a job fra * IQ
.,
IF.007
CP funct .
a) A fmction is to be carried out Wch is

unknown to the CP 525 or there is a trans-
-- -
B6H
ERR. 709
fer error in the exchange of telegrams

-------
----------b) The user memory of the CP 525 is full
B5H
-
CP
~v
full
- - - - --
B7H
SRR. 027
F-..
-------- -- - -------
c) The write access by the PG cannot be
carried out, because there ia no RAM eubmdule plugged in es the user memry of
the CP 525 (either EPROM or no aubmdule
plugged in)
- - - - - - - - - -
-----------m. 721 d) The mode selector on the CP is set to
EP switch
STOPW or ~n (during cold reslxwt from
set to
the E)
plugged
in
- - - B8H
S!mP
..
B8576539-03
Computer IA.nk with RK 512
Remedy
,.
,,-
-.
(X)M 525 loaded?

Repeat trsnsfer
--- . ----------- --
Plug in submdule with greater Capsciq
Ersse unnecessary module files ml the CP
---------
---
------- --- - -- ------------
Plug in RAM
--------------------------------Switch mde selector m the CP to RlllW
149
,:
~.
.
B8576539-03
No. for
No. for
Description
Eamkare ermrSaltiM?m&le:
COH*
-
Clll
--- C2H
--
C3H
--
--
--
------------------e) lkmry submdule not permitted
-- -
-
-------------------
f) Error in memory mbmodule tie program is
--- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-~ submdule empty or contents
C4H*;
-- -
C5H
----
C6H*I
--- -
--- -
-----------------------
--- -
h) Applies cmly to CP 524:

interpreter not permitted for this CP
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
c&)
---
a) Error testing the modules operating

system EPROM
------ ---------
b) RAM on CP defect
------- -------- --
C) Dual-port RAM m module defect
- - -
--- - - - - - - - - - - - d) RAM on memory mbmodule -d defect
*):
These errors are signalled only on interface 1. The CP was

not Synchronised, the &ta cannot & read by the handling block.
These error messages mst then be read directly frm the duslport RAM (structure from address F660H onwards as for read
SEmT) .
,---%.
B8576539-03
Remedy
Wkmg or &fective operating system EPROM

-- -- ---- ----------------
Replace CP.
---- ----- --- ---------------
Replace CP.
- - - - - - ------- -------------- --Replace RAM submdule.
------ ------- -------------------- Use permitted submdule
- Sdx6dule or submdule coXroller defect
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ------
Camact customer service.

----------------------,--- Check whether this is * correct qmddule
- Check ** nuxhale is
d for the CP 525-2
in
the
CP
524,
ti
error
--=-7:s.:..=
/
pq==d
/
- - - - - - - - - - - -,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-----
and used
1 is not
- - - - - -
Only use permitted inqkpreter.

i
---------- +- -- -- -------- ------
,-------
151
B8576539-03
No. for
No. for
Description
.., . ,.,
~H*)
.,.: .. .,..:.
- - - C9H
---
- - - --&-)
i) Only applies to CP 524:

interfece module (identifier) unknown or
module not plugged in
--- --- --- - -------j) ~terfwe not laded
- -------- ------------
k) Menmry submdule not plugged into CP
*):
These errors sre only signelled on interface 1. The CP wes

not Synchronised, the dsta cszmot be read by the hsndling block.
These error messeges must then be read directly from the dualPOYX RAM (structure from address F660H onwards es for read
SYSTAT) .
~.%
B8576539-03
Computer Link with E/K 512
Remedy
:,<
y,
. .
- CheCk whether correct module, if yes: module defect

- Check whether mnhile plugged in comectly
.-- ---- - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - -,----- -bad interface if necessary

Caution: the entry in SYSTAT is not cleared by loading the
interface, but only by RESET DIRECT 200
-----------------------------
Check whether submdule is plugged in; if yes: sdmodule defect
(or submdule controller defect) - replace subodule
.....
B8576539-03
No. for
No. for
Description
DOH
Incompatible procedure - interpreter:

P* ~ ~t~eter on &e ~ 525
cannot work together.
EOH
a) The first repetition has been sent:

- when sending a telegram an error was
recognised or
- tie partner requests a repetition by
neans of a negative acknowledgement
character (NAK)
,(-.
..
---
--- EH
-- -
-- EH
-- -
-- -
---------- ------------
b) Errors during the link establisbmnt

- after STX was sent, I!WC or any other
character (except DLE or STX) was
received or
- the reply m too soon or
- an initiali.zati.cm cmflict has occurred
.----------------
--C) Thout (QVZ) :
after sending SIX the partner did uot
reply within the aclmowledgement time
-----------------------
154
,,,
B8576539-03
Remedy
---
Check procedure/interpreter m the CP 525 and if necesssry

replace.
is not an error. It can, however, point to disturbances on the transmission line or to an imorrect reaction by
A repetition
the partner. If, Sftar * mxbm ~ Cl& IqWimms, *

telegram Umld m be ~, m ~ Immber is s5gmm.ed
tbat &sCribs * ~ which Ocamred first.
Note:
when coupled to an AS 51.2C module the AS 512C module somtimes
requests a repetiticm owimg to overload at high data rates.
--------------------------------Verify incorrect reactim of partner if necessary with an
interface test device (1-) tapped into the trammission
line.
---------------------------------
Partner is too slow or not ready to receive or *are is a line

break. Verify incorrect reacticm of partner if necessary with an
interface test detice ( 8FOXPG* ) tapped into the transmission
line.
---- - ------------ ------- ---,-----
B8576539-03
No. for
No. for
Description
.:..
E3H
--- -
E4H
---
E5H
--- -
RI
d) Aborted by partner:
during transmission me or more characters were received from the partner
(inCl. NAK)
--- EH
-- HE
- - - -
F(IH
--- -
---
-----------------e) Errors at end of link:
--
- the telegram was rejected at the end

by the partner with NAK or some other
character (except DIJI) or
- tie acknowledgement chsrac tar was
received too soon
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - f) TinEult at end of link:
after link terminstion with DLE EZ!X no
reply was received from the partner within
tie QV2 tim
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2* ~ ~ - =@x= fi
receim!!d, ~%-~~
s~ * * ~
a) Expecting the first repetition:
when receiving a telegram an error was
detected and the CP 525 requested a
repetition by sending a negative
acknovledgemen t (NM).
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . - - -
B8576539-03
Computer Limk with K 512
Remedy
...
----
- Check whether the partner is also indicating an ermx; it is

possible that not all the data sent has arrived (e.g. break
in the line) or
- partner is reacting incorrectly. Verify this, if necessary,
with an interface teat tice ( *FCKFG ) tapped into the trans missim line.
--
---------------------------Check whether the paramr is also indicating en error; it is
possible that serious dismSbances bave oc~dor

p=xfler is reacting incorrectly. Verify this, if necesserg with
sion
an interface test device ( *FOXPW ) tqped into the transms
line.
------------------------------
Partner is too slow or bas a fault. Verify incorrect reaction
of partner if necessary with an interface test device ( TCKPG* )
tapped into the trmsmission line.
--------------------------------
A repetition is not an error. It can, however, point to dismrbances m the tranmissiml line or @ an incorrect reaction by
the partner. If. after * ~ ~ uf rep&Mms, *
telegumomildmtbe mmsfemd, an ~ ~ is s~
ld3MldesCK&S* ~ WhMl OCxmrmd fixst.
------------------------------
. , .,
B8576539-07
No. for
No. for
Description
,...,
.,.
FIH
--- F2H
--- -
--- F3H
--- -
--- F4H
--- -
--- .
F5H
--- -
---
--- -
b) Errors during link termination:

- in the idle state one or more characters
(except NM or STX) were received or
- following reception of ~ the partner
sent further characters vithout waiting
for the reply DLE
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c) Iagical error while receiving:
after receixhg DLE a ~r Character
was received
(except DLE, ETB, ETX)
-----------------------
d) Character timeout (ZVZ):

- two successive characters were not
received within the 2372 or
- during link establishment the let
character after DIE was not receimd
within the Zvz
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - e) Block check character (MC) error:
the value of the BCC calculated internally
does not agree with the one received from
the partner at the end of the link
(only with 3964R procedure)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - f) Block monitoring time has expired. After a
ccmmnd telegrsm was sent no reply telegram was received fraa the partner within
the mnitoring time.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
...
IR576539-07
Remedy
-..
Verify incorrect reaction of partner if necessary with an interface test device (FOXPG) tapped into the transmis sion line.
---------------------------------
Check whether the partner always doubles DLE in the telegram

header and in the data string or terminates the link witi DIE
ETX. Verify incorrect reaction of partner, if necessary with an
interface test device (I?OXPGC) tapped into the tranmissi.m
line.
---------------------------------
Partner is too slow or has a fault. Ver~ this if necessary with

an intefiace test device ( FOXPG ) tipped into the trsnsmissitm
line.
---------------------------------
Check whether the connection is badly affected by interference;

if so, error codes FE are scmetimes obtained. Verify imcxzect
reaction of partner if necessary with an interface test device
( ~) tapped into the transmission line.
---------------------------------
Assign tie Sam repetitim ~t of P==eters to the ~r =

to the CP. Verify incorrect reaction of partner if necessary with
an interface test device ( FOXPG ) tapped into the transmission
line.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .-.
B8576539-03
No. fox
Computer Iinlc with RX 512
No. for
Descriptim
.-
-.,
F6H
f) There is no free receive buffer available:

after receiving STX Were was no enqty
receive buffer available for the procedure
during link establishment and during a
further waiting period
--
F8H
--
- - - -
- - - -
-----------------------
8)
EH
fro%
~d ~t~ier (ETB) was received:

a received telegram was completed with the
end identifier ETB.
The telegram is ignored, the job being
processed is not aborted
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Transdssicm errcm:
a tramnissfon error (pari~ error,
stop bit error, ovarflow error) was
detected.
If this occurred during trand.ssion or
reception repetitions will be started.
~ a ~~ b- fi =-i* fi
the idle state, the error is Signall.ed
imdiately to ensure that disturbmces
on the line are detected as early as
possible.
FH
The communication cable (receiver cable) to

the partner has a break.
This error number will be repeated mtil
the fault is cleared.
.P
B8576539-03
Remedy
. . .
-,: . ,. . .
This error can only occur if the transmis Sion is extremely badly
disturbed because of short term overload of the MC 512
interpreter. Correct the problem by changing the system configuration or re-laying the cables.
:..
-- --- ------- --------- ------

Modify the partner since RK SK does not recognise the datx
control character ETB.
---------------- ----------------Disturbances m the line result in repetitions of the telegram

and therefore reduce * actual data tkmghwt. The chance of an
undetected error increases. Change the =@uration m re-lay

the cable.
Check whether the data rates, pariq and xumber of stop bits are
the same at both tices.
Re-establish the connection bemnsen the devices or switch on the

mer. Check whether the current flows in TrY operation.
......
161
B8576539-03
Computer Link with K 512
8.3 Error Plessages for SYSTAT and REPl!EL
Arranged
According to Numbers for REPIIEL

No. for
,, .
,,
.:.
-,,,. . ,,.
No. for
,.4-.,
Description
,. . .
~ assigml?nt ~ Cktectdbytlhe
cm of tile m immi ?@@lled to tk CP:
OAH
olH
- - - 04H
---06H
a) 8ource/dest. type (e.g. ext. DB)

not permissible
area (start address, length) not permissible (negative value)
-----------------
b) Access to area not possible for user:
e.g. hardware memry to small or 1/0
modulenotpluggedin
-----------------------
ErrorindicationfrCmltheCPutothecP,
whichthecP cannot inte~et
......
Errors &tected bJ * CP Q data =- ~~ cm 4md (2%

10H
a) Monitoring time for Mndshak elapsed

on CP
162
,.,
. .:,
B8576539-03
-7-
,.
Cmputer Link with RK 512
Remedy
- Check persmeter assignment on CPU and CP and if nec. correct or

- Partner has illegal parameters h the telegram header
Find the permissible da= types in tie job tables (Section 2. 6).
----- ------------------------
- Check psrameter assigment on CPU and CP or
- Psriner has wrong parameters in the telegrsm header

Find the permissible start addresses snd lengths in the job
tables (Sectiun 2.6).
----------
--------------------
Evaluate PAPE in handling block (STEP 5 user ~).
Check whether RECEIVE AIL or SEND AU is -ed in your STEP 5

P=W=; ~wte PAFE in the handling block.
,... ,..
,.
B8576539-03
No. for
No. for
SYSTAT
Description
~ -~ ~ detededbytbe
Cm of * Q? - Siguaued m tk CP:
O(X
02H
--
03H
a) Data type does not exist or not

permissible
------------------b) Area too Short

(start address + length) > area
B8576539-03
Computer Link wirh RK 512
Remedy
- Check parameter ass et of cm ~ CF. M UC. set UP bl~k

- Partner has wrong parameters in telegrsm header
Find the permissible data types in the job tables (Section 2.6).
------ ------- -------------- Check parameter assignment on CPU snd CP; if necessary check
block/area or
- Partner has incorrect parameters in telegrsm header
B8576539-03
No, for
No. for
SYSTAT
Description
f--+
46H
a) Error in 5th comnsnd byte:

start address too high
- - - 48H
----------- ------- --
--49H
---------------------
c ) Error in loth COmand
CPU no. too large
b) Eror in 9th + loth conmeud byte:

specifying a coordination flag is not permissible with this data type or the bit
number of the coordination flag is too
U (pe*tted value range O to 7)
w=:
(p=@tted ml= range 0,1,2,3,4,F)
B8576539-03
Computer Linlc with NC 512
Remedy
Find the permissible start addresses in the job tables (Section

2 .6).
-----------------
-----------Basic format error in the partner header. Find in the job tables
(Section 2.6) when a coordination flag is permissible.
---------------------------------
Basic fonuat error in the parmer hdero
------
B8576539-03
No. for
10H
No. for
SYSTAT
40H
Description
d) Error in 1st ccmmnd byte:
is not OOH or FFH
--
43H
--------------
-- 44H
------------------
e) Error in 4th coumtsnd byte:

~d letter wrong
f) Error in 4th commsnd byte in follow-on

telegrsm: comnsnd letter not as in the 1st
comsnd telegram
,,.-..
B8576539-03
Computer Link with F(K 512
Remedy
.-, :
,,.
.-- . . .
Basic format error in the partner header. Verify the incorrect

reaction of the partner if necessary with an interface test
device ( FOXPG ) tapped into the transmission line.
-------------------
---Basic format error in the partner header or a combination of
commsnds was requested which is not allowed with the CP 525. Find
the permissible COIUUEWIds in the Comsnd tables (Section 2.6).
Verify the incorrect reaction of the partner if necessarg with sn
interface test device ( FoxW$ ) tapped into the transmission
line.
---
--
------------------- ---Sasic format error in the partner header. Verify the incorrect
device ( FOXFGt ) tapped into tie transmis sim line.
B8576539-06
No. for
No. for
SYSTAT
12H
.,
Description
g) system Coasnand T not permissible
~ -$~ ~ deaxmedbythO
Sigmlled to * CP:
cm of * M Urd ad
14H
02H
- - - 03H
a) DB/DX not present or illegal

--------------------b) DB/DX too short:

(slam address + length > area
ErrCmSin~ telegra h * psm=. A reqil.y telegum isaentto lile~partner
with tiM! ~ m. in * * byte:
45H
----
16H
---41H
---42H
a) Error in 5th cmmand byte:

DB/DX no. illegal (e.g. 00)
--------------------b) Error in 3rd camnsnd byte:

conmand letter is mt Aw or En or T or
all
o
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c) Error in 3rd camnand byte of a follow-on
telegcam: 1st ccmmsnd letter not as in the
1st comnand telegram
>.,
170
, .,... -
E8576539-03
Rqnedy
system
ccmsnand is OIi& ==- for AS 512C
- Check parameter assqgment on CPU and CP, if necessary set up
block or
- Partner has wrong parameters in the telegram header
Find the permissible data types in the job @bles (Section 2.6).
------------------------.
- Check parameter assignment on CPU and CP if necessary check
block/area or
- Partner has wrong parameters in the telegram header
Find the permissible DB/DX numbers in the job tables (Section

2.6)
-------------------------------
Basic foxmat error in the partner header. Verify the incorrect

reaction of the partner if necessary with an titerface test
device ( FOXPG ) tipped into * trammissial line.
---------------------------------
Basic format error in the partner header. Verify the incorrect

device ( IWPC* ) @appeal into the transmis sion line.
B8576539-03
No. for
Ccmputer Link with K 512
No. fox
SYSTAT
Descripticm
,.-.
4EH
---
---4FH
a) CP has received conmnd telegram, while

mde seleclxx was set to STQP/PGR
--------------------
b) Conmand telegram was received, however,
the CPU of the PC has not yet run the
SYNCHBON HDB
32H
52H
DB/DX disabled by coord.inatim flags
34H
47H
a) Error in 7th + 8th command byte:

length specified too great
----------------------b) Send telegram was longer than expected,
i.e. more da- were received (possible
with follw-m telegrams) than were indicated in the telegram header.
------
---------------
--
-- 4BH
---
---
172
B8576539-03
Ccxuputer Link with M 512
Remedy
,. . . . ., : ~,:. .., . . . , . .
----Switch the mode selector to RUN.

-------------------
---
IrI the STEP 5 program, SYNCHRON CSUS IllUSt be prOgrSUQe din the
Stafi-up o~ti~ bl- WQot owls 0=2)
Foil-
*G a
cold restart mat be carried out (the PAFE byte in the SNCHRON
HDB may bave to be evaluated).
In your am STEP 5 program: reset the coordination flags again
In the partner program:
after processing the last traxmus

Sion
data
repeat the job
tion flags =e &stributed on the individual processors , CPs , IPs

and the coordinator; that the jmper settings are correct ; and
that the coordination flags used in the start-up OBS (OB20, OB21,
OB22) are reset (see also instzuctims CP 524/CP 525).
Find the permissible lengths in the job tebles (Sectim 2.6).

---- .--------------------------
Correction must be carried out on the partner.
------- ---------- --- --------
B8576539-03
No. fo~
Computer U-k with RK 512
No, foI
SYSTAT
34H
4CH
-- 4rxI
5FH
Description
c) send telegram was too short m
<128 byteS , i.e. less data were received
(possible with follow-on telegrams) than
were indicated in tie telegram header
--------------------
d) Fetch telegram received with information
data
,f. . ..7,,
A correct telegram with a length >128 bytes

was received. The telegram cannot be evaluated. The job will be aborted.
O&erermms Q processil?g of * parmer
job:
36H
51H
a) - -~ error on * partner, since a

new (follow-on) ccmmsnd tele~ arrived, although the previous (follow-on)
reply telegram had not been sent by the
CP 525
F%;
, . , . :.-
or
a normal cmmkand telegram was received
although a follow-on comsnd telegram
was expected
or
a follow-m conmand telegram arrived,
although a camnsnd tele&am was expected
174
.,
B8576539-03
Remedy
w at
correction im the partner.
------ ---.-------------------
Carry out correctim on the prmer.
Verify tie incorrect reaction of the partner if necessary with an

Sion
interface test dedce ( FOXFG ) tapped into the transms
line.
lhis error can be signalled following a cold restart at your PC

if long telegrams are to be seat or during a cold restart at the
partner. This is a normal reaction during start-up; you * not
need to & ~
*
During noxmsl operation the error cm also occur as a result of
older error statusas were &tected only by the partner. Otherwise
ycu can assume that the partner is reacting incorrectly. It is
possible that the errcm will not occur with jobs less thsn 128
bytes.
. .. . . ..
175
.,.
,:
B8576539-06
9 Time Measurement - Proces sing a DIRECT Job

The results of these time measurementts for a SEND DIRECT job are
Qles of * processing times for DIRECT jck.
+ ..+--%
Two S5 135US, each with a CP 922 and a CP 525 were used for the
time measurement.
The interpreter M 512 and procedure 3964 (lm @_oriw) are

loaded in the CP 525 of PC 1 on IF 1.
l!he interface IF 2 is not programmed.
A - j6b is p~SUlllE d in the job block.

The interpreter RK 512 and procedure 3964 (high priori~) are
loaded in the ~SiVe CP 525 of FC 2 m IF 2.
The interface IF 2 is not ~d
No job is programed in the job block.
The following times are measured:

-
from
initiation of tie SEND D- job in PC 1

(the bit job ~ fi set)
- to the end of the job in PC 1
(the bit job finished without error is set.
.-,.
88576539-08
Telegrams are exchanged in a SEND DIRECT job witi 128 or less

bgtes of information as follows :
active CP 525 in PI.& 1
Ulnn
D
L
D S rep. D E
L T tel. L T
E X 4 bytes E X
peasiva CP 525 ~ PW 2
I~
Time
>I
If there is more then 128 bytes of date, then follow-on SEND

telegrams are started. The header of a follow-on SEND telegram
4 bytes long.
For more information on telegrams refer to the section Hcnu is
data transferred?.
is
B8576539-04
Table: t5me maammmt - pmceasimg a SIQSJ DIRECT job

The tdme measurements are carried out with different baud rates
and with differant amounts of useful data.
bps
1920C
9600 480C
data
IDW
2DW
4DW
5DW
8DW
10DW
16DW
20DW
32DW
50DW
64DW
80DW
100DW
L28DW
192DW
42m3
44ms
46ms
57ms
60ms
64ms
67ms
73ms
83ms
.F.
2M0112001 6001 30 I
150 11(I
87ms
91ms
looms
106ms
118UU%
133ms
163ms
184ms
244ms
343ms
412ms
54110s
148ms
158ms
175sks
I183ms
5oms
212ms
58ms
236ms
66ms 97ms
295ms
75ms lo9ms
332ms
93ms 143ms
447ms
132ms 20(hss
628ms
152ms 238ms
760ms
196ms 310ms
1.01s
220ms 356ms 634ms 1.19s
252ms 42&s 760ms 1.45s
353ms dolms l.lln 2.13s
258ms
277ms
313ms
323ms
387ms
429ms
548ms
617ms
840ms
1.18s
1,4ss
1.93s
2.27s
2.80s
4.159
490ms
527ms
60Gns
637ms
75QIIS
83(hIs
1.07s
1.20s
1.64s
2.32s
2.83s
3.76s
4.49s
5.53s
8.22s
96&s
1.04s
1.19s
1.26s
1.48s
1.63s
2.11s
2.36s
3.24s
4.59s
5.61s
7.46s
8.92s
11.0s
16.4s
1.92s
2.08s
2.37s
2.52s
2. 96s
~3.25s
4.20s
4.72s
6.48s
2.63s
2.84s
3.23s
3.44s
4. 04s
4.43s
5. 74s
6.44s
8.83s
9o12s 12.4S
11.2s 3.5.2s
14.9s
17.8s
21.9s
32.7s
20. 3s
24.3s
29.9s
44.5s
The time
required to process a FEK3 DIBEGf job .is approximately

the same as that required for the SEWD DIREC1 job.
The tties for the 396* ~ are app~ tely as those for
processfig a DIRECT job.
W e have chscksd Ihc contonts. o f t h i s mwuml Ior

agreement wllh lha hardwmc ond SOllwam dmcribsd.
Since dcvialkons connol b. praclvded enlirely, wa cannot guarantaa lull ograamont. kkovmer. lhe data In this
manud re ravbwad mgulafly and msy nacasssry coo
rectlons Included In subsequent odilluns. Suggsstlons
Ior Improvcmwtl W* welcomed.
Technical dma subjocl tochangc.
The reproduction. transmission or use of Ihls dams.

menl at Its contents is not pcrmitt$d wilhoul sxpress
writlen aulhorily.
Olt*ndsrs wIII be liable for d a m a g e s . All dghts. lncludlng dghts crealsd by palanl grant or ragislrrdion
01 a mliily modal or dcsion, am resewed.
Copyright @ Siomons ACS 1989 All RighIs Rosowad
C79000.CISS76.C539
Gerdtawwk Kartsnsha
Prinled in the federal Republic of Gormatiy
--s
SIEMENS
,.
:
;:, ,:.,
.,
:. . . . ,., : .,. ., ..-.,:
,0.; -
SIMATIC S5
CP 525: Event Output and Listing
with the PT88/PT89 Printer
Users Guide
.-, ,.
:.--.= .
.....
..................
Order No. C79000-B8576-C541 -05
Page
Contents
.....
..
Overview
Sequential Message List (sML)
2.1
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.3.4
2.4
2.5
2.6
Processing the Messages on the CPU
Print Attributes
Frames with SMk
Riority of the SML
Limit Values for the
6
9
9
19
22
22
25
26
27
28
29
31
Current Message List (cML)
32
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Recessing the Messages on the CPU

Interface Be-en the CPU and CP 525
Recessing the Messages on the CP 525
Prames with m
Priority of the @lL
Limit Values for the CML
33
33
36
37
37
38
Recess Status List (PSL)
39
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Recessing the PSL on the CPU

Interface Between the CPU end CP 525
Recessing the PSL on the CP 525
Prsmes with PsIs
Rioritg of the PSL
Limit Values for the PSL
40
40
Interface Between CPU and CP 525

Structure of the DB M BECOBD
-le of the StzUCtWe of a DB H ~
Recessing Messages on the CP 525
Buffering the Message Records
Reparing end Outputting the Messages
Fnm overflow
41
43
43
44
Chained Iiists (CL)
45
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
Processing the CL on the CPU
kterface Between CPU and CP 525

Processing the CL on the CP 525
Frames with the Chained List
Limit Values for Chained Lists
46
47
47
48
49
F%mes (List Headers/Trailers)
50
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
Processing theDataonthe CPU

Recessing the Data on the CP 525
Limit Values for Prames
51
51
51
53
Update Sequential Message IAst
54
7.1
7.2
7.3
Recessing the Job on the CPU

Interface Between tie CPU and CP 525
Rocess5mg the Job on the CP 525
55
56
56
Update Group Inhibit Bits
57
8.1
8.2
8.3
Recessing the Group Inhibit Bits on the CPU

IImerface Betxveen CPU and CP 525
Processing the Croup Inhibit Bits cm the CP 525
58
59
59
New Page
60
10
Resetting the Page Number
60
.-,,.,
61
11
Rim Attributes
11.1
11.1.1
11.1.2
11.2
11.2.1
11.2.2
11.3
11.3.1
11.3.2
11.4
11.5
62
62
63
Compressed Rim (C)
63
Ikpanded Print
63
Normal Character Width
63
Double Character Width (E)
64
Bold Rint (B)
Bold Rht with the Impact Matrix Rinter (Needle) 64
64
Bold Rint with the Inkjet Rinter
64
Underlining (U)
64
Acoustic S-l (A)
12
setting
12.1
12.2
12.2.1
12.2.2
12.2.3
12.3
12.3.1
12.3.2
12.3.3
12.3.4
12.4
12.4.1
12.4.2
12.4.3
12.4.4
Requirements
8@t~S m the CP 525

Jumper Settings on the CP 525
Assi@ng mram= ters to the Rocedure
Parem ter Assignment for the Interpreter
Settings m the PT88/PT89 Rinter
_ Mta Ul the Central Controller
Ihterface Adapter SAP-S1 (V.24/V.28)
Interface Adapter SAP-S2 (TTY/20 mA)
Interface Adapter SAP-S3 (Tl!Y/20 HIA; V.24)
Start-up Phase of the CP 525
Starting Up after Switching On the Power
sYNCHMN Job from the CPU
Switch Settings RUN/STOP/PGR
Transferrhg from the PG
66
67
67
67
68
69
69
72
74
76
78
78
78
80
81
13
LAUFPT88 Rocedure
83
13.1
13.2
13.2.1
13.2.2
13.3
Rocedure Data
Transmitting with the TAUFPT88 Rocedure
Data Transfer
Mode of control of the IAUFPT88 Rocedure
Receiving with the IAUPPT88 Procedure
83
85
85
85
87
Print Types
Normal Rint
up
66
14
Multiprocessor Operaticm
88
14.1
1401.1
14.1.2
14.2
Jobs Programmed Only Once on the CP 525

Jobs without Data Transport
Jobs with Data kansport
Jobs which Can Be Rogramed More Than Once on the
CP 525, hlChld~ ~SllleS
89
89
90
92
Memory Ass ~t, Memory Space Requirements
93
15.1
Ixmlable Software
15.1.1
Memory Requirements of the Laadable software
User Programs for Specific Tasks
15.2
Directory (Memory Management)
15.2.1
15.2.1.1 Subdirec&y of we Messages
15.2.1.2 Directory of PC Jobs and Frames
15.2.2
Element -S and Ekments
15.2.2.1 Messages
15.2.2.2 Prams (Headers, Trailers)
15.2.2.3 PC Jobs
96
96
97
97
98
99
103
106
108
115
16
Special Jobs Carried Out by the CPU
124
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
Reading the Error Message &ea of the SYSTAI

Resetting (Clearing) the Error Message Area
Reading the Whole SYSTAT
Reading the SYSID
CP 525: Reading and Writing the Date and Time
124
128
128
130
133
17
Error Handling
138
17.1
Error Messages for SYSTAT and ANZW - Arranged

According @ the Numbers for ANZW
Error Messages for SYSTAT and ANZW - Arranged
According to the Numbers for SYSTAT
. -f
15
17.2
18
What
DOeS
It ~ men?
144
162
188
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
1 Overview
With the component event output and listing with the PT88/PT89
printer the CP 525 can sqamlsa or ~ your pmcaas/a part
of * l====- P-=
The following functicms are available for ~- Y== P

Cass:
sf4==~ ~
list (SL)
(for detii.led description see

Section 2)
Each process event to be recorded is output on the printer in a

message line with the following:
static text (pr%--d Weyer) e.g. ~t= ~

e.g. 11.11.86 13:59:00
time at which event occurr
e.g. caning
- message status
- msx. one parameter (process value) e.g. +135. 2
The SW %s therefore a continuous list of all the wants (distur-
bances) to be recorded as they occur 5n the process aver a longer

period.
currant
Hsage
list (QtL)
(for detailed description see

Section 3)
When tie (ML is called, the CP 525 has all the disturbances and
events currently active on the cPU printed out. CML therefore
records the overall s=ms of events and disturbances * the
process at a defined time (start time of the CML).
,.:j
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
The dynamic data found in the ML is not included in the CML. The
dynamic data includes the following:
,?-%
- time
- status
- parameter (process value)
Question marks are printed out in their place.
For~ ywr process the following functicms are
available:
Pmceas Stares list (KI.1)
section 4)
When tie PSL is called, the CP 525 fetches the current process
data from the CPU and ccmpiles a list by adding these data to
static texts stored in the CP user memory. This list is then
-t ~ the printer.
PSL is therefore an imge of the process/part of the process at a
defined time (s@rting point of the PSL).
~ I.ismJ (CL)
(for &ailed descripticm see

Section 5)
When the CPU starts a chained list, several PSLs (maximum eight)
are printed out automatically one after the other. In this way,
i.e. , by chaining the images of individual parts of the process,
a process imsge of the whole system can be obtained.
/--%
., . . .::
Printer PT88/FT89
B8576541-03
You can have the lists supplemented by a
.
.,.
A.
,,
IJstw

Section 6)
TMS is part of a list that csn be printed out at the beginning

and/or at the end of each list.
The frame is not a list in its own right and ~t be started by
the CPU. It can be assigned to the SML, CML and PSL when they are
programmed.
==$we 1=

Section 7)
The dynsmic values in the header and trailer of a current SML are
updated at any time you select (e.g. change of shift).
@3ate gmmp ixMbit bits

Section 8)
Individual mssages in the SML or CML and any line of a PSL can
be assigned to a ~ m (=x- 16 groups). These grvups
can be released or inhibited by the CPU with the job update
9XXZP inhibit bits. Mom of the messages or PSL lines belonging
to an inhibited group are listed!
Your STEP 5 program on the CPU can send a data word at any time
in which the CP 525 can determine the status of the message group
(inhibited or released).
,. . . . . . .
.., .,
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
You can also bring order into your lists:
kupage

Section 9)
?.
;:. .,.
You can have a form feed carried out on the printer (printer
header is then on the next page).
Rs?setpagemaber

Section 10)
With theexceptionofthe list frame, allthefunctims mentioned

prtiously canbe started by the CPUof the PC (i.e. byymr STEP
5 program). This is achieved by calling the handling block SBRl
DIRECT with a job number.
r--%?
>. .:
,-, ,
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
2 Sequential
Hessage LiSt (sML)
Certain events wi- the process or plant (frcm now on referred

to simply as ~) can be listed by the CP 525 @C~y,
in detail and at the exact time of the occurrence on the
PT88/PT89 printer.
The sequential message list consists of a series of individual
messages which sre output cent inuously whenever a dismrbance is
detected (see Section 2.1). The 8ML can, if required, have a
header and/or trailer added.
+.----.---------------------------------+
3.ist
!
m e s s a g e
!Sequenti ax
+-----------------------------------------------+
I.
1
12.08.86
I)ate:
t
!
.
08 :08:00 am
Time:
+--. ---------------- -------- ------- - - - -+
IZ. Ggj. S& 0S: 08:00 am Temperature tDo high GOING
GOING
12. cMI.86 fJ8:08:@0 am Mator is OFF
GCIING
Lc)ad = 1024 ku
1 ~. OB. 86 (!8: 0 9 : 0 0 am
GOING
12.US-8~ 08:0?:00 am Fklt no. +5 dsfect
! ! ~verflo~q ! !
COMING
12.08. M 08: 10: 00 am
ACKNCNJL
Process
stable!
12.~~.6~ O&:ltI:t30 am
Fig. 1 bmple: sequential message list
....
.......
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
The disturbances that are listed can come from the following:
the process
the bus (e.g. SINEC Hl)

a station,
via a telecontrol link
etc.
(-$ --, flags, data)

(telegrams)
(telegrams)
Your STEP 5 progrsm on the CPU of the CP must collect and prepare
the data and pass them cm to the CP 525. There is en interi&
bemeenthecPuamicP 525 for this purpose (see Section 2.2).
2.1 Processing the Hessages on the CPU

Your STEP 5 program on the CPU must make the process data available to the CP 525. Before the CPU transfers the process data to
the CP, the data is placed into ~ records on the CPU. The
individual message records are entered in a data block known as
IMS M BWXEID (for the stmcmre of the DB X RECOBD see Section
2.2) .
/,i3
.. ;,: ,.
At certain intervals or when the DB M RECORD is full of message

records, the CPU sends a copy of the DB 24 BECORD to the CP 525 by
Cdl- the handling block SEND DIRECT.
!IMHXIWT! The structure of the DB M RECORD must be adhered to.

The length of the body must be entered correctly!
.,
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-04
The STEP 5 program for processing messages should be called up

cyclically and must meet the following requixesnents:
To detect disturbances, the S5 program must do the following:

define areas from which the messages originate (input, output,
flag or data areas)
assign the message mnnber to the cause of a message. This is
achieved using a data block (referred to from now on as DB M
OLDNEW). The stmcture of DB M OIJXUEW is described in Section
3.2
- compare the areas NEW and OLD cyclically in DB M OIDNEW (see
3.2) . This comparison makes it possible to recognise whether
new dislxrbances have cane and older disturbances have
gone.
OT.XI
Area
1
Area NEW
->
->
0
1
Message statxs
disturbance
diswrbance
going
coming
To generate massages, the program must do the following:

detexmine and enter the message number from the status changes
in DB M OLUNEU (see 3.2)
enter the message status (edge evaluation! )
enter the data/time
~,,- ..,
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
enter the parameter type and the parameter (process value). If

no parameter is entered the parameter qpe mat be specified
as OFFH.
f-?
.,- . . .
3. The S5 ~ mist ~ * n?asaga racurds in DB M RECORD.

To enter the records, the program mst do the following:
count the body length according to the length of the message
record entered.
4. me S5 pmgmm mat transfer DB If BEtXXD (CX pmfedily a copy

aftk DBHJmxBDcalhd DB H mm) to lb CP 525.
To transfer the DB M RECORD, the program must do the
following:
- guarantee that the DB M SEND is transferred to the CP 525 by
means of a SEND DIRECT when the record is full and/or at
certain intervals.
!~C: the job number of the _ DIRECT must be the
same as the job number of the SML prograumed on the CP 525!
The number of the DB M SEND mat be specified when you are
assigning parameters to the SEND DIRECT.
- purge the DB M RECOBD, i.e., make space for new entries (body
length = O; pointer = 1st message record).
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
,..:
,. . . . .~
.
... .: ..,
,
2.2 Interface
J3etG?een CFU and CP 525
The interface between the CPU and the CP 525 is the data block
DB M BECORD.
2.2.1 stmcmre oftk DBHRMX=D
The DB M RBCORD is structured according to c e r t a i n ties to
ensure that the CP 525 can evaluate the DB H RECORD correctly.
The DB M RE(X)RD consists of a header and body as follows:
header
2
.
.
.
510
511
The header
1
.
.
255
contains organisaticmal informatim as follows:

DB addr.
Content
DL O
DR O
length (HEx)
Byte
ConInent
identifier for messages

length of the body in words
B8576541-03
Printer PT88\PT89
The body begins at byte 2 of the DB M RECORD. It contains a

string of message records. The length of a message record, shown
as follows, depends cm whether it ccmtains a parameter:
+.
12 bytes = 6 words
16 bytes = 8 words
without ~ters
wifi parameters
A DB M RECORD can be a mximum 256 mnmds long. It can therefore

contain a maximum of the following:
42 message records
31 message records
without parameters
with parameters
PrinterPT88/PT89
B8576541-03
Xessageracard
Thecurrentinfcmnation about any dismrbance is entered in a

message reccrd 5n the following order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
parameter type
message statws
message type
message mmher
time
date
parameter (optimal)
Smcture
Byte
,.
o
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
ofamssage
record
S5 eddr.
content
DL
paramtier qpe
=!ssage Status
~ w=- ===we ~
===J@F~
10
Bls *
L
-1
h
day
month
y e a r resemad
DR O
DL 1
DRl
DL 2
DR 2
DL 3
DR3
DL 4
DR4
DL 5
DR 5
DL 6
DR 6
DL 7
DR 7
J======
,.-. .,
,. ....,
11
B8576541-03
Rinter PT88/PT89
1.lkraw2t4?rtgpe-byteo
The parameter type determines whether a parameter is included in
the message record and what type of parameter it is. The
following SIMATIC data types are possible:
5P m=)
o
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
m?
Significance
binary
character
byte
16-bit BCD number

32-bit BCD number
16-bit fixed point number
32-bit fixed point mnnber
32-bit floating point number
timer
counter
no parameter included
The length of the message record is as follows:
12 bytes 16 ~es -
without w==ters
with parameters
Printer PT88/FT89
B8576541-03
2. Message status - byte 1
The status of the disturbance is described in more detail as

follows :
Ccining
the event just occurred (the disturbance has

just been &tected)
the dismrbance is still active
the message has not yet been aclmowledged by
the user (e.g. via the CP 526)
going
a previously signalled disturbance is no

longer active. The event has gone.
acknowledged - the user has noticed the signalled

dislxrbance and has acknowledged it. The
dislxrbence is, however, still active.
The smtus of a disturbance must be represented in the uessage
record shown as follows:
1
byte 1, bit 2 and 2 :
~i[mrl I I I
0 0 0 0 0 0
o 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
1 I
0 0
0 1
1 0
1 1
- i - e
end of disturbance (going)
dismrbame (coming)
acknowledged
not allowed
Printer PT88/l?T89
B8576541-03
3. lkssage qpe - byte 2
,., . . . .
The message type indicates whether it is a message caused by a

disturbance.
byte 2, bit 24 to 27:
~ilwrl
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
31210
.Ws-i-e
0
see
1-
message
number
2
.
disturbance message
reserved
for
extensicms
15 -
,!
B8576541-03
Printer Fl!88/PT89
4. ===w ~ - by$e 2 and t@e 3

The messages are numbered to ensure that tie following oca.rs:
- the correct -has are assigned to each die lxrbance on each CPU
the correct message text is assigned to each message on the

CP 525 (i.e. the text progranma d for this message).
If no message text is stored for a particular message number,
nothing can be printed out on the printer.
The igher order part of the message number is in byte 2, bits 2
to 2?) and the lower order in byte 3.
J
Byte 2
Byte 3
DL 1
DR 1
Bit number
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O
FE
DC
BA98
T
I
Mess. type
Message number
I
I
I
numbers that can be assigned:

per CP 525 interface nwcimum possible:
per CPU of the PC maximum possible:
. . . .. .
15
1 to 2000
1000 messages
2000 messages
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-04
5./6. Date and ~ - byte 4 to byte 10

You cam have the time at which the disturbance occurs or at which
the s-tus of the disturbance changes entered in the massage
record. You can, for example, read the date and time from the CP
525 or from the CP 526.
When you program the SML (with COM
point and in which order the date
message text. This applies to all
message list (!), i.e. you cannot
indi*l message. This process
for all SMLs.
525) you determine at which

and/or the is entered in the
messages in the sequential
specify the date/t* for each
enaures a tmifam, Cle8r l.aymt
The date and time must be entered in BCD code as follows:
Byte
S5 addr.
Example
Content
23.05.87
14.15 / 16s 700ms
4
5
6
7
DL 2
DR 2
DL 3
DR3
10 ms
s
mill
h
8
9
10
DL 4
DR4
DL 5
day
mimth
year
_l
date
-
70H
16H
15H
14H
23H
05H
87H
!~!: the CP 525 checks whether there is a zero in the

field for the day (byte 8). If there is, the date and time are
not entered in the message record. The CP 525 than enters the
current value of the CP 525 clock in the message record.
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-04
Note that you must set the clock of the CP 525 using the CPU
clock. You can set the date and time on the CPU usiq KIM 526 for
e==w
7. ~ter - byte 12 to byte M
You can reserve space for am? current parameter in each dis -
mrbance message to obtain &tailed information about the dislmrbsnce. The current parameter is acquired at the time when the
disturbance occurs.
E8ample:
25.10.85 19:30 inlet pressure excee&d : IS bar
The psremeter is optional..
The dynamic parts of this message tact are printed in bold *.
,. .-..
B8576541-04
Printer PT88/PT89
.beB8576541-03
H- * ~~*~~
. . ,. . . . . .
o
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Meaning
DL
6
DR 6
Byte 12
Bfle 13
FEDCBA98 76543210
Bit
Character
Byte
BCD 16
BCD 32
FXP 16
FXI 32
FLP 32
Timer
CCnmter
YYYYYYYY
YYYYYYYY
YYYYYYYY
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
YYYYYYYY
mm
YYYYYYYY
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Printer m88/mS9
DL
7
DR 7
Byte 14
Byte 15
FEW BA98 7654 3210
,/-%,
c,., ,.,..,,..~
bbbb
bbbb
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz
Zzzz Zzzz Zzzz Zzzz

Zzzz Zzzz Zzzz Zzzz
z==locationofthe parameterwith formats that requireatleast

onedatauord
y=locationof the parameter with formtsthat donotreqhixe a
vhole data word. Nevertheless, a whole date word is stored.
The selecti.onof the bits or bytes is made via a orb.
t====
o
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
BIN
value
Bit l&l
VA*
BYTE
10
BCD 16
100
BCD 32
987654
FXP 16
1024
FXP 32
1024
FLP 32 +1.234567+02
Timer
123.3
123
counter
=7==
40
41
00
01
00
04
00
04
31
01
00
00
OA
00
98
00
00
62
23
23
Byte 14
Byte 15
OE
08
00
=
76
=
04
C3
IRK
2X
18
,,
:4
Printer PT88/PT89
88576541-04
xx= not used
2.2.2 Emwple of the Stmctxue offalm HRmxmD

LW=260
DB206
AB8
PA(Z1
o :
KEi= 330E
I(H=
0001
1:
m=
0065
2:
HI= 6056
3:
KS= 3715
4:
HI= 2205
5:
KH= 8700
6:
7:
m= 0001
m= 0100
8:
m= FFoo
9:
KH= 0064
10 :
RHI- 6056;
11 :
m= 3715;
12 :
KU= 2205;
13 :
KH= 8700;
14 :
15 : KH= Oooo;
16 :240 4JI= 0000;>
....
This is the printout of DB 206, which is used in this -le as

DB M BECOBD. Only data words IX O to EW 14 are of interest since
only two massages have been entered.
Explanation of DB M ~
mm
lto8
s~
33
: identifier for DB M RECCRD

OE =14D : body length in words, DW 1 to DW 14
massage record of the first message
00
= parameter type - BINARY

01 == massage stmxs = COMING
= dismrbance message
= message qpe
065 = message xnnnbar = message 101
19
Rinter PT88/l?T89
B8576541-04
m no.
si@mmlce
3
4
5
I
I
60
= time
56 = time
: 10 milliseconds
: secon&
37
= time
15 = time
: minutes
: hours
22
= dste
05 =date
: day
: mnth
87
= dste
00 = resemed
:*
0001 =psremeter (bit 0=1, bit 1 to bit 15=0)
01
I
{?
, . , , .-
= bit number of the psrsmster in IX 7 (bit 1)

00 = irrelemnt for psrameter qpe BINARY
~ ~ 14 ~ ~ ~ * ~ ~
9
FF
P====
=m
psremeter
00 = message ststxs = GOING
10
11
60
= time
56 = time
: 10 milliseconds
: seconds
12
37
= time
15 = time
: minutes
: hours
13
22
= date
05 = date
: dsy
: IIDnth
14
87
= dste
: yesr
00 = reserved
= message type
= dism.rbence messege
064 = messsge number = message 100
,. ,
L5 to xx irrelevsnt, since only mo Inesssges
20
B8576541-04
Two messages were entered:
PrinterPT88/PT89
B8576541-04
Printer PT88/PT89
2.3 Processing
.: :,:,. ,
llessages on the CP 525
The message records are buffered immediately when they arrive at

the CP.
:.,. . .
,.. .
. ., ,,
. ;. ., :. :.+ .: , .:
:
$-?
.>
2.3.1 Ibfferbg the Messagal&crmds

The PT88 and PT89 can output messages at the following speeds:
maxixm.n 150 characters/s (inkjet)
maximum 80 characters/s (impact matrix)
This is axlsiderably Shier than the acquisition of process data
on the CPU and the transfer of data from the CPU to the CP 525.
These differences in speeds are compensated by ha- all the
message records that are transferred from the CPU to the CP 525
buffered cm the CP 525. The data is output to the printer only
after it has baen buffered.
~.
.?
:. ,. .,., .
CPU
CP 525
DB M RECORD
flFO
DB M SEND ~1
ms
max.42
~essage records
....
....
EE
RW.42
max.128
lmessage recmrdsmessage records
PT88
PT89
Fig. 2 Buffering data on the CP 525

The DB M SEND is transported to the CP 525 at M@ speed (ms =
milliseconds). It is then buffered since the PT88 (PT89) can
output a maximum 150 characters/s (80 characters/s).
,;-=-%*
.,
PrinterPT88/PT89
B8576541-04
The message buffer on the CP 525 operates as a FIm(slrstin

fixatout) memory. lhismeans that all messages are processed in
the order in which they are entered.
The CP 525 ensures that the following occurs:
the messages are output quickly on the printer
even ifalargenumber ofmessages occur,none are lost
The CP 525 therefore only transfers the message reccds to the
FIFO when the following conditions are -t:
- there is still space in the FIFO
(maximum 128 message records can be entered)
a message text is stored on the CP 525 for the message number
entered in the message record (you ~ these with
COH 525 - see Fig. 3).
This process avoids the FIFOS be- cluttered
messages that might othamise cause an overflow
occur at one t-.
......
.+./
23
,.
, ;,
, , ,.<
,,.,
, ..,
,,r,
B8576541-04
PrinterPT88/PT89
From the message records provided for the CP 525 by the CPU, the
CP 525 selects those that have message texts programed for them.
These are then buffered in the FIFO and printed out on the
printer.
+.
CPU
CP 525
s1-
Memory submodule
DB M RECOR[
(m
{El
7
nax.42
235
nes 13
sage
records
9
5
DB M SEND
1
max. 42
>message
records
2;5
13
:
Messa
Messa
Mess
Messa
:
:
e 1
e
el
e2
IEEzEm I
Fig. 3 Processing the messages on the CP 525
max 1000
message
,n,
B8576541-04
Printer PT88/PT89
2.3-2 ~ ~ ~ * ~
The CP 525 processes ~e message records buffered in the FIFO
contiguously as follovs:
- the dynsmic data fran the message record is added into the
preprogramwd static message texts at the positions specified.
This @wic data includes the status, date, time and the
parameter
- the con=ol data for the printer attributes (compressed print,
_ded prfit, bold print, underlined, acoustic signal) is
added (see Section 2.3. 4).
W entire message line is prhted out.
Message record
from the CPU
Number
M==@
won lhs CP 525
M w. =3 ,
2 }
.
.
.
I I
1 I
I I
1:
:, :
j Interpreter PT 88 / PI-
-----
/zE7
-, . . . . .
Fig. 4
82
-1
B8576541-05
Printer PT88/PT89
Note: if the CP recognises that the message record and the static
message text do not match (e.g. , the message record does not
con-in a parameter although a dynamic field is programed for
one in the static message text) then instead of the dynamic
field, the CP causes filling characters to be printed out.
f-
2.3.3 FIFO~
flthough the FIFO has the capacity for 1.28 messages, it can
become full. Space for new entries can cm.1.y be created if
messages are printed out. The FIFO can overflow because of tie
following :
- The printer
is switched offline,
has run out of paper,
has nm out of ink
- A very long list that cannot be intermpted
is being
printed
out .
- A very large number of messages arrive within a very short
time.
If the CP 525 recognises that there is a FIFO ovarflow, the CP
signals the error to the CPU and the last DB M SEND to be sent is
xxx entered in the FIRl. Until the cause of the error is
remedied, all further DB M SENDs are rejected by the CP 525 with
an error. These DB M SENDs are mt buffered cm the CP.
DB M SENDS are accepted again only when the FIFO has space for a
complete DB M SEND.
.....
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
Your STEP 5 progrsm cm react in the follmring ways:

......
.,
,,.,,:,. .~~0 ....
.7
The CPU ignores the error message snd sends further DB M -S
to the CP 525.
Reaction of the CP: as lcmg as the error is not corrected, all
further DB M SENDs are rejected with an error and not buffered
in the FIFO.
The CPU evaluates the error message, buffers the DB M SEND that
was terminated with an error end sends it to the CP 525 again
until the CP completes the job without error.
Reaction of the CP: the DB M SEND that mused the overflow is
entered after the error is corrected and is then ~inted out.

If the CPU recognises new dismrbances in the meantime, these
dismrbances are either lost or the S5 program bas its own
buffer area for temporarily storing these messages.
2.3.4 Print &triMms

When pr~ with 02?4 525, you can
SSS@
individual print
attributes to the static parts and dynsmic parts of each message.

following attributes are available:
c. canpressed print
E. expanded print
BE= bold face

u. underlined
A= acoustic signal of the lT88/PT89
print attributes are described in m o r e detail
.........
,. -,.
27
in Section
U.
Printer PT88/ET89
B8576541-03
fixed texts
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
dynamic texts
no
yes
yes
yas
m=
,. .:,:,.
yes
!IMKMMWN: if you select different print attributes for the

static and dynsmic parts of individual messages the layout of the
SML can become confusing. The date, time sndstatusmsynot be
printedoutinuniformcolums.
!3HRBTMT!: if the messages are longer than the printout lines,
there is no guarantee that the print attributes will bring about
the expected result on tie printout.
2.4
Frames
with SHL5
An SML (as well as the other qpes of lists) can ham a list
ba&r and/or trailer known as a frsme.

Header = a fmme printed out at the beginning of the SML and at
the beginning of every new page
Trailer = a b printed at the end of every page and at the end
of the ML
You can use the same or a different frame for the header and
trailer. You can select the frame when you program the SML. All
the frames must be progranmed under the list - fxxm?w.
Note: frames can only be printed out correctly
- when the single message is not longer than one line (i.e. , no
line overflow) and
and when the number of lines in the header plus the number of
lines in the trailer < the page length (see Section 12.2.3).
...,
Rinter PT88~89
B8576541-03
Header
Rsme
I .............
k
I
Trailer
Frame
New page
Header
Frame
.............
.............
Trailer
.-------
Prame
When the single messages that make up the SML are output, the
CP 525 counts the lines. It then recognises that the end of a
page is close and ouqnts the trailer (if this is programmed).
Then a fom fed is triggered and, if prograasne d, the hea&r is
printed at the top of the next page. Then the single mssages are
continued.
For more details on frames see 8ection 6.
2.5 Priority of the SKL

Messages belonging to the SML are printed out with ~ prior%Q as Sxmdsmi. CKLs or PSLs are printed out only when all the
messages for the SML have been listed (i.e. the message FIFO is
=wT) .
B8576541-03
Printer PT88m89
CMLs and PSLs can, however, be interrupted at any point in the

list (i.e. , betxeen two protocol lines) by SML messages. You can
prevent this when program@ the P!3L or CM with CM 525. If you
do, then PSk and CMLs are printed out completely. The SML
messages are buffered in the FIFO until the printer is free.
(-$
,~.,i-
You decide whether or not the CMLs end PSLs are to be interrupted
by SMIs :
,,
,-%
.....
Fig. 5 Priority of the SML

> means: e . g . SML has piority mer QIL
= SML can intermpt CML
no
> means: e.g. CML has m priori= over SML
*
means: when programming the PSL or OIL you can prevent

them being interrupted.
B8576541-03
2.6 Limit Values for the
Printer PT88/PT89
SML
The following limit values apply to the messages in the SML:
max. number of SMLs par CP 525 interface 1

1 to 2000
messages numbers
mar. number of messages which can
be stored per CP 525 interface
1000
characters per line
PT88 normal print

80 characters
~88 compressed print
136 characters
PT89 Ronnal print
136 characters
PT89 c~essed print
136 characters
date
parameters
time
status
w--=
value) p=
(process
line
31
B8576541-03
3
Current
Printer PT88/PT89
14essage List (CML)
Dislxrbances in the process occur spontaneously. lhey must be

detected by your STEP 5 program and recorded in a data block DB II ~ (status coming - bit set). If the disturbance is
corrected, the entry must be cleared again in DB M OLDNW (status
going - bit cleared).
p
%.,:,
At eny time DB M OLDNW therefore contains information about the

disturbances which are currently affecting the plant. You can
have this information printed out as messages on the printer
(PT88/PT89) .
+ -------- --------- -----_-_------ -----+
Current message li5t

.I
------ --------- +
+--------------I
Date:
08.12. S6
.I
t
I
Time:
13: 14:31 am
- - - - - - - - - -+
+ -------- ------- - - - .
?? . ~?
~ ? : ?. 7. . .? ? Tempera tu re ~aci h i g h ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
. . ~?
.
m?
m?
: . f . . ~? ?? : ~? :?7
.?? ? ? 77
. . I%tor is ?
.. ?
?? .7.7777
?? . ? ~ . .? ? ? ? : ? ? : ? ? Load = ~ ? ? ? ~a
. . . . .
?? : ??: ? ? 13el& t~a. ? ? d~fect . : : .~mq~-?~
?, 7 . ~ ? . ~ 7
..
q . .
?? . ~?
? :. ? ~ ? q ~
. ..:~T. ,~p.
. . .??: .?~ I . t. Ove~ $kWJ ! !
. . . :
?? -?
??
???????
.:
??: ??: ? ? Process stabie
!
+ -------O-.---..- ---- ---------.... +
I
I
.
Current message list end
---------------.
------_______
+
+
I
I.
Time:
13: 14:31 am
-----------_
--_
--..
_-,----------
!
+
I
Fig. 6 Example: current message list
32
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
3.1 Processing the Messages on the CPU

-=%
. .,
..
By sending a SEND DIBECT job to the CP 525 your STEP 5 program

can initiate the start of a ClIL. The CP 525 then requests the
DB H ~ fmm the CPU.
The number of the SEND DIRECT job must first be specified as
follows :
- in the CP 525 user program (with COM 525)
- in the STEP 5 user program
. . .,
The data exchange between the CPU end CP 525 takes place using
the following handling blocks:

- job for output of a (XL:
SEl!m DIBEm
Withjobxmber
- transfer of the DB frcm the CPU to the CP 525: ~ AU
E&ther information cm the handling blocks can be found in the

description Using the handling blocks in this menual and in /1/
in *e list of relevant documentatim.
Examples of programming the CPU and the CP 525 can be found in
the example of an application (Z 525: avent output end listing
with the PT88/PT89 printer in this manual.
3.2 Interface Between the CPU and CP 525

The interface between the CPU and the CP 525 is the data block
D3 H OKR!EJ7. A bit in DB M OLDNEW is assigned to every disturbance to be signal-led as follows:

.. .,
- status coming
- bit set
- bit ChS?X$d - status going
!:{,
Jli
,.
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
sutIctureofDBHouxm7
DB M OLDNEW
iS divided into the areas (#U) and 57. !lhe NW area

catains the current stam.s of disturbances; the OLD aree cmtains the stalxs as it was in the pretious processing cycle m
the CPU.
Dw
DL
I
I I I I I I I 71 I I I I I
Dw
0.0 = O: field O = NEW

field 1 = OID
= 1: field O = OK)
field 1 = NEW
2
DR 1 = write pointer
DR 2 = read pointer
Fieldo
:,. , .
0
....,. :,..$
127
1.28
.
.
Field 1
252
253
254
253: this data word contains the lowest ~ ~, i.e.,
the number of the message assigned bit 3.0 or 128.0 in the
areas OID/NEW.
254: contains the ~ of words containing bits to which
messages are assigned.
!IHRXMET!: the maximum possible message number is 2000; there-
...,
fore, the following error messages nay be sent to the CPU:

MESSAGE NUMBER >2000 or
NUMBER >125
MESSAGE NUMBER + (16 * NUM8ER) - 1 > 2000
* error
+ error
.,
PrinterPT88/PT89
B8576541-03
titer each processing cycle the areas ~/OU) are swapped over
when DW O.0 is complemn ted as follows:
,. -.
-.-, .,
.,,
, . . .,.. .,
.
,.~ , , ,, . : . .-:..,.,. ,,,
(&de
n-3
n-2
n-1
w 0.0
Field O
Field 1
NEW
OLD
OLD
NEW
NEW
Oul
n+l
n+2
n+3
OLD
NEW
NBw
OID
OLD
NEW
NEW
OLD
=ch bit in fields O snd 1 has a mssage number assigned to it.

This assignment is made according to the contents of H 253. For
DW 253 = 1 (i.e. the lowest message number = 1) the following
Relative
Dwnumbel
Field O/l
o
1
2
.
12i
124
Bit number
15 14 13
16
32
48
.
15
31
47
.
14
30
46
.
.
12
10
13
29
45
.
.
12
28
44
.
.
11
27
43
.
.
.
.
. .
. .
. .
. .
L9i4 1983
2000 1999 L994 1997 1996 1995 : :
3
19
35
.
.
2
18
34
.
.
17
33
.
.
1987 1986 1985
The specification of the DW number for field O (and f= field 1)

is relative to the start of the field. For field O the distsnce
to the DB start is 3 data words; for field 1 it is 128 da=
words .
-let *e message with the number 27 correspcmds to the bit
with the address DW 4.10 in field O and DW 129.10 in field 1.
-.. ,
If there is an active disturbance (coudng) the bit assigned to

the message must be set to 1 in the new mlue area in DB M
Oumw.
The CP 525 evaluates only the new value part of DB M OLDNEW,
which is determined by the value of DR O. This contains the image
of the disturbance stares on tie CPU at the time when the DB M
Oumw is transferred from the CPU to the CP 525.
35
PrinterPT88/PT89
B8576541-03
3.3 Processhg the MessageS on the CP 525
,.
WhenyourSTEP5programstarts, &e CML (with SEND DIXECT. to the

CP 525), the CP requests the DB M OK)NEW from the CPU. As socm as
it receives the CP the DB buffers the new value part for the
whole of the time that the (X4L is output cm the CP 525. This
ensures that the CML is a complete i.msge of the disturbance
status at a defined time.
fl
.:, .,
The (7kfL is stmctured and output in lines. The CP 525 proceeds as

follows :
searches the DB M OLDNEW (new value part) for set dismrbance
bits
ascertains the number of this dismrbance
- checks whether there is a message t- progrsmue d for this
number on the CP 525
w
if no the dismrbance is ignored
if yes the corresponding message text is output m the
PT88/PT89
- the programmed print attributes are assigned to
the stitic parts of the message line in the list
- enaures that instead & * ~ V (date, time, status,
parameter) ,
W?W M1 h printed out
to match the ~ of characters

Pro8r_d for the field.
Mote: all the dynamic parts of a mssage relate to the time at
which the event being signalled was detected. When tie CKL is
output it is known only that disturbances exist, but not, however, when they were &tected and which dynamic values were
current at the time! As a result the dynamic values for the date,
time and parameter are missing. These are not listed in the CML;
instead a correspcmding nmber of ? is printed out.
is printed out
corzectly ody if all ~ has been

triggered by the CPU at least once before the CML is started.
~!: W?W
,. .
.,
, ,;
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
3.4
-
Frames with (XIIL
As with the other list types, the CML can have a list header
and/or trailer. The header and trailer are selected when the CKL
is programwd and first programmed as list type *.
Header = a b printed out at the kgimhg of the CML and at
the beginning of every new page.
Trailer = a b printed out at the end of every page and at the
end of the CML.
The header and trailer are both optimal. You can use the same
frame or a different one for the header and trailer.

The CP 525 lists the individual messages of the CML and counts
the lines. Before the end of a page is reached, the CP recognises
this condition and outputs the trailer. Then a fom fad is
triggered and the header (if prOgmnmd) is printed out at the
beginning of the next page. Following this, the output of the
single messages is continued.
Note: frames can be correctly printed out only
- when the individual message is not longer than one line (i.e.
no line overflow) and
- when the number of lines in the header plus the mxnber of lines
in the trailer < the page length (see Section 12.2.3).
For further inforxcwtion on frames see Section 6.
3.5 Priority
of the CHL
CMLS can be intermpted at any time between two lines by SKL

,. ..,
dismrbance messages. The CML itself cannot interrupt a PSL or an

SML. The CML can also not be interrupted by a PSL.
,..-.-:
37
,,
,.,
:.
,.
,.!
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
n
SML
. . ,. .
*
Fig. 7 Priority of the Cm

> mealE: e.g. SMLbas~ OverQ!lL
= SML can intermpt CM
no
>
means: e.g. CM has no priori~ cmr S&E
=Cm cannot internlpt ML

*
means: when progz~~ the PSL or CML you can prevent
theix being intermpted.
3.6 Limit Values for the (ML

The following limit values apply to the messages in the Cl&:
max. number of Cl&s per CP 525 interface:
max. number of list lines (= messages) per (XL:
(header, trailer, not included)
1000
Rinter PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
., ., ,... ;.,;
:. . .:.
,
. .. ..,
, ,~. ; :., ,~.$ .,- :.=,. . . ,.
4 Process
.Y
status
fist (PSL)
The CP 525 can output data and statuses from the process (e.g.
temperatures, pressures, counts) in process status lists on the
printer. A PSL consists of a sequence of a XmxinUm 99 list 1311ea,
which together provide an *ge of the process at a defined time.
If required, a PSL can be printed out with a frame header and\or
trailer.
+..- ----..-----. ---------------- --------+
! Pracess status list tlo. i

! Date :
12.09. S6 Time :
01
I
Dm
+- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +
X29:12
+520 Grd / C
+7~ Grd/ C
+12 m
30 kg/h
-~ /.
Tem~erature i n tat>k :
Temperature of outer tank wa~l :
Level i n tatl k
:
:
Discharge rake
:
Deviation from =etpoint
+ -.- --------- --.----------.----+
! Process status list no. 1 end

+ ------ ---------------------
.t
------------ +
Fig. 8 &ample: process statms list

A PSL consists of static and dynamic parts. The static parts are
determined when you program the PSL with (%)M 525. The dynamic
values mat be acquired by the STEP 5 program on the CPU, collected in a data block and transferred to the CP 525 *en the CP
requests the da-. There is an interface bemmm the CPU and
CP 525 for this purpose.
. . .. . . . . .
...-
B8576541-03
PrinterPT88/PT89
4.1 Processing the PSL on the CPU

The CPU must acquire all the dynamic parts of the PSL and store
them in a pre-assigned data block. Before the CPU sends the job
to the CP to output a PSL, the DB must be available on the CPU
and canpletely updated, since the CP requests this DB from the
CPU immediately.
The data exchange between the CPU and CP 525 takes place using
- job for output of a PSL:
SmDDIBECT
with job m.
- transfer of the DB from the CPU to the CP 525: ~ AIL
Purther information on the handling blocks can be found in the

description Using the handling blocks in this manual and in /l/
in the list of relemnt documentation.
Examples of programing the CPU and the CP 525 - be found in
the example of an application CP 525: event output auid listing
with the PT88/PT89 printer in this msnual.

The interface betmeen the CPU and CP 525 is the data block
assigned for this purpose. This can be different fran PSL to PSL.
The number of the data block is f tied when you pro-gram the PSL
in the CP 525 user program. This DB must also be de-fined in the
STEP 5 user program.
.,
B8576541-03
4.3
Printer PT88/PT89
Processing the PSL on the CP 525
Your STEP 5 program starts a PSL by sending a SEND DIRECT job

with a job nmber to & CP 525. Jhe @ then requests the
assigned DB from the CPU. When the CP 525 receivas the DB, it
buffers it cm the CP 525 for the enttie time the PSL is output.
This guarantees that all the data for the PSL are acquired at m
time and that they belong together.
The PsL is stmctured and output in lines as follows:
- the static parts are assigned their print attributes and

- the dynamic parts are assigned their print attributes
and both parts are listed together.
You select print attributes when Y9U program the PSL with CAM
525. The print attributes of the static parts are reset for each
list line. They apply to all. static texts in * list h.
The print attributes
for each fiald. They
field (i. e. not for
butes for the static
of the dynamic parts can be set individually

then only apply to that particular dynsmic
the whole line). After this field the attripart apply once again.
,,,-.
..
..
,1
.
B8576541-03
PrinterPT88/PT89
In the assigned DB the dynmic values can be stored in the usual

SIMATIC S5 formats as follows:
Fornmt
BINARY
BYTB
16BIT BCD
16BIT FxP
32BIT BCD
32BIT EXE
32BIT FLP
Significance
Range of
values
1 bit binary
0,1
character
1 byte binary
ASCII
o . . . 255
-999 . . . +999
-32768 . . . . . .
+32767
-9999999 . . . .
+9999999
-231... 231 q
16 bits in BCD code

16 bits in fixed point
format
32 bits in BCD code
32 bits in fixed point
format
32 bits in floating
point format
16 bits BCD code

+ time base
(example: 154.2)
16 bits BCD code
!IMRWIW?!lfakesurewhenprograusning
approx. -999999*109 . . .
9
-999999 * 100
9
+999999 * 10- . . .
9
+999999 * 10
0 . . . +999
0 ... 3
0 . . . +999
theSTEP5userprogram
and the CP 525 user progrsm that you use the aam? data types and
same addresses in the DB!
,,<-%
B8576541-03
4.4
Printer PT88/PT89
FramesvithPSIs
ofhr list qpes, the PSL can have a list header and
trailer. You select the header and trailer when programing the
PSL and program them as a frame list ~.
AS with the
In contrast to SMLs and CMLs, the header for a PSL is printed

only at * start and the trailer only at * and of a list (i.e.
not on every page).
Further information about frames - be found in Section 6.
4.5 Priority of the PSL

PSLS can be interrupted at any time between two list lines by SML
messages.
The PsL cannot interrupt an SML or a (XL. The PSL CaIIImt be
interrupted by a CML. When progmming with C(M 525, you can

prevent the PSL being interrupted.
,,7-...,
......
., ,
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
4.6 Limit Values for the
PSL
max. no. of PSLs per CP 525 interface, theoretical *)
199
,.-.
99
max. no. of list lines per PSL
(header, trailer not included)

max. length of a dynamic field in characters
80
max. no. ofdynamic fields per PSLline
40
max. no. of dynamic fields in one PSL *) )
approx. 1400
max. length for process sta?xs variables
60
in characters
max. no. of stamses for PSL variables
*) In practice this number depends on

- the =Paciq of the memory submdule,
the capaci~ of the DB (msx. 512 bytes),
the type of dynamic data and their space requirements in the
DB ,
- the number of places the dynamic fields require in the list
lines.
*) If process status variables are programed, the maximum

number of dynamic fields is less since the space requirements for
process status variables are much greater (up to 8 alternatives
per dynamic field).
44
n
.-+;.
B8576541-03
PrinterPT88/PT89
5 Chained
. ,.
The current status of your plant or part of the plant can be

printed out in a process status list (ML). PSLS can be a maximum
of 99 lines long.
If you requixe mme than 99 lines, you should program and start a
Cbined 13St.
+ .--. ----- -. --------------------- -------1
! Pracess status list no. 1

12.09.86
! Date :
Tima s
I
.
01 :29:12 pm
Tempera ture i n tank :

Tem,oerature of au ter tank wail :
:
Level in tank
:
Discharge rate
:
Deviation from setgoint
+53j Gt-d~ C
+iG Grd/ C
+12 m
30 k g / h
-2 7.
+ --- -.----------. ---------- ---+.

.I
! Process status Ii st no. 1 e n d
+.----------------------- -----+
+ -------------------------------------------------
! Prccess status 1 i st. no. 2

+ -------------------------------------------------
Throug hDU
of d i str i bu tcr network :
valve 1
valve ~
valve 3
...
:
:
:
129 Iimin
ZO 1,/m i~-l
i 5 l/m i n
----------------------- ---- ----------- +

I
! Process status list no. 2 end
+ ----- ---
+- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Fig. 9 Example: chained lists
...
B8576541-03
,,:
Printer PT88/FI89
Chaining lists simply means that up to 8 ~s Statxw4 lists are

started autauatically. This process saves code and job numbers on the
CPU. There are a maximum 199 job numbers per CP interface which
allowsyoutodothefollwing:
e.
- print out the stalazs of thedmleplamt since all the PSLs of

the different parts of the plant are output automatically
structure a process s-tus list with ~ than 99 lines, by
spreading the list aver several PSLs.
AU the parameters of the individual PSIS such as the
- numbers of the individual data blocks
the names of the list headers
- the names of the list trailers
are fixed when you program the =. When prqraming the chained
list, simply specify the names of the individual PSV that are to
be chained.
For more information on PSLs see Section 4.
5.1
?-?
,:
Processing the CL on the CPU
Your STEP 5 program s-s a chained list by sending a SEND

DIRECT job with a job number to the CP 525. The job number must
be specified in advance
- in the STEP 5 user program
Then the CP 525 requests the data block from the CPU for the
first PSL to be chained. The CPU then sends all the DBs for the
individual PSIS to the CP 525 in succession as they are
requested.
-..
46
.,.,
B8576541-03
PrinterPT88/PT89
- job for output of a CL:
SmDDIBmm
with job m.
- transfer of the DBs frcm the CPU to the CP 525: ~ AI&
lhrther information of the handlhg blocks can be found in the
description Using tie handling blocks in this msnual snd in /1/

in the list of relevant documentation.
5.2
The interface between the CPU and CP 525 is formed by the data
blocks you SISS@ when ~~ the individual PSLs. This can
be the same for all = or differ from PSL to PSL.
For more infomatim cm PSLs see Section 4.
5.3 Processing the CL on the CP 525

Your STEP 5 program starts a chained list by sending me SEND
DIRECT job with a job number to the CP 525. The CP then
processes, in succession, all the PSIs specified in the CL.
This processing is described in detail in Section 4.
./-=-..,
...
Note: with the chained list:

when the CPU starts a CL with a SEND DIRMT job, the CP 525
automatically processes the individual PSLs you specified when
P-m with COM 525.
with single process statx.s lists:
the CPU must start each PSL with a SEND DIRECT job.
,:
B8576541-03
5.4
Frames
PrinterPT88/FT89
with the Chained List
When programing the chained list with COM 525 you cammt specify
a header or trailer specially for the CL. The headers and trailers must be assigned for each individual PSL.
,-?
,-.
By progmming the PSLS accordingly you have a wi& varie~ of

options as follows:
each PSL has its own header and trailer

only the first PSL has a header
only the last PSL has a trailer
any of the chained PSLS can have a header and/or trailer
each PSL begins with form feed
only the first PSL begins with form feed
Example:
Header
Frame 1
Hea&r
Rame 3
fl
.
.,,...
PSL 1
PSL 5
Trailer
Frame 4
Header
Frame 5
PSL 2
PSL 3
PSL 6
Trailer
PSL 4
Trailer
Frame 2
For more information about frames see Secticm 6.
Frame 6
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
5.5 Limit Values for Chained Lists
IIISX. no. of PSLs per CP 525 interface, theoretical *)

max. no. of chained PSLS per CL
199
8
max. no. of variables per CL, theoretical *) approx. 8 * 1400

(per PSL approx. 1400)
max. no. of DBs per chained list:
(DBs for headers/trailers are not included)
*)
In practice this number depends on

the capaciqr of the memry mbmodule
the Capaciq of the DBs (max. 512 bytes per DB)
the type of data and their space requirementts in the DB
the number of places the dynamic fields require in the list
lines
B8576541-03
6 Frames
Rinter PT88/PT89
(List
Headers/Trailers)
All three types of list (SML, CML, PSL) can have a list h6a&r
and/or trailer. These are parts of lists which are programed
independently from the list under the term %frzm&.
. .
f-
Header = a - printed at the beginning of the list and at the

beginn~ of each new page (except PSL: only at the
beginning of the list)
Trailer = a *, printed at the end of every page or at the end
of the list (except PSL: only at the end of the list)
You can
decide whether to have a header or trailer printed out by

entering the required frsme name when you program the SML, CML or
PSL under the header or trailer. The strucmre of the frame is
similar to that of the PSIS.
!IMRXMNT! Frames camot be started by the CPU. Headers and

trailers can only be printed out in conjunction with SKI+ Cl& and
PsL.
Frames can be used as required, e .8. , as follows:
a frame can be used as a header in one list and a trailer in
another
all lists can have the same frame as header and/or trailer
each list can be supplemented by its own header and/or trailer,
i.e. different frames for different lists
When programing a frame with COM 525, you select a data block
that is to contain the current dynamic values of the frame.
!IMKWCMT! Only da- words O to 127 are evaluated in this DB.
.--m, ..
.. .
. . .. . . .. . ........ .......
.,
0
...
.,,.....
B8576541-03
PrinterPT88/PT89
6.1 Processing *Ae Data on the CPU

If the STEP 5 program S-S a list, the @ 525 checks whether
the Mat requires a frame and if so, requests the data block fran
the CPU that contains the dynamic values for the frame.
#
-.
transfer of the DBs from the CPU to the CP 525: ~ AIL
Further information on the handling blocks can be found in the
descriptim Using the handling blocks in this mauual and in /1/
in the list of relevant documentation.
_les of P=WQ the CPU and the CP 525 can be found fi
the example of an application CP 525: event output and listing
with the PT88/PT89 Printerw in this manual.
6.2 Interface Between CPU and CP 525
The interface between the CPU and CP 525 is the assigned data
block and can be different from frame to frame. You decide the
number of this DB in the @ 525 user program. You must also
define this DB in the STEP 5 user program.
6.3 Processing the Data on the CP 525

titer the CPU has started an SML, (XL or PSL, the CP first checks
whether a header and/or trailer has been progge d for the list.
If yes it requests the DB for the frame from the CPU - first
the DB for the header and then the DB for the trailer.
B8576541-03
.,. ,. : .,. . .
Printer PT88/PT89
The DBs transferred from the CPU with SEND ALL (only da- words
O to 1.27) are buffered on the CP 525 until the complete list is
printed out. This ensures that the dynamic data of - the header or
trailer remain the same during the output of the list (status as
at the start of the list).
The CP 525 counts the
lines as they are printed out on the printer. The CP 525 then
recognises the end of a page, adds the trailer and triggers a
form feed to the next page where the header is then printed (if
programmed). With PSLs the header and trailer are only output at
the beginning and end of the list.
Example of frames with SML and CML:
new page
frame:
header
list line
frame :
list line
n lines
trailer
k lines
new page
frame:
header
n
i lines
. . .
The programmed page length = i + n + k lines, where i, k = O is

possible if no header or trailer has been programmed.
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
6.4 Limit Values for Frames
max. no. of frames:

can be started by CPU:
mex. no. of lines per frsme:
unlimited
no
9
max. length of a dynamic field in characters
80
max. no. of dynamic fields per frame line:
40
max. no. of dynamic fields in a frsme, theoretical *):
9*M
in the DBs for frames only the data words O to 127 are evaluated
*) In
practice tiis nwnber depends on

- the capaci~ of the mmry aubmdule
the aqacity of the DB (msx. 128 words)
the = of dynamic data and their space requirmmts in the
DB
the number of pieces the dynamic fields require in the list
lines
B8576541-03
7 Update
hinter PT88/PT89
Sequential
Message
List
The function update sequential message list (UPDATE SML) is used

when you want to change the dynamic values in list headers/ trai.lers at cefiin times, (e.g. change of shift) while the SMLs are
running. For example, you may want to change the name of the
shift, or shift engineer, etc.
+ --------------------------------------------------!
s~q L4EN1
,-,,
.,:. .., . ,W
ial message li St for : D2 .13. S7 at : C2: 2? pm !
I
! Early shift
J
Bawnes
+- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +
S 1, i $ t ~~~ g i ~~ ee fn :
E7 02: 2?: 26 pm
Tan k 1 :
02.13.87 C12: 2?: 27 pm
Tank
i :
Tank 1 :
ilz .13.
EJ2. 13.87 02: ??: 29 pm
m~;< . l~ve~
overflow
~\~M ~ ~JG
C!3MI NG
over flow
SQ r~~
G(2 I N(3
Tan k 1 : ma:.:. level
C12. 13. S7 02: 29:30 p m
+ --------------------------------------------------- i-
., .
n
.
+ ---------------------------------------------------
,.... +,,
-1-
! Sequential message 2 i st for : 02.13.27 at: 02:31 pm !

I
I
I
Richmond
Shift engineer :
! Late shift
1 - - - ---- - ---- --- - - -- - - - -- - ---- ---- ---- ---- I

max. level
C(W1 I NG
02!. 13.87 02: 31:03 pm Tank 1 :
D2 .13.87 CE!:31:CM pm
TarIk 1 :
max. level
GOING
Fig. 10 &ample: update sequential message list
Basic informstion about SlU:

The sequential message list m have a list header and/or trailer
(see Section 2.4). H you program a header and/or trailer, they
are printed out at the start and end of each new page and at the
start and end of the SML. If there are dynsmic values in the
header and trailer, P can select a DB as the data source for
these values, both for the header and for the trailer.
54
,,
.,
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
.,
.,
. . .
.---%
If the ML is started for the first time, the CP 525 requests

these data blocks from the CPU and stores their contents. This
guarantees -t within me SW the dynamic values of the header
and trailer are not changed. This also mans that the data blocks
need not be requested from the CPU for each SML job. This reduces
the load on the CPU end CP.
Update SML:
If you wish to change the dynamic values for the list header and
trailer while an SML is running, you can have - ~ Wal=!s
sent fran the CPU to the CP in DBs. You use the job UPMl!E SfL
that is triggered by the CPU when the CPU calls the handling
block SEND DIRECT with a job mmber.
7.1 Processing the Job on the CPU

The dynamic values for the header and trailer of the SML are
stored on the CPU in a DB (one for header and one for trailer,
although it is possible to have dynsmic values for both in DB) .
If ~e CPU starts the job, the DBs must already cmtain the
updated values that are to appear in the header/trailer of the
SML. ImWliately after the start of the job the CP 525 requests
these DBs from the CPU.
The data exchange bemeen the CPU and the CP 525 is carried out
by means of handling blocks as folluws:
~ DIRKCT wi.~ job mnkr
- job update SML:

- transfer of the data blocks
SO!m AT.L
from the CPU to the CP 525:

.....
More information on handling blocks can be found in the description wS~ the hsndl~ blocks in this manual and under /1/ in
the list of rekmnt documentation.
55
,,,;
. ,.
B8576541-03
The interface between the CPU and CP 525 is formed by me or txo

data blocks. The numbers of these data blocks are specified when
you program the frame with COM 525. These DBs must also be de-
P.
fined in the STEP 5 user program.

!~! With frames, only data words DW O to a mximum DW 127
are evaluated.
7.3
Processing the Job on the CP 525
a
Your STEP 5 user program starts me ~~te SF& by s~q
SEND DIRECT job with a job number to the CP 525. This job checks
whether a sequential message list with header and/or trailer has
already been started. If this is the case, me job requests the
DBs that you specified when programing the frame for this SML.
The CPU transfers these with a SEND ALL to the CP 525. These DBs
contain the most recent dynamic values. The CP buffers - values
transferred (W O - DW 127 for each block). From tiis point
onwards these values are used as me source for the output of
dynamic values in the header/trailer of the SML.
/@%.
So that you can recognise whether the dynamic values of the

header and trailer for the SML ha= been updated after the
UPDATE SML has started the follcwing occurrs:
the previous messages of the SML are completed with the trailer
which still contains the old dynamic walues
new messages are output with the header which already contains
the new dynamic values. If you programed it, a form feed fcm
the beginning of the list is performed.
,;
:
B8576541-03
8 Update
,.,.
Printer PT88/PT89
Group
Inhibit Bi-
Veryoftan a plant is divided into various parts. These may

-bestartedup
-havemaintensnce work carried out, or
- be switched off
at different times. The corresponding messages and process statuses are irrelevant during these times and only increase the
load. While a part of a plant is starting up there are usually a
lot of disturbance messages since the plant is usually unstable
during the start-up phase.
For this reason it is possible to prevant the listing of such
messages or process statuses by assigning each list line to a
groq and release or inhibit tie listing of this group.
The messages are assigned to groups when pmgmmhg tie lists
with G(M 525. There are DMX. 16 gxcmps per CP 525 ~
available. Each of the 16 groups is assigned a bit in a defined
&ta word. These bits are known as gcump inhibit bita (GIB) .
With the GIBs you can control tie output of list lines.
GIB StStUS ==
1: m -All messages and PSL lines which are assigned to

this group will not be listed.
GIB
.-.-. .
StStUS =
O : group released
All messages and PSL lines which are assigned to
this group will be listed.
The group inhibit bits (GIB) can be set or reset by the CPU at
any time. The update grasp inhibit bie job is available for this
PT-e
57
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
!IHIW?MW! After a cold restart carried out frcsn the PC and

following a SYNCHRON, the group inhibit bits on the CP 525 are
reset, i.e. all groups are enabled.
8.1 Processing the Group Inhibit Bits on the CPU

TheSTEP5programmaintains the currentstatusofthegroup
inhibit bits in a defined data word. Both the DW address snd the
DBnumberhavealreadybeenprogrammed

- in the STEP 5 ueer progrsm
By setting or resetting a group inhibit bit, a group can be
inhibited or enabled at any time. The CPU sends the job update
- inhibit bits to the CP 525 by IDSSUS of a SEND DIEUXX job.
The CP 525 immediately requests the assigned DB frcm tie CPU.
The data exchange between the CPU and the CP 525 is carried out
by means of handling blocks:
job update SML:
- DIRECT witi j6b mmbar
transfer of the DB from the

CPU to the CP 525:
Smm AIL
More information on handling block can be found in the

description Using the handling blocks in this manual and mder
/1/ in the list of relevant docum entation.
58
...
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
,:.
,,.,
,.,.
8.2
..,. ,., :.... , ...:.. ,,, :.

.
...,,
..
The interface between the CPU and CP 525 is the defined data word
in the declared data block. This contains the group inhibit bits
for the 16 groups of messages. The following applies:
15 1413121110 9 8
15 14 . . . . 9 8
..
DWn
DR n
w no
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
7 6 . . . . 1 0
DW = &a
word
DL = left data byte of DW
DR = right data byte of DW
n = number of the data vord
Bit = 1
Bit = O
8.3
means message group inhibited

means message group released
Proces sing the Group Inhibit Bits on the C!P 525
Immediately after the SEND DIRECT job has been started the CP 525
requests the da- block with the defined data wurd from the CPU.
Ihis sends the DB with a SEND AIL to the CP. !he CP 525 stores
the data word and interprets the contents iumwdiately as group
inhibit bits for the 16 groups.
The output of each list Mne is dependent on the statxs of the
ww Mbit bits for its group, which is ass~ed when programing the list line.
..-.
Inhibit bit = 1: list line or message not output

Inhibit bit = O: list line or message output m PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
9 New
RinterPT88/PT89
Page
The CP 525 automatically initiates a ~ feed when the pro_ed P$ge lexfi iS re$~d.
Your STEP 5 user program can also outpt a form feed at q tima.
Using a SEND DIRECT job with a job number, the CPU starts the
new page job on the CP 525,
Note: this job can only beccme effective as follows:

- when all the jobs in the queue of the CP 525 are processed
- when all the texts previously trans ferred to the PP88/PT89 and
buffered in its input buffer are printed out
- when the printer head is not already at the s= of a page,
i.e. the form feed has just been performed.
Purther information can be found in the example of an application
CP 525: event output and listing with the PT88/PT89 printer in
this Inanual .
10 Resetting the Page Number

The CP 525 counts the list pages printed out on the PT88/PT89. It
begins with page 1 after the CP 525 has been switched on, after a
cold restart of the interface, or after BREAK.
Your STEP 5 user program can reset the page counter on the CP 525
to one at any tire. By means of a SEND DIRECT job, the CPU starts
the job reset page number on the CP. A form feed is automatically carried out at the same time.
PrinterPT88/PT89
B8576541-03
11
./-- -y
.+..,.
Print
Attributes
Each list line (of an SK, CML or PSL) can be printed out individuslly. You can select fran among the following print attributes when programming the lists with COM 525:
C = Compressed print = 17 characters per inch (instead of 10
characters per inch)
E = Expanded print
== double character width
B = Bold face
U = Underlined
A = Acoustic signal of the PT88/PT89
You can assign the print attributes individually to the static
parts of the list lines (fixed texts) as well as to the -C
X (date, time, process variable).
The selected attributes are then valid as follows:
- for * *la list 13xu3 for all stat5c parts
(if you selected these attributes when programhg the static

p==)
- ally
for a
prticd= fkld (within the line) for all ~
(if you selected these attributes when progmming the dynamic
l==)
The attribute compressed print is mt allowed for dynamic parts.
The following attributes are allowed:
I
.,
B
I
fixed texts
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
dynamic texts
I@
yes
yes
yes
yes
B8576541-03
Printer PT.88/PT89
You can combine the print attributes as you wish. The text is
then output according to the print attributes assigned to it.
Example: the attributes PXYlllB are assigned to a particular text.
This text is then output as follows:
- in compressed print (C), however
- with double character width (E)
- in bold print (B)
- underlined (U)
- with the acoustic signal of the PT88/PT89 (A)
If dynsmic parts with theix own attributes are printed out within
a static text, the attributes of the static tz are used again
after the dynamic part has been printed out.
11.1 Print
Types
The FT88/PT89 can print out in two print types as follows:

normal print = 10 characters per inch
~ m = 17 characters per inch
11.1.1 leormal Prilm

Normal print = 10 characters per inch.
Unless you select the print attribute *C (compressed print) the

text is printed out in normal print. In normal print with normal
character width you can print the following:
-mast imm 80 characters per line
-max bum 136 characters per line
on a PT88
on a PT89
Printer PT88/Pl89
B8576541-03
Condensed print = 17 characters per inch.

If you select the print attribute *C, the texts are printed in
compressed prtit. In compressed print with normal character width
you can print the following:
-msx hum 136 characters per line
- maximum 136 characters per line
on a PT88
on a PT89
This attribute is accepted only by the PT.88/PT89 at the beginning

of a line. It then remins valid for the whole line, i.e. for
static and dynamic text.
lM PT88/PT89 can print out as follows:

5 * 9 &ts
- normal character width = character matrix
- double character width = character nwsrix 2 * 5 * 9 dots
U..2.1 Hwxal LhmCter width

Unless you select the print attribute Ew, We text is printed
out in normal character width. A character is then represented by
a 5 * 9 &t ~~cter ~trfi.
11.2.2 Dmble ~ width (E)

If you select the print attribute E, the text is printed with
double character width. Each dot in the character matrix is
represented by two dots side by side. A character is then represented by a 2 * 5 * 9 dot character matrix.
.,
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
11.3 Bold Print (B)

.
. . . . . . . . :. ., ~.,
With bold print, each character is printed more than once. There
is, however, a difference between heavy print with the impact
matrix printer and heavy print with the inkjet printer.
11.3.1 Bold Print with tb Impact lhtrk Printer @eadle)

A bold face character is produced when the printer prints the
character three *.
11.3.2 Bold Print with tb Inkjet Printer

A bold face character is produced when the printer prints the
character twice.
11.4
Underlining
(U)
If you select the print attribute un&rlinedw (U), the text is

underlined. The underlining is part of the character. It is
printed on the bottom position of the character (ninth position).
Spaces are also underlined.
Note: the tails of letters such as g, j, p, q beccaue unclear!
-le: dogg7 becomes do-.
11.5 Acoustic
Signal (A)
The attribute A triggers the acoustic signal of the PT88/PT89

(lasts one seccmd). & CP 525 ensures that it is triggered only
once per list line even if it is programed
line (e.g. for several dynamic parts).
...
B8576541-03
B&Ld . . - - -
P r i n t e r Pi88/PIW
. .,
00-- -U1.2**+G-?T?***+?
:
f] -
Rinter PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
3.2
=?=w..@$,,
.,
.,
,
..,
M*1 ~
&
,.::
:,-
-.
,,.
,.
.,.- ,: -,?;-
7,. ...
. . %.:7,.?;.:- . -
,;. . ,...
.,~v . .
. -
.,, ;,,:.,:;,
, ~-. -,,. -
,.
.........
-k ~ * ~ C&Bck km to sea Ihmhtiz
.,.
,,..
,,.,. ~ ,.,;,.. -
jrsm
.,,
Sylfe4m
B8576541-03
printclr model
Rintez PT88/m!89
PT68 or PT$9
B8576541-03
PzQlter PT88/Pm
I dlwfaB
Px?M1/Pr89
,. .
aas4hlM11 /6
. . . . . . . . . . .. -., . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , ..,, . . . :,~.qi#-.f&j
1;:
-x- .---.
.-=..-
~.-..
m
..,,.... . . . . .
,
,.
,,.
.,,..:
,.
.,
,:
.,
.,l.
.,
.S2~767- 81- AW)O

Q ,
Cl
.,,
.
!C3 ~1
., ;.,
Mm- * . * - * -.alP - &
.!..
B3576S41-03
Rhzmz F@)@9HW
II 52 (--y
%
...,
.
,.
S22?67-:S2- A3W
,.
.&
,
n
t%awImi8@a
mwbps
?J.
I--
B8576%l-t)3
i
~
1 , ,.
:,,
.:.
.,
,,..,
.,.
,,..,,:..,.,..
,,,. ,,.,,,
.:.
,.
.
l- ~~ ~ ~ ~
-.,
..: .,.i
,,
.,
..;
.
.
;..,
...,
.
.,
.,,
,.
:.
!.,
.,
,,,
~ ..Eqs$J$q!s9
RM76S4143
*W.: ;:@!!:,*&.
; .,,,e2,:,,,.::j:,,,,,
, ; . .
..:,:
- fsmlrldm aziu$lsqmtrn
..,.,
.tlw~ ,-,~.,.
T,:,=
d
.,:<
,.
...
.::~::~
$.
j
,. ,. . . .. :..., .. . . . . . .. . . . :., . . .-.,

.. . . --, . ,:,-.
.>..+.-.,.,
-..3.s4.,,...,.....1.,
-.--..s..-..4..-..+
. .
.-., .. . . . .
. . .:, *.:?, ..,,..
>.,.~,-:......-.--:.--..-,:-i,
.-.-.. .:- --.-.*-+-*--
,,.:,...we:,w<:6*i:i+$,:+;+&.~:v:;:;:
-. .:-!-,. ----
.
Rlnter
PT38/ri!89
B8576541-03
,-,. .
*..M?@#il&
...
,..
~m
...
B8576541-03
Prhter P%88/PT89
,$ m
.. . .. . . . . . . . ... . ... . . ,;,.: .,. . . ., .+:. . -. ~+
.:ms~;i~~
B8576S41-03
Printez Em$$j$Tm9
B8576541-03
.
-,
tmM@!xg%tit%h8L4mm$~
-r4mcei* wiittitbefAmm?a~
1.
Prlm%r Pml$a
B!
m
~
follKJuiQ@ pammters -- Wtl CmEwt

SM: ,.
:,. .~,+... -
:.
.:,
,!
,,
$:.
,.,
-.
.
~ :. . :.lJ.-
tmvititi
.> . . . ~ .: ::,
. .
.- ,.. :..?i :
.., , ..,: . . .
q, y
~.
,x ,: .... .
- dm4KlHt.mi!g$ii: .7-MDes 4tiia!lt)ik . ;

.
. & c- ~- ; ,:$ :;
j
,L9.;.~4
.i!i
,:, ..
: ,,
..................
B$S76S41-03
Rfmxwr PWME18f?
.~--?A%M---- . .- ..... .,...
B8576541-03
.,.,2 .:...-
Rhter PIt#/STS??
.,,,
,,,., -A.:,:- . . ~, -. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .,. ... .,.
B8576541-03
.~.-,:
-..,~.f-.
. . .. . .
,.
Risme.rPm&mw
..
., ...:..,,,,,,,.. ;.,.:,-, . . .
00mE41-03
R5ax~/wm9
l!
B8S76541-03
Pri.ntsx 3q%8/l?m9
:.,. . =,.,. ,-. ,. . ...,....;......:,...,,. . .
B8576541-03
Prhtezm84t/m!m
Rinter PT88#PT89
B8576S41-03
8I
1
=YW*
Merpreter +
I
P-=-=*=1
38576S41-03
Printez PM8m9
B8576541-03
1
Rineer PTOO/ITMl
1
U3adabh
mftware
Th9 laed8b& Softawm bothfcirt!he~ 1* and for

. . .
* ixm5umg:
prtnter P18#/P289 2nc&M9M
B8576541-03
. m
PrinteE P!m8jPT89
5xm
32 x i
.*.-----
B8576%1-03
mmBz PmJ#%#9
32 x .t
I
&
*..~..@&
~,.*,&,
. .
.. . . . ,,..
..-, -,... -:-...... :. ., . . . . . . . . . . . , .
,,
...&&*g,&g$&&,@,,,-m..&A.-..=....--... -
B85MS41-03
~~~
.......~-~=
Print= Fm/Pr89
Riategmw3#m%u?
38576%1-03
*..~:.;::;:...:- ...,.%.,:.,.,:...,:.
. . . . . ?:.,....,
~a@: ,. ~ . .: Mi?@=
4isiiiM@-
d#lM!iy $iy$it@:: .;
, .,.,
,..
..
.:.$
>- -,. .: .,+ .; ::<:,. : .:...=:+

q:,,:
:.-. .-, .
-,.
v
- lm~afdm; 4a&,: al@wm@ra
-i??mB8
..,,
*6*
.,
.:.
,:. :,., . ,: ,, ...
:;
. . . .. . . .
-4 ., ,.. .+ . . . . . . . ..
,,+..-.
,. .- .:.%:; -:.
.:&~-
,J: :$:,
.,
.,
,:
:,:
,. .,-., ? . ., ,;,
,1.,..
..,.,
.:....,......-..,.,
,,:.
.,,.,
.+[+,...
:,,.
.-.4
-, , . .
:::
:., .
.:
-.
.;
. . .. . . . . . . . .
,-..
-. .
.;::~:::$,
.:,,/:/;:;!-.;;;+.
?
. .::.
~odin
Wta@h
odmmamkmMbx= 8
,
fiil+. :
10lm&* m be
duli
.::y%:&:J ..:;: i.!:% ,?; ;:$:? ,, ,.
m::*!::-:
. . . .:, , .. .,.. ....: ,.-. .. .. . .. . . , .
.
.,
~~:
...,,::.
:,
,.
,.
,:
...
;
qkqrt tday i$ ninuuly

- Ootle 4 w
pmaeimx: 4xJd&*, -
~=-
...
,,,
. . .,,. . :
t.,,
:
,
.:
.:.
,.,
,.,,
..!:
!,):.:.
$~f.
.,
,:
,,.
.
.,
,.:.
.,
,,
& &j.;,;.
m: bold on, acowtm +,y@yLl m*

*=:
(Slmed as Ci4xw ,
%&d On aid $Lustic signal m (8to?@ii Uiodk)
p
0
*.,. +,..
4:3:,)!
., ,.
Pmalntas cm * tm following:
- &ems
-CPurumiber
-DB
e.g. Mt 123$ DU 15
.- mm (0.$. of fzaaues) eke.
i: : .:
J
4
,:,!.
?)4 :
,,
3
., ,.
,.,
.,...,,:J;.+
, , , , ., :..,. ,. .,., , , ., ,:. :(,:.,;:, :
,;
:[
::::$;,
~4G_.-,,
----
Rintxm 2T84VP=9
B8S76541-03
-~
-.- ~
.j.~~
Mmrm!iT mQusrJ@
-+. .
,.
.:.,.:,.
,,,;,,i,,.,.,,,,.,,.,
.,,,
.,
.,.
.
*:;&.
.$.:
*-@@&, ,
..+ .:. . ,
,,..
.+::::qj!p, the static texts axe @t@mMum$-+!n

,.
by *:3+$ $***, =8 *- ~ ~ %p.
inn.rs6wm L?waggmly -
w-* ===@
.:.
,j
, ., ..,:, . . . . . .:,. :,
., :
Note: to
pf@qs
,,
-;,::.::<:,::::,:.
,,
.., . . ..
-,. .
...............
....x:.&.d&&*k.*-..:,!<*-.!A*-.A--........A.~
;.4...
.-..,,.-.
.-
B8376541-03
Rinterl?wMjTm9
230
., .., . . . ,. ... . . . ..
,.
-, ,, ..:
%!l?81mt?@m@aamem * tlwse 30
34*
liyt?u -, 3WJ + 2s9 bytes
4@m4?zy *
-Sw@s +
.:..*
..-
.y
~,;..,::
. . . . . .
. ..
. :
.: ?:
.:.
-~
(* 13ylM@
16
n
.= ~ :. .
. .. .. . .. . ... .. . ...
!
RiT@r Ei!8$/P!r@
38W654Z-03
.,. .
-.. .-.:.
,.
%wg%lr%lry
.~~
M
13
la
6*SQ
6+n2
.:, .
F=
.} **
dam
~~ **
raq@mmw
.
,..
.,,. :.
,.:, ,
-8
W@@&
:
.; i:. .... .:
F @ Q @ = * - Iw...
&w.,,*,. ,@g @@#+a-.~ *.-(#@g!$p:*@p &
,& ..~* @g *$ ;gg.~.:##&#j$@&##::#@~ 2
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
-J-e
... ,:.
., ,.,,, . .
.i
. ... ..:. . . . .,
The string of numbers does not belong to the
2
3
123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345 678901234567
1
1 +- - -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ---- -- -- ------ -------- ------ ---- +

!
Line 2 ! ~ ~t 03
!
## Shift el@ne=r: #####H#
Line 3 ! S%ift:
!
Line 4 ! --: #w##x# -: ####w
-----------------------------------------------------!
Line 5 +Line
The space required for this frame is the total of the

Memory required
.,
(h bytes)
27
10
28
74
55
10
204
basic requirementt (element header)
line
line
line
line
line
1
2
3
4
5
sum for the entire frame
In ddition, there is also the space required fur the directory
(according to 15.2.1).
, ., . . . .
111
.,:,~,..k-aaaa
.*a,=,,,*,,,,,.,---
~~~
~.......
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .&..
B8576341-03
RUwer Ymwaml
,.-..
,.
,...
&@z?Tr?Ty
i!
:
:
?aaA3Zw@Nlmt
.,:. .: . .
,.,
.,
r, ., .
~.:.
..*J
.,,..
atatic iaz$
1 byta fox *+* @ar$ *.::*$..:.
, & ayka fox *4$:i@ibLl .*;~$~?::i~;~~;$ 7- ::: ,:
5
,. . . :
,.,
~,, ., , , . , ~., , . -,. .!.:.:,!, +,,

,,..
;
4
,.:
.,
.:,
,,,
,$..
,,,.
.. . . . . . . . . . . . .
,,.
,,..
..$
,,
,,:,
?
.,;
,,.
2e
,.
.,, .
..:
,.
.:,,.:,.., ,:,:J,.,:?..,
,!
.,:
.,.
..,
,..
,,;{
18 m * ! txnmyor *it $M
1 I@x for i (at and of 1*)
3 bytes *
apacea (C4xripmaaed]
line 2 Caim@ls no dynamic parts

,,
total fm Mm %?
,:,,
,.,,
&,$.J,,
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
-@Q
The string
of numbers
does not belong to the
==@
5
4
3
2
1
l23456789Ol23456789Ol23456789Ol23456789Ol23456789Ol234567
0
Line 1
Line
Iine
Line
Line
2
3
4
5
t ----------------------------------------------------? Q==Y=~t 03
### SLift el@laer:##m##u#
! S&t:
+
!
!
!
! --: #### ==:
f- - ---- - ----- ------ -- ---- -- -- ---- -- -- ---- ---- ---- - - ---- - !
##w
The space required for this frame is the lm-1 of the

- required
(in bytes)
27
10
28
74
55
10
204
basic requirement (elemant header)
line
line
line
line
line
1
2
3
4
5
sun for the entire frame
In addition, there is also the space requixed for the directory
(according to 15.2.1).
,..
.., -,,,,.,
m.
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
Ixne 5:
+- ----------------------------------------------------., . . . , , . .
,,
!.
Memory required
For
(in bytes)
basic requirement
static text
1 me for + (at start of l~e)
1 Me for + (at end of l~e)
3 -es for -w (compressed)
line 1 contains no dgnamic parts
10
total for line 5 (identical to line 1)
5
5
B8576541-03
.
:,. . . . . .,. . .
...,., , f;~::.;.i
Line 3:
,..: , .- ,:. - ,; > ,,. .::. :.,

.:7,: .- . ., ,.
.,
;, -,. . .~. ,.~ ,~. . ., . . . . .. . ,..,.. .- , ,. ,.,$ .: . . ., ,.,
Printer PT88/PT89
..,,.
+.
J Shift:
##
Shift eJ@suwm
Mmory required
(in bytes)
For
5
33
..
basic requirement
s-tic text
llbytesforw! 8hift: w
18 bytes for w Shift engineer:
1 me for ! (at fie~d)
3 bytes for
spaces (compressed)
for the tm dynamic field
18 bytes for field 1 (process variable BYTE)
18 bytes for field 2 (process variable CHAR)
36
total for line 2
.,
Lina 4:
! rote: ###f#
5
24
basic requirement
static text
10 bytes for ! date: m
IO bytes for time: w
l~e for ! (at end of l~e)
3 bytes for
spaces (compressed)
for the two dynamic fields
13 bytes for field 1 (DATE frcm DB)
13 bytes for field 2 (TIME &cm DB)
26
.,
55
-: ######
total for line 3
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
15.2.2.3 PCJobs
PC jobs are started by & CPU using theif job numbers. The
following are PC jobs:
1. Sequential message list SML
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Rocessstams
list PSL
CL
Chained list
Curmntmessagelist
CKL
update SML
Update group inhibit bits (GIB)
New page
Reset page mnnber
1.
,.,
, ...
,
,,
The memory space required for the sequential message list (SML)
is ob-ined by the following:
.,. ,. ,.
Memory required For

(in bytes)
18
2 x (i + 1)
k+l
12
12
7
3+1
3+m
3+n
basic requirement (elemnt header)

list header (i = no. of chars. in frame name) *
list trailer (k = no. of chars. in frame ~ ) *
*
column no. , attributes, order date
*
column no. , attributes, order time
column no. , attributes and no. of characters
in the texts for 3 sta-es (attributes) of the
messages:
1 = no. of char. in text for status caning *
m = no. of char. in text for status going *
n = no. of &r. in t= f= s~~
*
acknowledged
*= optional, depends on proggraudng
memory requirements for the directory must be added to this

(as in 15.2.1).
115
. . . .... .....-, .+a.tiw ..=.,-w-...,,+ e.....,
. . . ,. ....,w=.,~<.Am *.,.~m...w. &=.,., ~,. :,.=, `*<, . , *, ,:. , , &i*#,.wJ4,.,. ,; . i,. ,. .., -., . . . . . .
.,
, ,,
B8576541-03
Printer PT88@89
2. Roceas Staals list PsL

The memory requirements for a FsL are obtained by the following:
Memory required For

(in bytes)
basic requirement (element header)
list header (i = no. of chars. in frame name) *
list trailer (k = no. of chars. in frame -) *
sum of the memory required for the individual
PSL lines (L)
(msx. 99 lines per PSL possible)
this is calculated using the same formula as
for individual frame lines (see 15.2.2.2)
26
2 x (i + 1)
2 X (k + 1)
Sum L
The memory requirement for the directory must be added to these
requiremants (as in 15.2. 1).
=-v l=
f= * isdiwidual = Ureas (L)
The memory requirements for the individual FSL lines can be

cakulated according to the same table that the individual frame
lines use:
- requiredI
For
(in bytes)
5
16
n
sum D
basic requirement per line if the line is mt

assigned to a group
~ic r~nt per l~e ~ ~ l~e ~
assigned to a group
n characters static text
sum of the memory requirements for all the
dynamic variables of a frame line
Note:
To save space the static texts are automatically compressed by
C(X4 525; i.e. , more than three identical successive characters
occupy only three bytes of memory!
#T-
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
--~ fatk ~~ ina PSL line

- re@r~* for the dynamic variables in a PSL line are
di$ferent depending on the qpe of variable. You mn calculate
the requirements by using the following able:
, . . .:,
. . . . . .: . . . .->.
,,
Memory required
For
(in bytes)
6+nl
6+n2
basic requirement
date or time
process variable
process stitus variable:
nl = no. of chars. in text for process stems 1
n2 = no. of chars. in text for process status 2
6 + n8
n8 = no. of chars. in text for process status 8
17
13
18
space is required only for process stamses

that have been ~d!
Note:
requireutents are always the maximm space required;

they take into accoun t the following:
- date always DMY and source DBW
- time always HIuS and SOUrC e DB
- changes of attribute
address in DB greater then 99 (3 digits)
These memory
By reducing any of these you can saw space.
,..
. .. . .,
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
Since there is very little difference between PSLS and the frame
in terms of structure you can simply use the example given for
calculating the memory requirements for the frame.
Included in
list header
list trailer
job number
DB number
yes
yes
yes
yes
Assign the following to the PSL:
list header: the frame HEAD1

list trailer: the frame TBAIl
135
job number:
no
no
no
yes
(-,
..:,
Printer PT88/Pl89
B8576541-03
-k (the string of numbers does not belmg to the example)

..
,, ...,
.,
4
5
3
2
l23456789Ol23456789Ol23456789Ol23456789Ol23456789O~34567
., -. .,. ~ . :.,. ,., :
t ----------------------------------------------------- -+
!
~ ~~t 03
!
## shift engimer:###f#H#
! sift:
!
! mme: ##### -:##i#w
t ------------------------------------------------------ !
The space required for this PSL is the total of the following:
Memoryre@xed
(in bytes)
26
11
11
10
28
74
55
10
225
For
basic requirement (element l=-=)

list header (2 x 5 = 2 x no. of chars. Hl%m)
list trailer (2 x 5 = 2 x no. of chars. Ml)
line 1
line 2
line 3
line 4
line 5
sum for the entire PSL
For calculating the memory requir ments of the indiwblual PSL

lines see the example of the frame (Section 15.2.2.2).
. .. . . .
,. ,
B8576541-03
Printer PT88m89
3. tlMilMd list (CL)

. .
,,.
The memory requirements for the chained list are obtained from
the following:
Fkmory required
(in bytes)
8
l+nl
l+n2
.
1 + n8
For
basic requirement t (element ~)

nl = no. of char. for name of 1st chained PSL
n2 = no. of char. for name of 2nd chained PSL
* = no. Of
ChSr.
for me of 8th chained PSL
if there are fewer thsn 8 PSI.S chained, the

memry requirements are reduced accordingly
e.g. with 2 PSIs only (1 + nl) + (1 + ti)
memory requirement for the directory mst be added to this

(as in 15.2.1).
&--.\
--- .- . - -.
Printer PT88/PT89
The menmry requirements for the current message list are obtained
from the following:
Memory required For

(in bytes)
basic requirement (elemen t header)
list header (i = no. of chsr. in frame name) *
list trailer (k = no. of char. in frame name) *
20
2xi
2xk
IIWIKWY =@--t for the directory must be added to this

(as in 15.2 .1).
5. UPum 94L
for the job UPDATE 8MLn is the following:
The
memory
requir ement for the directory must be added to this
(as 3n 15.2.1).
B8576541-03
PrinterPT88/FT89
6. UPM!CE_~
~~-ement for the job WPDA15? GIB is as follows:
For
Memory requixed
(in bytes).
total requirement
24
~ ~ re~ ment for the directory must be added to this

(as in 15.2.1).
7. lmx Pm
The memory requir ement for the job NEW PAGE is as follows:
Memory I
required For
(in bytes)
1.2
total requirement
~ ~ re- ement for the directory must be added to this

(as in 15.2.1).
8. BEET - IKHEER
Suppose that PAGE NUMBER = 1
~ ~ re~ ement ~r the job PAGE NUMBER = 1 is as
follows :
Memory required For

(in bytes)
total requirement
-=Y =-ement for the directory must be added to this

(as in 15.2.1).
122
B8576541-03
PrinterPT88/PT89
16 Special Jobs Carried Out by the CPU

Sectim 16 contains informstion about the following:
- the error message aree of the SYSMT
- the i&ntification area SYS~
the reading and writing of the date and time
16.1 Reading the Error Message Area of the SYSTAT

The error message area of the SYSTAT is a data area in the dualport RAM of the CP 525. After the CP 525 recognises an error, it
entars the corresponding error number in the error message area
of the SYSTAT. You decide how the CPU is to react in your STEP 5
user program on the CPU.
The CPU reads the error ~ axea of the SYSTAT for the speci-
f ied CP interface by means of the job
The area in the CPU (destination area) to whiCh the error message
area is to be transferred, is fixed when you assign parameters to
the RECEIVE DIRECT 200 data block. The destination length must be
at least two words.
RECEIVE DIRECT 200 is =ecuted only when an error number has been
entered in the error message area of the ~, since mly then
is the bit RWEIVE - job ready set in the ANZW (bit O).
Note: in some cases (e.g. , if no SNCHRON has been run or if
s~-up errors occurred in the CP 525) the error message area
cannot be read by RECEIVE DIRECT 200 (cf. note in 16.3).
B8576541-03
~txre of
RinterFT88/PT89
desthatimlams
If error numbers sre catered in the error messsge ares they sre
locsted (sfter they have been read by RECEIVE DillECT 200) in the
selected srea in the CPU (e.g. in the dsta block).
./,
This diagram is explained on the following psge.
..
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
Byte
Bit
byteo bit 3
status
0
m
1
bit 2
(0)
bit 1
0)
bit O
m)
bit 7,
6, 5, 4
Significance
no error in SYSTAT (not foil.ouing

executed RECEIVE DIRECT 200)
error entered in SYSTAT
note: this bit is always set if there
is an error entry - i.e. with this
you can check whether data were
transferred with RECEIVE D3RBCT 200
no error overflow (max. 3 error

entries)
error overflow (more than 3 errors)
no BREAK currently cm the interface
BREAK on the interface

note: bit 1 only shows the instantaneous status and does not always mean
an error. The error status BREAK is
determine d only by tie error number
in DRO, D13 and DBl. Ihe current
= StatUS can Cdy be indicated
here 3f the interpreter and procedure
are loaded and have been started! !
0
1
,,/-J
,.
. ,. . .
Q
printer ready to receive

printer not ready to receive longer
than 1 minute (in XOFF state)
possible causes: - no paper
- printer offline
-no ink
irrelevant
. :,..+
yte 1
yte 2
yte 3
error number 1
error number 2
error number 3
00 = no error
For more information on error messages please see Section 17.

126
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
Example of a comand sequence within a STEl 5 user program for

the CPU 992 (R processor) is as follows:
.. .
:0
..
F 1.0
:ON F 1.0
:
:Ju FB121
NAM E:RECEIVE
SSNR:
A-NR:
Aml:
ZTXP:
DBNR:
KYo,o
KY0,200
PwLo
KSDB
KYO,1O
ZANF: KF+1
ZIAE: KP+2
Pm: FY5
s
.
J
.
*
.
*
.
>
to initiate the reading out fmu SYSTAT

result of logic operation mmt = 1
data transfer only in error entry

interface number O
fixed job number for reading SYSTAT
s
.
a
.
s
&st. for error numbers is DB1O

from data word 1
2 data worde
.
*
.
*
test bit 3 of group byte

jump if no error entered
:C
..
DB1O
:AN D 1.11
:JC 41001
:.
.. .
.
B
i.
:.
: XI FB124
NAME: RESET
SSNR:
K!m,o
A-NR: KY0,200
PAFE: FY6
:
:C DB1O
:L KHOOOO
:T DWl
:T DW2
.-.
..
;
.
D
an error was entared, i.e. the SYSTAT
register on the CP 525 should be reset

tith RESEI DIRECT 200 (see following
pages)
reset error entry in DB
Mool ! .
: etc.
:BE
127
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
16.2 Resetting (Clearing) the Error l@ssageArea

The CPU resets the error message area of the 8T8TAT (according to
interface numbers) with the job

-
DIRECT 200
AU the entries are then cleared with the exception of the BREAK
bit (B).
!RIRXUMT!: the error message area of the SYSTAT is not cleared
by a SYNCHRON call.
The CP 525 can enter up to three error numbers in the error

message area. Her errors cannot be signalled, unless the
old entries have been cleared. For this reason the error
massage area must be reset in good time by a B38ET D18ECT 200.
The destination area in the CPU must also be reset.
16.3 Reading the Whole SYSTAT

In addition to reading the error message area of the STSTAT, the
whole SY8TAT of the CP can be read by means of the job
BECEIVE DIRECT 221
The area read then contains the error messages for both inter-
faces (in bytes 4 to 10). This job can only be executed if there
are no error numbers entered. A destination length greater than
or equal to 16 bytes (8 words) is necessary.
Note: in some cases, (e.g., no sYNCHRON executed or error during
the start-up of the CP 525), the SYST!4T cannot be read by means
of RECEIVE DIRECT 221. It must then be read directly fran the
dual-port RAM (fraa address F660H).
Printer
The area transferred with this job is structured as follows :

Bit
-, .-.
716 1
Byte O
irrelevant
irrelevant
sign of life
irrelevant
..
E2
02
I m I ]
I B2 I M I El I 01 I B1
error number 1 IFl
error umber 2 IFl
error number 3 IPl
error number 1 IP2
error
o
L - - l
1Rl
..
10
11
12
13
14
15
nmber 2 IF2
error number 3 IP2
resemred
The individual bits or bytes have the following significance:

= 1 mde selector switched to RJJN
= 1 mde selector switched to STOP

= 1 mde selector switched to RR
Sign of life: this byte is incremented by 8 at regular intemmls
Onthecp
STOP
129
Printer PT88p89
B8576541-03
Bytes 4 to 10 cover the error message area for both interfaces

(see Section 16.1 - Reading the error message area of the
SYSTAT) .
Error mssage area for IFl: bytes 5 to 7 and byte 4 (bits O to 3)
Error messa~e area for IF2: bfies 8 to 10 and bpe 4- (bits 4 to
7)
16.4
Reading
.,-:+$!?
,
the SYSID
h identification area is specified on each CP 525. Information

is written into the identification area SYSID of the CP 525;
i.e. , you can find information about the following:
- the module
- the memory submodule
-the interface assignman t etc.
.....
,,
BYmeans of the job

RECEtVE DIWZT 223
the CPU can read the SYSID of the CP 525.

This is possible providing the field length is greater tiun or
equal to I-28 bytes; i.e. , the BIGR parameter in the SYWHRON is
KY 0,4 / KY 0,5 / KY 0,6.
A destination length greater than or equal to 128 bytes is also
necessary.
If the field length is less than 1.28 bjmes the message completed
with errors and the error number 7 is entered in the status byte
and the nmber IE in the error message area of the SYSTAT. The
SYSID area is not then transferred.
Note: the SYSID can also be read directly from the dual-port RAM;
i.e. , without handling blocks (from address F680H). For more informaticm refer to the manual for your PC.
, ,. . -..
.L
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
Smtxme of
.,
- tiulareasxsID
the Mam5fma
contains a number of parameters that identify the CP.

-h ~ter fi ~leted ~~ =@ge rem (~ = ~H) also counted in the byte specification. Parameters not assigned
consist simply of CR. sane psramaters have a different significance depending on the memory submdule types. All the parameters
are represented in ASCII.
The SYSID
With the CP 525 these parameters are structured as follows:

Parameter
o to 9
Mean. suhodule identi.fier/capacky:

EPROM: e.g. for order * r
6ES5373-0M41
Shmm as :373 -0AA41
RAM:
memory capacity of the submd.
RAM XXXKW
e.g. xom = 64
Module identifier:
CP 525-2 / CP 524
19 to 21
Version of the CP firmare
22 to 41
Plant designation:
EPROM: designation of programmed
plant
RAM:
42 to 50
Generated m:
EPROM: date of EPROM progmming
RAM:
5 to 9
51 to 55
not used with CP 525
10
56 to 64
PROM 525 - version:

PROM 525 = w~ v- for
EPRQM sdmodules
EPROM: PROM 525 - version
RAM:
,>
Descriptim
10 to 18
....
Byte
131
, . .. .. .,, -.. . . . - . .. . .+. .,. . -----------
. . . . . . . . . . ..
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
Interface 1
Parameter
11
12
13
14
15
Byte
65
68
77
80
89
to
to
to
to
to
67
76
79
88
91
Description
Example
c~t we
PT

interpreter version
procedure name (*)
procedure version
PT88
ml
IAUPPT88
m
Descriptim
Example
c~t %=
interpreter version
procedure nsme (*)
procedure version
end Mantifier ETX
(03H)
RK
Interface 2
Paremeter
16
17
18
19
20
Byte
92
95
104
107
116
to 94
to 103
to 106
to 11.5
to 118
119
BK512
ml
P3964R
ml
* . - of ~terpreter ~ procedure correspond to the &s@nations in the (X)M library
If the interface is not assigned, the parameters specific to the

interface are replaced by spaces (20H).
132
.-,.,,
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
16.5 CP 525: Reading and Writing the Date and Time
A CP 525
Time
must be designated either time master or time slave.
Slave:
after powering up, the Cp mcts at f~st = a t*

slave. It can update its own date and the time; how-, the CPU cannot read this.
mater: the xuster provides tie system time; i.e., it must

be able to make this available at any time.
- e the CPs (at reguIf the CPU wishes to synchronu

lar internals or when certain events occur), it
reads the system time frm the time master and sets
all the time slaves to this time. his relievas the
time slaves of urmecessary updating tasks.
The CPU can set the date and time on a CP 525 at any time. It
can, however, read the date and time of the CP 525 only if the
latter has been designated time master.
,,...
.......
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
The date/time area transferred during writing or reading, is

structured as follows :
k
Byte
Significance
bit O: master id.
1 = master
o = slave
1
2
~;.
,. .-..,.
/10 s 1/100 s
min
day
month
.: ., ,. .
!!2!+
8
9
In a word transfer, byte O corresponds to the left half of the

first data word; ~ 1 the right half of the first data word.
The date and time &e coded in BCD.
lhe accuracy of the C1O* is 1/~0 S. This means that the position
1
/100 s in byte 2 of the date/time area is always O. when the
time is written, the 1/100 s are not accepted.
.,;,,:
..(
,. .,,
i
~f.
...
,,,,
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/Pl89
The job number 218 is fixed on the CP 525 for the jobs read /
write date and tine.
:. . .
., , ,. . . . . , .., . ;.; ~.
..
SO!mmRlmT 2.1.8
Using this job, the CPU declares the CP as master or slave. At
the
time the CPU can also transfer the &te and time to the
same
CP.
Whether the CPU transfers the date snd time ** on the source
length specified (QIAE = length of the dam tobe transferred):
QIAE =
1-
The CP 525 is declared as master/slave by means of the contants

of bit O (least significant bit) in the f fist byte; master: bit O
E 1 / SISVe : bit O = O.
During the start-up or in a warm restart of the CPU, the 8END
DIRECT 218 vith QIAE = 1 and master bit = 1 for the CP which is
to be master mat be called up. The date and time on the CP 525
are not changed by QIAE = 1.
QTAE==5um3s
The CP is declared as master/slave by means of the rester identif ier and the date and time are transferred.
Remember that when transferring the time to a master which is to

remain as master, you mst set the msster identifier.
You should also take into account that the date and time are
adopted by the CP cmly during the handshake (synchronization *

inputs or after reading a different clock).
Note: the source area from which the data are transferred to the
CP should be a data block.
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
Note:
The CP 525 can be declared as time rester on one or both interfaces. The date and time can only be read on the interface on
which the CP is declared as master.
If the CP is declared as xuster on an interface and then as slave
on the other interface, the CP becomes time slave on both interfaces. For vie, the following situation occurs: when the
date/time from the first interface is read, the error number IF
is entered in SYSTAT. When the second interface is read, the
handshah is not carried out, since the bit RECEIVE - job ready
in the ANZW (bit O) is not set. No error message is output.
A SYNCNRON does not influence the master-slave function.
,. . +... . .
By Uieans of this job the CPU can read the date and time from the
CP (if the CP has already been declared time master with SEND
DIRECT 218.
The destination length must be five words. Again the destination
area should be a data block.
Note: the data read tmly has meaning if the date and time have
been set at least once since the module was plugged in (with SEND
DIRECT 218; length: five words).
,.
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
. ..,
,.. ,.
-.:
, : .., ~
,. , ;,:%:;..;.:,,.,-..:?
,.
17
Error
Handling
Errors recurring while the CP 525 is operat~ with the PT88/

PT89 can have different causes as follows:
on the PT88/PT89 (e.g. )

no more paper
no more ink
printer offline
printer switched off
in the link between the CP 525 and PT88/PT89 (e. g.)

cable disconnected
cable defect
wrong cable
on the CP 525 (e. g.)

wrong memory submdule
no mmorg submdule plugged in
job not programmed
memory subodule not programed
error in user program
hardware fault
overflow of message FIFO
on the CPU of the PC (e. g.)

incorrect data (various causes possible)
error during data exchang e between CP 525 and CPU
Errors detected by the CP 525 are signalled to the CPU with as

much detail as possible. You detemi.ne how the CPU is to rut in
P m 5 program on the CPU (for more details see gection 16).
{--%,
, .:,
B8576541-05
Printer PT88/PT89
You can for example have the following:
an error message printed out on the PT88/PT89 - possibly via

another CP 525 or via the other interface of the same CP 525
the errors displayed with messages on a monitor (e.g. ; with the
CP 526)
- the job repeated
If there is a BRINK on the ccmnection line, i.e. either the cable

has been withdrawn or is defective or the printer is switched
off, all incming jobs are aborted with ~ BREAK error.
Errors are signalled to ym by the following:

(l.)
- an error number in the W byte of the handling block
- an error number in the condition codeword AISUJ of the bandling
(2.)
block
(3.)
- an error number in tie error message area of the SXSWF
1. * ~ TmdMir indbe PAFsbyte oftk2h8ndliq block (mm)

The PAPE byte is a parameter you specify when an HDB is called.
The handling blocks write to the PAFE byte if serious errors
occur in connection with a CP or if parameters are incorrectly
specified, H you receive a PAFE error number, this means that
the data ~e be?xeen the CPU and the CP either is not
started or was aborted.
A detailed description of the PAFE byte errcm messages can be
found in the &scription Using the handling blocks in this
handbook.
!IMHRTMT!: after transferring a part of a program from the PC
to the CP, the error numbers 91.H and CIH can occur even if there
is no error. If this occurs on your system, first repeat the job
affected.
,.,!
,,,.
.,i
B8576541-03
Rinter PT88/PT89
2. me ~mmbers inthecxmditim CC&uJrdm

Theconditioncodawor d ANZW is also a parameter you specify when
cdl- an HDB. With direct jObS (SEND DIRECT, FETCH DIRECT,
RECEIVE DIRECT), AN2W indicates whether the job is running or was
caupleted. If the job was completed with an error, an error
nmber is entered in bits 8 to U. in the ANZW. Bit 3 is also set:
job terminated with error.
!IMHXfMT!: an error nmber is only entered in AIUW if the error
occurred during the processing of a DIRECT job!
Since only four bits are available for the error numbers in ABUW,
one error number normally indicates one of several error states.
Because of the limited number of error numbe!rs, the ANzw is
suitable for evaluation by the STEP 5 user program.
,.
,.
hinter PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
The errors are distinguished by the various sources of error as
follows :
S0. for ANZM
Source
1 to 6
error in data exchange between CPU and CP 525
system error at the start of job processing

job cannot be executed, not progranme d cm the
CP
error triggered by handling block
data block cmtains errors
uverflow of tie message FIR)
errors in tie dynamic prts in the PSL and

frame
errors in the data exchange between CP 525 and

PT88/PT89
Descriptions of the errors can be found in the tables on the

following pages.
---
IUote: a status byte is reserved in the dual-port MM for each of

the 223 possible jobs. If the CP detects an error in connection
with a DIRECT job, it writes the error number and the bit job
terminated with error in the status byte of the correspcmding
job in the dual-port MM. To have the job stalxs shown in the
cmdition codeword, either
- the CONTROL HDB in the STEP 5 program must be called with the
corresponding job number in the cycle (OB1), or
- the DIRECT job (SEND DIRWI) must be called with the command .Jtl
and Eu@O.
See also the description Using the handling blocks in this
manual.
B8576541-03
Rinter PT88/PT89
The error message area of the SYSTAT is a data area in &e dualport RAM, which can be read by the CPU using the special job
RECEIVE DIRECT 200. For each interface the error message area of
the SYSTAT covers three error message bytes and an additional
status byte. A detailed description can be found in Section 16
Special jobs carried out by the CPU.
AU errors recognised by the CP are entered in the error message
area of the SYSTAT. If the error occurs in cmnecticm with a

DIRECT job, an error mmiber is also entered in the conditim
codewwrd.
The error entry in the SYSTAT is so detailed that it is particularly auitable for ~t error analysis during commissioning. A
progr-d evalutim of individual error numbers is dso
possible.
The special job RECEIVE DIRECT 200 should be called up in OB1 to
read the error message area in the SYSTAT during the coumissbn@ Phase. YOU can recognize the occurrence of errors by bit O in
the ANZW of the RECEIVE DIRECT 200 being set @ 1 by the CP.
These error numbers are then copied into the data block specified
as a parameter. If a prograamer is coxmected to the CPU of the
PC, you can display the errors directly on the monitor in the
operating mode STATUS variable or WXV1ROL variable.
To clear the error entries in the SYSTAT, call the special job
RESET DIRECT 200 (for more de-ils see Section 16).
. .,+
Printer FT88/PT89
B8576541-03
according to the various causes as
The errors are

follows:
No. for SYSTA!T
1 to 14
Source
error in data exchange between CPU snd PC
15 to IF
system error at the s- of job processing
20 to 2E
job cannot be executed

error triggered by handling block
errors in data block
in the
dynamic parts
in PSL and frame
30 to 35
errors
40
error in the job list
50 to 54
error processing the nwsages
BO to B8
error
cotocA
hardware
Doto FF
error in the data exchange between CP and

lT88~89
in data exchange belxeen
PG and CP
error m the module
The following tables provide a detailed description of the error

numbers for ANZW
- bed acc=* tO
- arranged according to the numbers for SYSTAT
and hnr m & & ~!
tie
mmbers
190ta: the mmbers of the error messages are given as hexadecimal

mhles !
Printer FT88/FT89
B8576541-03
17.1 Error Messages for SYSTAT and ANZW - I&ranged

According to the Numbers for ANZW
.,
.,
..
No. for
,@--,.,
No. for
SYSTAT
Descripticm
~ assiggml?sm ~
-ted by the CPU of tw m, ami
Sigmlled by tile CP
IH
Om
---2H
- - - 02H
----
- - - -
3H
03H
---4H
---04H
---5H
---05H
a) Source/dest. type illegal area (start

ad&ess, length)
illegal (negative mlue)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) DB/DX not ~esent or illegal
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c) hea too short:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) Access to area not possible for
user:
e.g. hardware memry too small
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - e) Wong condition codeword:
~q Msssge for all errors
attributable to this ANZW
Printer ~88/PT89
B8576541-03
Check parameter assignment on CPU and CP and if necessary
correct.
-------- ----------- - - - - - - - - - - - - check parameter assigment m CPU and CP, if necessary set up
block.
- - - - - - - - ----------- --- ---------check parameter assignment on CPU and CP i f necessary check
data block/area.
-------- ----------- - - - -------..check parauleter assigment on CPU and CP - check hardware
(modules).
- - - - - - - - ----------- - - - - - - - - - - - - Check whether conditicm codeword is valid
(see documentation for appropriate PC and processor type).
.-.
...
145
Printer PT88/PT89
No. for
6H
No. for
SYSTAT
Description
06H
Error code from the CPU to the CP,

which the CP csnnot interpret
or
Rrurs &@?cted by Ce daring data
excbazge CPU <> CR
10H
a) Timeout for handshake on CP
---llH
---12H
---13H
----
14H
.p
...,
- - or - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) ALL job without request or direct

- - or - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c) Wrong sequence for handshake by
m
- - or - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) Illegal job type or illegal job
number (>223) for direct job
-- or - - - - -- - -- - - - - -- - - - e) Illegal acknowledgementt fran CPU
durimg handshake
,. .
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
.,
,. ....
.-.
{,<
? .:.....: . . .
Evaluate PM% in hsndling block (SEND D= or SEND ALL)
Check STEP 5 program,

e.g. , CPU in stop stste or SEND ALL job missing.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - check STEP 5 progrem,
e.g. , errors in hendling block.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Check STEP 5 wogrem, e.g., errors in hendlhg block.
---------------------------------
Check STEP 5 progrem, e.g., incorrect perimeters for bsndling

block. (Eveluete PAEE in handling block SEND DIRECT or SEND AIL).
----------------------------------
check STEP 5 progrem,

e.g. , errors in handling block.
......
....
147
,.,.,
;,
.,
Printer PT88/Fl89
No. for
No. for
SYSTAT
Description
-~ at start & job
,,.-,..
P=-*:
7H
15H
----
16H
----
17H
----
---IFH
----
a) Number of direct jobs that can be

processed simultaneously too
large for CP 525
- - or - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - b) Current job was terminated with error
status hen CP was cold restarted
(power on) or cold res-rted from PG
--or
---------- ----- - - - masked by STEP 5 ~am

(bit 7 h ANZW = 1)
- - or - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) Field length for **read SYSIDW
(RMEIVE DIRECT 223) too small
C) Area is
- - or - - - - - - - - - -- -- -- - - - e) Read date/time (RECEIVE

DIRECT 218) illegal, CP is set
as time slave
-----------------------
,,--.,
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
Modify STEP 5 program so that maximum 10 direct jobs nzn

simultaneously.
---------------------------------
There is no remedy with power on. When cold

from the PG you should make sure that no mre
running before writing to an interface. The
the job stamses in the dual-port-RAM but not
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Check STEP 5 program.
reslx15.ng the CP
CPU jobs are
SYNCBMN HDB clears
the SYSTAT entry!
- - - - - - - - - -
---------------------------------
-..
For SYNCHRON the field length should be greater than or equal to

128 bytes or do without Read SYSID (data are nevertheless
available in the dual-port RAM).
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Before reading the date/time, the CP must be designated as master
(see Section 16) - setting applies to this mdule ! ~eck whether
the CP has been set to slave on the other interface.
Printer ET.88/PT89
B8576541-03
No. for
No. for
SYSTAT
Descriptim
Jobcaumtbeexeaked
7H
20H
--- 21H
--- -
22H
--- 23H
---24H
a) A job triggered by a SENO DIRECT has

not been programme d m the CP
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) CHAINED LIST (CL) :
File not present on CP 525.
In a CL the individual PSb to be
cnmput are specified using their nsmes.
One or more of the PSLs specified in *e
CL is/are not on the CP 525.
or
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -----c) MESSAGE:
The message is marked as being on the CP
it does not, however, exist.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -----d)
No fram (list header/trailer) has been
pr~ ~ the ~.
m
------------------e) The job update SUN c.anxmt be executed,
because no SML has, as yet, been
triggered on the CP 525.
.. . , ; .;,
q
,,
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
Remedy
- Wrong job number on CPU + correct STEP 5 program

or
- Wrong job number on CP + correct CP 525 program
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Transfer missing PSM to CP 525
or
- Correct CL program, i.e., delete the PSI.S not on the CP from
the CL
---------------------------------
- Delete messages on the CP and transfer again.

....
---------------------------------- Program frame and transfer to CP 525
- &am SML without frame and transfer

-------------------------------:ti SML (if it does not already exist) and transfer to the
- Trigger SML from the CPU using its job number and start update
SMLw again
151
, ,.
B8576541-03
No. for
7H
Rinter PT88/P3.89
No. for
SYSZ4T
27H
f) The * selector on the front of the

CP 525 is set to STOP/PGR; the CP 525
is in the wait state - PC jobs cannot
be processed
28H
--- 29H
---
Descriptim
--- 2BH
a) The PC job is not a SEND job

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) Rmction illegal
- R/W functim illegal or
- instead of SEND DIRECT with parameters
there was a SEND DIRECT without paras.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C) No data block or DB-No. < 3;
for &ta transfer to the CP cmly the
QTYP DB with a DB-No. >2 is permitted
-----------------------
d) DB start address (QANF) not O or

source length (QTAE) > 256 Datenworte
Errors in data W.ock:
2CH
--- 2DH
---
a) Syntax error in DB M-RECORD

- DID not 33H
- unknown parameter qpe (in area:
9< ~ter We < ~ illeg~)
- body length not correct
- length trans ferred < body length (DRO)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) DB M 01.lNEW: length transferred <255
data words
or
Contents of W 253 and/or DW 254 not
correct
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
152
f-r.
,.
B8576541-03
Rinter PT88/PT89
Remedy
, ..- t ,,..,:. . . ~,, . ., ,:;
- Do not send any new PC jobs
or
- Switch selector to RSJN
Correct STEP 5 program.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Correct
- correct paremeter assignment of HDB
-SMLand CMLr w a SEW DIRECT with P=$=te=
---- ----------------- .-----------
Correct
--------------------------------
Correct STEP 5 progrsm.
Check stmclxre of DB M-RECORD and cmxect.
--------------------------------
Correct DB M OLDNEW or transfer with correct length: DB M-OIDNEW

must include the lower limit of the message nmbers in DW 253
and in DW 254 the nmber of words containing bits to trigger
messages
--------------------------------
Printer FlC88/PT89
B8576541-03
No. for
No. for
SYSTAT
,
7H
,-
Description
c)
Update group inhibit bits:

&eda&bl&k containing thedatxaword
with the group inhibit bits vas
transferred with a length less than the
DB address progrannnad with C(JM 525.
.&-
$.
. .....
!$?!3
. .:. .
,. ,,
B8576541-03
Printer FT88/PT89
Remedy
- Transfer DB with correct length
or
- Correct DB address vith CCM 525
,:.
..,.
.,,
,,,,
7,
L-
B8576541-03
No. fox
Printer PT88/PT89
No. for
SYSTAT
9H
54H
Description
~ ~ ==we -:
f-
., . . .. .
The messages in DB M RECORD transferred to

the CP 525 cannot be entered in the message
FIPO since this has not yet been emptied
by printing out the messages
(max. 1.28 entries possible!).
Causes:
- printer is not ready to receive
(the error number OE2H or OETH has been
entered in SYSTAT)
- messages are arriving more quickly than
the printer can print them out
- a long list which csnnot be interrupted is
being printed out
. . . -,. ,
,.:,
.
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
Correct and send DB M RECORD again.
Correct:
printer switched on? cable plugged in?
PW ~ ~? M run out? printer Offlfi?
find UIt why SO many messages
reduce the number
and take action to
wait and then send DB M RECORD again; further messages can only
be processed after this list has been printed out.
..
157
B8576541-03
No. for
Rinter PT88/FT89
No. for
SYSTAT
AH
30H
a) wrong output formt in PSL (data source:
da- block from the CPU)

--- 31H
--- 32H
--- 33H
---34H
or - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) wrong output format in FRAME

or--------- -----------
c) Value for variable type process s~tus

outside range of values ( OC==AIJJK= 7)
(data source: data block from the CPU)
or - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) PSL: the DB address of an output field
is outside the area of the data which
were transferred by the CPU. The DB
address indicates invaltd data
or
-------------------e) Fhme: the DB address of an output field
is outside the eras of the data-which

--- 35H

ad&ess indicates invalid data
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - f) Recess status variable: tbe DB address
of a process status variable is outside
the area of the data which were
transferred by the CPU. The DB address
indicetes invalid deta
. . .. . .. . .,,
158
.)
B8576541-03
Rinter PT88/PT89
Remedy
Check the formt parameters for the dynamic fields of the PSL
with C(3M 525 and if necessary correct
Check the ccmtents of the DB on the CPU si& and corxect
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - check the formlt parameters for the dynamic fields of the *
with CX)M 525 and if necessary correct
Check the contents of the DB on the CPU side and correct
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The contents of the data IR3rd in the data block must not exceed
the specif%ed rsnge of values
--------- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Match the DB addresses of the dynamic field to the length of
the data block
Match the length of the data block on the CPU
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---------- --Match the DB addresses of the dynamic field to the length of

the data block
Match the length of the data block m the CPU
...
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---------- --Match the DB ad&ess of the dynamic field to the length of

the data block
Match the length of the data block on the CPU
.. . . . . . . .
159
,.
,,:
Printer PT88/Pi89
No. for
No. for
SYSTAT
,
-.
Description
~..
Ill
Rzur
in
data
CP$nd
-----
PllJ8/mJ9:
I Control character BREAK cm the line
-
, ..,.,
.,..
,.
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
Causes: - cable defect
- cable not plugged in

- printer not present
- printer switched off
> check and wrrect
.,.
..
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
17.2
ANzw -
Error Messages for
Arraqed Ac&ordi.ng to Nos. for SYSTAT

No. for
No. for
A---
Description
~ter ass- ~
of * x, ad
detectd by the cm
Siglmned by the CP
olH
----
02H
----
03H
----
04H
----
05H
----
06H
IH
----
2H
----
3H
---4H
---5H
---6H
a) Source/dest. type illegal

-----------------------
b) DB/DX not present or illegal.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c) Area too small:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) Access to area not possible for
user:
e.g. hardware memry too small
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - e) Wrong cond%ticm codeword:
WW =ssage for all e rrors attributable
to this condition codeuord
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - f) Error indicated by PC to the CP, which
cannot be interpreted by CP
$-+,3
:.
.,.
,{
.,;
!
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
- Check parameter assignment on CPU and CP and if necessary
correct.
--------------------------------- Check parameter assigment on CPU and CP, if neoessary set up
block.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Check parameter ass @==t ~ cm ~ ~ ff nec==w **
data block/area.
--------------------------------- Check parameter assignment on CPU and CP - check hardware
(modules).
---------------------------------
Check whether condition c odeword is valid

(see documentation for a~opriate PC and processor qpe).
--------------------------------Evaluate PAFE in block on the CPU.
...
163
,.
B8576541-03
No. for
PrinterPT88/PT89
No. for
Descriptim
~ detected by CP - data
~ CPU <> CR
.......
10H
--- llH
6H
--- 6H
--- 12H
--- 6H
--- -
--- 6H
13H
--- -
14H
--- 6H
a) Timeout for handshake on CP

- - or - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - b) ALL job without request or direct
--or
-----------------c) Wrong sequence for handsbake by
PC
--or
-----------------d) Illegal job type or illegal job
number (>223) for direct job
--or
-----------------e) Illegal aclmowledgementfranm
during handshake
-~ at startofjob
P===*:
15H
--- -
----
16H
7H
--- .
17H
--- 7H
--- -
--- 7H
--- IFH
--- -
a) Number of direct jobs which can be

processed simultaneously too
large for CP 525
--or
-----------------b) Current job was terminated with error
status when CP was cold restarted
(poweron)orcoldrestartedfromFG
--or
-----------------c) Area is masked by STEP 5 program
(bit 7 imANZW=l)
--or
-----------------d) Field length for read SYSIIY
(~ DlRECT223)toosmll
--or
-----------------e) Readdate/timen (RECEIVE
DIRECT 218) illegal, CP is set
as time slave
164
,.-. . .
. - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ .
,.#---
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
Check
e.g.,
--Check
e.g.,
--Check
STEP 5 program,
CPU in stop state or SEND ALL job missing.
- - - - - - - - - ------- -------------STEP 5 program,
errors in handling block.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -------------STEP 5 program, e.g. , errors in handling block.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -------------Check STEP 5 program, e.g. , wrong parameters for handling block

(Evaluate PAFE in handli& block SENO DIRECT or SEND AIL).
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Check STEP 5 program,
e.g. , errors in handling block.
Xodify STEP 5 program so that a msxinuun of 10 direct jobs run

simultaneously.
---------------------------------
There is no remedy with power on. When cold restarting the CP

from the PG you should make sure that no more CPU jobs are
running before writing to an interface. The SYNCHRON HDB clears
the job stamses in the dual-port-RAM but not the SYSTAT entry.
---------------------------------
check STEP 5 program.

- ------ -------------------------
For SYNCHRON the field length should be greater than or equal to

128 bytes or do witlwut Read SYSID (data is nevertheless
available in the dual-port RAM).
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Before reading, the CP must be designated as rester (see Section
16) - setting applies to this module. Check whether the CP has
been set to slave on tie other interface.
B8576541-03
No. for
Printer PT88/PT89
No. for
Description
Jobcanmtbeexemted
f,.. .4,.$...
20H
----
21H
----
22H
----
23H
----
24H
7H
---7H
---7H
a) A job triggered by a SEND DIRECT has

not been programe d on the CP
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) CHAINED I.ml! (CL):
File not present on CP 525.
In a CL the individual PSU to be
output are specified using their names.
One or more of the MIs specified in the
CL i+are not on the CP 525
mL- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c) MESSAGE:
The message is marked as being on the CP
it does Imt , hwever, exist
---7H
----------------------d) FRAME:
---7H
No frame (list head+trailer) has been

w~ed ~ the Cp
or - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - e) The job update SML cannot be executed,
becaiase
SML has, as yet, been
triggered on the CP 525
,,,....
.
m-
..,,
,,
166
Printer PT88/ET89
Remedy
.
Wrong job number on CPU => correct STEP 5 program

or
Wrong job number on CP + correct CP 525 program
- - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Transfer missing PSIS to CP 525
or
Correct CL program; i.e. , delete the PSIS not on the CP from
the CL
- - - - - -
------- --------- ---------
Delete messages onthecP and transfer again

-------- - - - - - - - ------CP 525
- Program frame
or
- Program SML without frame and transfer
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -------- Program SML (if it does not already exist)and
CP and
- Trigger SKL from the CPU using its job number
SMLw again
---------
---------
transfer to the
and start update
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
No. for
No. for
Description
27H
7H
28H
7H
---7H
----
29H
----
---7H
----
---7H
2BH
f) The mde selector m the front of the

CP 525 is set to STOP/PGR; the CP 525
is in the wait state - PC jobs cannot
be processed
a) The PC job is not a SEND job

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) Function illegal
- B/W function illegal or
instead of SEND DIRECT with parameters
there was a SEND DIRECT without paras.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C) No data block or DB-No . < 3;
for data transfer to the CP only the
QTYP DB with a DB-No. >2 is permitted.
-----------------------
d) DB start address (QANP) not O or

source length (QIAE) > 256 data words
Ecrmx in data block:
7H
2CH
----
----
2DH
----
----
a) Syntax error in DB M RECORD

- DIJI not 33H
- unknown parameter qpe (in area:
9 <pa~ter * < FFH illegal)
- body length not correct
- length transferred < body length (DRO)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) DB M OUNEW: length transferred
< 255 data words
m
Oontents of IX 253 amvor W 254 not
correct
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
168
...
.. W-.. . . . . . . ,., -
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
-,
,,
....
- Do not send sny new PC jobs

or
- Switch selector to ~w

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Correct STEP 5 progrem:
- correct psrsmeter assignment of HDB
-SMLend CMLr e a SEND DIRECT with ~ters
--------------------------------
Correct STEP 5 program.
--------------------------------
Check st?.ucture of DB M RECORD snd correct.
--------------------------------
Correct DB M OLDNEU or trsnsfer with correct length: DB M OU)NEW

must include the lower limit of the messege numbers in DW 253
snd in DW 254 the nunber of words containing bits which will
trigger messsges
---------------------------------
..
.;,
..,
,.,,
Printer PT88/PT89
No. for
No.
for
Descriptim
.,
2EH
7H
c)
Update group inhibit bits:

&e da= bl&k containing the data word
with the group inhibit bits was
transferred with a length less than the
DB address programed with CCIM 525.
..--..,
B8576541-03
Remedy
- Transfer DB with correct length
or
- Correct DB address with COM 525
. ...
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-03
No. for
Printer PT88/PT89
No. for
Descripticm
ezursint?m ~Pf=-~*=L
ad -:
f-
. .
The ccmtents of a data word for an output
field (process statms mriable, process

variable) canxmt be output in the format
which vss specified when you progged
the dynamic field.
Ersmple: format CHAR DB contents OOH OOH
> error, since format CHAR only
in range of values 20H to 7EH
The number in SYSTAT prtides information
about the source of the output.
The field in which the error occurs is
identified in the printout, when filling
characters are printed instead of the
expected data.
,,
30H
AH
---31.H
---AH
---32H
---AH
---33H
---AH
---34H
---AH
----
----
a)
wtong
output format in P8L (data source:

data block from the CPU)
or --------------------
b) Wrong output formatin FRAME
or --------------------
c) Value for variable type process Stitusn

outside range of values ( W=VALUE+ 7)
(data source: data block from the CPU)
Up
-------------------d) PSL: the DB address of an output field
is outside the area of the data which
address indicates invalid data
or
-------------------e) Ekame: the DB address of an output field
is outside the area of the data tich
address indicates invalid dam
-.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
, , . . .. .. . .
172
..............
..4!
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
....
Check the formt ~ters for the dynamic fields of the PSL
with (XM 525 and if necessary correct.
Check the contents of the DB cm the CPU side and correct.
--------------------------------check the forlmt paramters for the dynamic fields of the frame
with tX2M 525 and if necessary correct.
Check the contents of the DB cm the CPU side and correct.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The contents of the data word in the data block must not be
outside the specified range of values.
------------ --------- ----------Match the DB address of the dyMIUiC field to the length of
the data block.

Match the length of the data block m the
CPU.
------------ - - - - - - - - - ------- ---Match the DB address of the dynamic field to the length of
the data block.

Match the lemgth of the data block m the cm.
------------ - - - - - - - - - ------- - - - -
173
. . .. . -., -,=.-....,.+,.
>.-... . . . . . .
. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
B8576541-03
No. for
No.
Printer PT88/PT89
for
Dascripticm
AH
35H
40H
f) Process status variable: the DB address

of a process S=7XS variable is outside
the area of the data transferred by the
CPU. The DB address indicates invalid
data .
Error in job list: the job list generated
with COM 525 cannot be processed by the
PT88 interpreter.
~ ~ * ===%=
50H
--- 51H
--- -
---
--- -
a) Message on the CP 525 and ccmtent of the

message record do not match.
The message programed with (XJM 525
contains a dynamic field f= the output of
a parameter. In the corresponding messege
record of DB M NXORD (same message
number) the value OFFH is specified in the
parameter type field, i.e. hessage
contains no P=J=t=s
Filling characters will be printed out .
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -------b) Wtong status specification in a message
record. he message stacxxs is re~esented
in the message record by 2 bits. The
following combinations and =s-=
result:
00 0 GOING
01 1 COMING
10 2 A~
11 3 not allowed
The combination 11 generates this error
xmxsage.
Filling characters are printed out.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
174
#--
B8576541-03
Rinter PT88/PT89
Remedy
,-
- Match the DB address of the dynamic field to the length of

the data block.
- Match the length of the data block on the CPU.
Indicates a defective user memry submdule. Replace the user

memory subodule snd prqymxn again.
Match up the message text on the LIP 525 with the xwssage record.
. ----------
A ---------------------
Correct message record.
,.,.,s.
.. ,. .,
---------------------------------
B8576541-03
No.
fol
PrinterPT88/PT89
No. for
Description
52H
--- .
53H
--- -
--- 54H
--- .
9H
c) Wrong fozmat in message record:

the values specified h the message record
for date/time cannot be output in the
specified fomat (BCD).
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) Wrong format in message record:
tie P===ter ~ t~ =s=ge dStS record
does not match the format specified in the
parameter type field.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
(-
~ ~ ===we -:
The messages in DB M RECORD transferred to
the CP 525 cannot be entered in the message
FIFO since this has not yet been emptied
by printing out the messages
(IMX. 128 entries possible!).
Causes:
- printer is not ready to receive
(the error number OE2H or OFFH has been
entered in SYSTAT)
- messages are arriving more quickly than
the printer can print them out
- a lcmg list which cannot be interrupted is
being printed out
n
. .:, .
B8576541-03
Printer PT88/Pl?89
Remedy
Correct message record or check whether transfer/receptim and
storing of date/time functions correctly.
---------------------------------
Correct message record or check whether the definition of the

message parameter is correct.
---------------------------------
Correct and send DB M RECORD again!
Correct:
- printer switched on? cable plugged in?
paper nm out? ink m out? printer offline?
- find out why so many messages are arriving and * action to
reduce the number

- wait and then S- DB M RECORD again; further messages can
cmly be processed after this log has been printed out.
....
.. -.,
,,
B8576541-04
No. for
Printer PT88/FT89
No. on
PG
Description
=====w=-~~ ~f==
* CP m * m:
BOH
,f---
a) IJ.nk establishment with SIX was either not

acknowledged by the PG within 300 ma
acknowledgement mmitoring time) or was
not acknowledged vith DLE ACK or DIE NAK
----
----
BIH
Zrr. 722
xansf er
zror
----
-- --------------------b) Transmission (CP -> P@ aborted by PG
with NAK
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c) The link termination with DIE ETX
acknowledged by the PG with DIE IWK
B2H
----
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) The link termination with DIE ETX not

aclmowledged by the FG with DIE ACK or
DIX NM within 300 ms (acknowledgement
monitoring time)
B3H
$$-%
,:,.,.:.~
~===w=~==i-a~
- * m:
kr, 722
malsfer
mm
a) Transfer error when recei*

(CP aborts with DIX N4K)
For further infomation see the descripticm COH 525 messages in

this Ilmlual.
.....
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
. ,.., . . . ;.
-.
- Check cable
- COM 525 loa&d?
---------------------------------
Repeat transfer (othemis e: see BO).

--------- ------------------------
Repeat transfer
.,
(OtheIWiS e see M).
---------------------------------
- Check cable
- COM 525 loa&d?
Repeat transfer (otherwis e: see BO).
B8576541-04
No. for
No. on
PG
Printer PT88/PT89
Description
,#--
Errurs ~ oat a job * the PG:
B5H
IF.007
CP flmct
unknown
--- - --- B6H ERR. 709

CP
llenwry
--- B7H
--- B8H
---ERR. 027
EPRmf
plugged
in
.
--- m. 721
z switch
set to
a) A functicm is to be carried out which is

unknown to the CP 525 or there is a transfer error in the exchange of telegrams.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) The user memory of the CP 525 is full.
-----------------------
c) The write access by the PG cannot be

caxried out, because there is m W submodule plugged in as the user mewry of
the CP 525 (either EPROM or no submdule
plugged in).
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) The mode selector on the CP is set to
STOP or PGR* (during cold resx from
the PG).
STOP
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
- (WM 525 loaded?

- Repeat transfer
.
--------------------------------- P l u g in SUbnmdul e with grester cspscity
- Ersse unnecessary module files on the CP

---------------------------------
Plug in RAM.
--------------------------------Switch mode selector cm the CP to RIJW.
Printer PT88/PT89
B8576541-04
No. for
No. for
Descrqxsion
Wr&are errors al * ~:
a) Error fomd in EPROM test
----
----
clH
- - - -
----
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) RAM m module defect

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c) Dual-port RAM on module defect
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) W on memory @module card defect
(check only when interface not loaded)
C2H
---C3H
----
----
----
---- ------------------e) User memory @module not permitted
----
---- -------------------
----
f) Error in memory suhodule while program is

nmning
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - g) - memory submdule empty or contents
----
-----------------------
C4H*)
----
C5H
----
C6H*)
----
*): These errors are signalled cmly on interface 1. The CP was

not synchronised; the d&a cannot h read by the handling block.
These error messages must then be read directly from the dualport RAM (stmcmre from address F660H onwards - see Section
16.3) .
B8576541-04
..
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
Wrong or defect EPROM

Replace EFROM
--- ----------------------------module.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Replace
---Replace
---Replace
module.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
RAM submdule.
---------------------------------
-.
. .,
- Use permitted Su&mdule type

- Submdule or submodul e cmtroller defect
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Contact customer semice.
--------------------------------- Check whether correct EPROM submdule
- Check whether subwdule is WV-With sdmodules which are programme d for the CP 525-2 and used
in the CP 524, this error number appears if interface 1 is not

P=w==d
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
,., . . . .
.--...
Rinter PT88/PT89
No. for
No. for
Description
i) Only applies to CP 524:
interface module (identifier) unknown or
mdule not plugged in
Note: printer PT88/PT89 only in
conjunction with CP 525-2 ! !
----
----
----
W*)
*):
--------------- --------
j) fiterface not loaded or ~ cold restart

carried out after loading
C9H
----
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -------k) Mewry submdule not plugged in
This error is signalled only cm interface 1. The CP was not
qmhroms
ed; the data cannot be read by the handling block.
These error messages mst then be read directly from the dualport RAM (structure from address F660H onwards - see Section
16.3) .
,.. --
B8576541-04
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
Check whether correct module, if yesw: module defect
- Check whether module plugged in correctly
.
.-
--- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- --
Load interface if necessary or

~ Out cold ~StSrt
Caution: tie entry ti SYSMT is not cleared by loading the
interface, but cmly by EWSET DIRECT 200.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Check whether submdule is plugged in; if yes: subodule
defective (or submdule controller defect)
-
B8576541-04
Printer PT88/PT89
No. for
No. for
- 1
----
Description
a) Rocedure and interpreter on the CP 525

do not IMtch.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - b) Timeout:
printer has not reacted for more than
one minute
----
---- I -----------------------
----
E3H
c) Illegal (although correct) character

received:
- printer type not allowed
----
- printer or procedure (CC14 525) does not

have correct parameters (data rate/
no. of stop bits/parity bits)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - d) Incorrect character received:
----
- data rate not correctly set at printer
or in the procedure (COM 525)

----
cable or connector damaged

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - e) Control character BREAK on the line
---FM
, .,. .,,
B8576541-04
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy
Check Procedure/interpreter m CP 525 and if necessary replace.

---------------------------------
The following causes are possible:

- no more paper on PT88/PT89
- ink nm at
- printer switched offline
+ Check and deal with problem
----------------------------------
is allowed, and if not replace

(only PT88 and PT89 allowed).
- -e printer paranwer assignwmt with procedure w===
assignImen t and if necessary correct.
- Check whether printer
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Compare data
-----
------
rate settings on printer and procedure (CC@l 525) and
if necessary readjust.
Check cable and connector and if necessary replace.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The following causes are possible:
cable defective
cable mm plugged in
printer not present
printer svitched off
> Check and correct.
B8576541-04
18
What
Printer PT88/PT89
Does
It Mean when?
Ullatdoes it~llhm f- ~ araoutputbytbe
printer?
Cause:
/7
the data in the da- block of the CPU could not be

converted.
Remedy: the CP 525 signals the error to the CPU. @ck under the
corresponding error number for the ANZW and for SYSTAT

(Section 17 Error handling).
Note:
lists that cmt.ain filling characters are printed out

completely. The job is, however, signalled as terminated
wi* error.
Cause:
to have messages printed out of order, the CP 525 mst be

infoxmed that sn SKL has been programne d. It is aware of
this as soon as the job sML has been initiated as least
once following a cold restart or a SYNCHRON.
Remedy: initiate SW after a cold restart or SYNCHRON (e.g. with

=WY DB M RECORD).
mat &as it ~dwnthmwrites to * CP 525 (transfer,
delete) Imt 131e Opemtim * lmt cxmried oat?

Cause:
the CP 525 is processing a job and cannot be interntpted.

As socm as the CP 525 can carry out the PG job the LED on ~
the device interface will light up.
B8576541-04
Printer PT88/PT89
lilhtaesit meiauwlKmthedateimdtk28reoatpat
,.-
Cause:
~fl
If a data block has ban specified as the source for date

and the, the data must be entered in the specified data
word in the following order:
DL
DR
the: IX n
DW n+l
SM
H
date: DW m
D
Y
Dw
S . se- / M = ~tes
H = hours
-tM D = dsly / M = mnth
m+l
Y=
Yea
Remedy: The data must be stored in the data word as described.

Note:
is read with the RXEIVE DIRECT 218 job,

it is entered in the data block as shown below:
If the data
K%l no.
time: n
n+l
date: n+2
n+3
DL
ms
M
D
Y
Note that your STEP 5 user program enters the time in the
data word as shown beside *). Only then is the time
output correctly.
B8576541-04
Whatcke sit ~ T&al an amfantd
the as.tput of a Ii.at?
Case:
Printer PT88/PT89
ftxm feed takes place dariITg
,@.>
then line overflow must result. This is not recorded, so ;-.-
that the internal line count no longer agrees with the
actual number of lines printed out.
If the lines to be output are longer than the page width,
Remedy: Only program individual lines up to the msximum length so
that no line ovarflow occurs.
Cause:
These lines may belong to inhibited groups.
Remedy: Release the g r o u p s .

Note:
With SML it is possible that a list header will be

printed out, but that no messages follow, since these are
inhibited.
Ulnt & I do if 13MS fore feed job
is initiated
Inltislmt
arried
out?
Case:
If the printer head is at the start of a page the PT88/

FT89 ignores all jobs requiring a fonu feed. This saves
unnecessary waste of paper.
Note:
When the power is switched on the printer interprets the

current print head positim as the start of a page.
.:.,.,,:J,,:,n
B8576541-04
Printer PT88/PT89
Remedy: Before a Cl& is output, an SML must have been starte d at
least once, otherwise the CP is not aware of the

presetting.
Cause:
You may have transferred the whole program at me time;

and t%en another time transferred ti parts of tb
program separately. When the parts of * program are
transferred to the CP in a different order, the ==V
manager may itself require more space, lea- less space
for the program.
,..
Re.mdy: Transfer the entire CP 525 user program to the Seccald

interiace. B&me the WVPAL ~ transfer, *
corresponding interface is first deleted.
.,
.,~
,.
.!

Step 5 Programming Package For The Communications Processors CP 524 and CP 525 (S5-DOS)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Step 5 Programming Package For The Communications Processors CP 524 and CP 525 (S5-DOS)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SIEMENS

Order No. 6ES5998-1DB21

Risks involved in the use of so-called SlMA17GcompatiMe modules of

Guidelines for Handling

But just a fraction of this voltage can already damage or destroy an

The ~pical data of a component can suffer due to damage. overStreSSing or

2 When is a Static Charge Formed?

Walking on a PVC flooring

Sitting on a cushioned chair

Plastic resoldering unit

Plastic coffee cup

Books, etc. with a pfastic binding

Important Protective Measures against Static Charge

4 Handling of ESC) Modules

One basic rule to be observed is that electronic modules should be

Touch components only if

the person is wearing special anti-static shoes or shoes with a

Before touching an electronic module. the person concerned must

Modules should not be brought into contact with insulating

Modules should only be placed on conductive surfaces (table with

S Measurements and Modification to ESD Modules

the measuring equipment is grounded (e.g. via the PE conductor of

Groundq wrist smp

6 Shipping of ESD Modules

~ siOnwns A(3 c7mD&17e.c33sQl

2 Where Do I Find This in the Mawal?

Further Relevant Documentation

communications processors as follows:

- for the Computer link with RK 512 and

The CP 524 is not referred to in the parts of this manual;

The CP 525 and CP 524 camwtbe used inassociationwith the

program@ package for the comun ications

is divided into m parts. Both parts contain a table of ccmtents

This Sectim is - Uaed

!mis Sectim is - used

This is an introduc tory description; it contains

important informaticm about installing and nmning

This is an introductory description; it contains

~ link Wilh RK 51Z

B5tcntqxtmd Ulgg@EJ uith~

q this _le you will have generated a CP

Ibeslt aatpatandloggiqg Withh

is an illtroduc tion. When you have worked

EkJms m * opere~ SysteBs PCF-86 aud S5-D06

aRf 525 ~es

This reference manual prtides an overview of the

functicms provided by the handling blocks, with

Group inhibit bit

(data) Handling block

Module -lXIWM-pmgramming adapter

Condition code byte for parameter assignment

Start address of source

Update sequential message log

Start ad&ess of destination

-~ for the CP 52.5-2 SIB3 CP 524:

Ik=my mbnkibs for CP 525-2:

hterf=e m&bs for ths @ 524:

far SIMA!mc UqasCt ~:

6ES5 848-7WE01 (7uMS-DOS)

6ES5 848-7WA01 (7=MS-DOS)

6ES5 895-4sF21 (9=5.25)

Please enquire at your nearest SIEMENS branch or the nearest

CP 525/524 - CP 525/524 (TTY)